Table of Contents

Securities Act File No. 333-202531

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933		¨
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1		x
Post-Effective Amendment No.		¨

 

 

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005

Evanston, Illinois 60201

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(847) 859-3940

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

 

Edward H. Ross

Chief Executive Officer

1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005

Evanston, Illinois 60201

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

COPIES TO:

John A. Good

Morrison & Foerster LLP

2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW Suite 6000

Washington, D.C. 20006

(202) 778-1655

 

 

Approximate date of proposed public offering: From time to time after the effective date of the Registration Statement.

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. x

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

x	when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Title of Securities Being Registered		Amount Being Registered		Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)		Amount of Registration Fee(2)
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share(3)
Preferred Stock(3)
Subscription Rights(3)
Debt Securities(4)
Warrants(5)
Total				$300,000,000(6)		$34,860

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee. Pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the rules and regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which permits the registration fee to be calculated on the basis of the maximum offering price of all the securities listed, the table does not specify by each class information as to the amount to be registered, proposed maximum offering price per unit or proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

(2)

Prior to the filing of this pre-effective amendment to this registration statement, $191,430,993 aggregate principal amount of securities remained registered and unsold pursuant to registration statement No. 333-182785 (the “Prior Registration Statement”), which was initially filed by the Registrant on July 20, 2012. Pursuant to Rule 457(p), $22,055 of the total filing fee of $34,860 required in connection with the initial registration of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of securities under this registration statement is being offset against the $34,380 filing fee associated with the unsold securities registered under the Prior Registration Statement, and an additional $12,805 was paid in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement. If the Registrant sells any of such unsold securities pursuant to the Prior Registration Statement after the date of this pre-effective amendment to this registration statement, and prior to the date of effectiveness, of this registration statement, the Registrant will file a pre-effective amendment to this registration statement which will reduce the number of such unsold securities included on this registration statement.

(3)	Subject to Note 6 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of common stock, preferred stock, or subscription rights, from time to time.

(4)

Subject to Note 6 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of debt securities as may be sold, from time to time. If any debt securities are issued at an original issue discount, then the offering price shall be in such greater principal amount as shall result in an aggregate price to investors not to exceed $300,000,000.

(5)	Subject to Note 6 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of warrants as may be sold, from time to time, representing rights to purchase common stock, preferred stock or debt securities.

(6)	In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time pursuant to this Registration Statement exceed $300,000,000.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject To Completion, Dated April 16, 2015

PROSPECTUS

$300,000,000

 

Common Stock

Preferred Stock

Subscription Rights

Debt Securities

Warrants

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, together or separately, up to $300,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights, debt securities, or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock, or debt securities, which we refer to collectively as the “securities.” We may sell our common stock through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The identities of such underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be, will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms to be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus.

We may offer shares of common stock at a discount to net asset value per share in certain circumstances. On June 4, 2014, our common stockholders voted to allow us to sell or otherwise issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for a period of one year ending on the earlier of June 4, 2015 or the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Sales of common stock at prices below net asset value per share dilute the interests of existing stockholders, have the effect of reducing our net asset value per share and may reduce our market price per share. In addition, continuous sales of common stock below net asset value may have a negative impact on total returns and could have a negative impact on the market price of our shares of common stock. See “Risk Factors” on page 12 and “Sales of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value” on page 90 of this prospectus for more information.

Our stockholders specified that the cumulative number of shares sold in each offering during the one-year period ending on the earlier of June 4, 2015 or the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders may not exceed 25.0% of our outstanding common stock immediately prior to such sale. In addition, we cannot issue shares of our common stock below net asset value unless our board of directors determines that it would be in our and our stockholders’ best interests to do so. Shares of closed-end investment companies such as us frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade above, at or below net asset value. You should read this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement carefully before you invest in our common stock.

---

Table of Contents

We provide customized debt and equity financing solutions to lower middle-market companies located throughout the United States. We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Our investment objective is to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns by generating both current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity related investments. Our strategy includes partnering with business owners, management teams and financial sponsors by providing customized financing for ownership transactions, recapitalizations, strategic acquisitions, business expansion and other growth initiatives.

We generally invest in securities that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “high yield” or “junk,” have speculative characteristics with respect to our capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “FDUS.” On April 13, 2015, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market was $16.20 per share and our net asset value on December 31, 2014 was $15.16 per share.

Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC serves as our investment advisor and as our administrator.

Investing in our securities is speculative and involves numerous risks, and you could lose your entire investment if any of the risks occur. Among these risks is the risk associated with leverage and dilution. For more information regarding these risks, please see “Risk Factors “ beginning on page 12.

Please read this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement, if any, before investing, and keep it for future reference. It concisely sets forth important information about us that a prospective investor ought to know before investing in our securities. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge by contacting us at 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201, Attention: Investor Relations, by accessing our website at http://www.fdus.com or by calling us collect at (847) 859-3940. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into, and you should not consider that information to be part of, this prospectus or any prospectus supplement. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains such information.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2015

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Summary			1
Fees and Expenses			9
Risk Factors			12
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements			37
Use of Proceeds			38
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges			38
Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions			39
Selected Consolidated Financial Data			41
Selected Quarterly Financial Data			42
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Information and Results of Operations			43
Senior Securities			56
The Company			57
Portfolio Companies			67
Management			70
Management and Other Agreements			80
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions			87
Control Persons and Principal Stockholders			89
Sales of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value			90
Dividend Reinvestment Plan			95
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations			97
Description of Our Capital Stock			106
Description of Our Preferred Stock			112
Description of Our Subscription Rights			113
Description of Our Debt Securities			114
Regulation			126
Plan of Distribution			132
Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar			134
Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices			134
Legal Matters			134
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			134
Available Information			134
Privacy Notice			135
Index to Financial Statements			F-1

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, we may offer, from time to time, up to $300,000,000 worth of our common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights, debt securities, or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities that we may offer. Each time we use this prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. To the extent required by law, we will amend or supplement the information contained in this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement to reflect any material changes to such information subsequent to the date of the prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement and prior to the completion of any offering pursuant to the prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. Please carefully read this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement together with the additional information described under “Available Information” and “Risk Factors” before you make an investment decision. During an offering, we will disclose material amendments to this prospectus through a post-effective amendment or prospectus supplement.

---

Table of Contents

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus or any accompanying supplement to this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations not contained in this prospectus or any accompanying prospectus supplement as if we had authorized it. This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement is accurate as of the dates on their covers.

---

Table of Contents

 

-1-

---

Table of Contents

 

-2-

---

Table of Contents

 

-3-

---

Table of Contents

 

-4-

---

Table of Contents

 

-5-

---

Table of Contents

 

-6-

---

Table of Contents

 

-7-

---

Table of Contents

 

-8-

---

Table of Contents

 

-9-

---

Table of Contents

 

-10-

---

Table of Contents

 

-11-

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves a number of significant risks. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, or any prospectus supplement. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

We are dependent upon our investment advisor’s managing members and our executive officers for our future success. If our investment advisor was to lose any of its managing members or we lose any of our executive officers, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

We depend on the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of the managing members of our investment advisor, who evaluate, negotiate, structure, execute and monitor our investments. Our future success will depend to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of the investment professionals of our investment advisor and executive officers. Although they intend to devote all of their business time to our operations, such executives may have other demands on their time in the future. In addition, certain executives may not devote all of their business time to our operations and may have other demands on their time as a result of other activities. The departure of any of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships with financial institutions, sponsors and investment professionals. Any inability of our investment advisor to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

We depend upon the investment professionals of our investment advisor to maintain their relationships with financial institutions, sponsors and investment professionals, and we intend to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If the investment professionals of our investment advisor fail to maintain such relationships, or to develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the investment professionals of our investment advisor have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, we can offer no assurance that these relationships will generate investment opportunities for us in the future.

Our financial condition and results of operation depends on our ability to manage our business effectively.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective and grow depends on our ability to manage our business and deploy our capital effectively. This depends, in turn, on our investment advisor’s ability to identify, evaluate and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objectives on a cost-effective basis depends upon our investment advisor’s execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and, to a lesser extent, our access to financing on acceptable terms. Our investment advisor has substantial responsibilities under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In addition, our investment advisor’s investment professionals may be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These activities may distract them or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

-12-

---

Table of Contents

We may suffer credit losses and our investments could be rated below investment grade.

Private debt in the form of mezzanine, senior secured or unitranche loans to corporate and asset-based borrowers is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk of credit loss, and therefore an investment in our shares of common stock may not be suitable for someone with a low tolerance for risk. These risks are likely to increase during an economic recession.

In addition, investments in our portfolio are typically not rated by any rating agency. We believe that if such investments were rated, the vast majority would be rated below investment grade (which is sometime referred to as “junk”) due to speculative characteristics of the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Our investments may result in an amount of risk, volatility or potential loss of principal that is greater than that of alternative investments.

Because we borrow money and may in the future issue additional senior securities, including preferred stock and debt securities, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us is magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us.

Borrowings, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increase the risks associated with investing in us. The Funds borrow from and issue debt securities to the SBA, and we may borrow from banks and other lenders in the future. The SBA has fixed dollar claims on the Funds’ assets that are superior to the claims of our stockholders. We may also borrow from banks and other lenders or issue additional senior securities including preferred stock and debt securities in the future. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more sharply than it would have had we not used leverage. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique.

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives may depend in part on our ability to achieve additional leverage on favorable terms by borrowing from the SBA, banks or other lenders, and there can be no assurance that such additional leverage can in fact be achieved.

As a BDC, we are generally required to meet a coverage ratio at least equal to 200.0% of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings (other than the Funds’ SBA leverage under the terms of SEC exemptive relief) and any preferred stock we may issue in the future. If this ratio declines below 200.0%, we may not be able to incur additional debt and may need to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so, and we may not be able to make distributions to our stockholders.

The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock assuming various annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.

Assumed Return on Our Portfolio

(Net of Expenses)

 

		(10.0)%				(5.0)%				0.0%				5.0%				10.0%
Corresponding return to common stockholder (1)			(20.9	)%			(12.0	)%			(3.0	)%			5.9	%			14.9	%

 

(1)	Assumes $435.6 million in total assets, $173.5 million in outstanding SBA debentures, $10.0 million in borrowings under the Credit Facility, and $243.3 million in net assets as of December 31, 2014 and an average cost of funds of 4.0%.

 

-13-

---

Table of Contents

Funding a portion of our investments with preferred stock would magnify the potential for gain or loss and the risks of investing in us in the same way as our other borrowings.

Preferred stock, which is another form of leverage, has the same risks to our common stockholders as borrowings because the distributions with respect to any preferred stock must be cumulative. Payment of such distributions and repayment of the liquidation preference of such preferred stock must take preference over any distributions or other payments to our common stockholders, and preferred stockholders are not subject to any of our expenses or losses and are not entitled to participate in any income or appreciation in excess of their stated preference.

Pending legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.

As a BDC, under the 1940 Act generally we are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200.0% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50.0% of the value of our assets). Legislation pending reintroduction to the U.S. House of Representatives, if passed, would modify this section of the 1940 Act and increase the amount of debt that BDCs may incur by modifying the minimum asset coverage ratio from 200.0% to 150.0%. If such legislation were to pass, we would be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future and therefore your risk of an investment in us may increase.

Many of our portfolio investments are recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, and, as a result, there is uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Many of our portfolio investments take the form of debt and equity securities that are not publicly-traded. The debt and equity securities in which we invest for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. As part of the valuation process, we may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:

 

•

a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to comparable publicly-traded securities;

 

•

the enterprise value of a portfolio company;

 

•

the nature and realizable value of any collateral;

 

•

the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow;

 

•

the markets in which the portfolio company does business; and

 

•

changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future and other relevant factors.

The fair value of each investment in our portfolio is determined quarterly by our board of directors. Any changes in fair value of portfolio securities from the prior period are recorded in our consolidated statement of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets may also result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our debt portfolio. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we plan to make. We compete with public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some of our competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In

 

-14-

---

Table of Contents

addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we offer. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience a decrease in net investment income or an increase in risk of capital loss. A significant part of our competitive advantage stems from the fact that the lower middle-market is underserved by traditional commercial and investment banks, and generally has less access to capital. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in this target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms.

Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or the source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our RIC status. The competitive pressures we face may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result of this existing and potentially increasing competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

Our management and incentive fee structure may create incentives for our investment advisor that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders.

The management and incentive fees paid to our investment advisor are based on our total assets (other than cash or cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts), and our investor advisor may therefore benefit when we incur debt or use leverage. This fee structure may encourage our investment advisor to cause us to borrow money to finance additional investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of borrowed money may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor our stockholders. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how our investment advisor addresses these and other conflicts of interests. Our board of directors is not expected to review or approve each borrowing or incurrence of leverage. However, our board of directors, periodically reviews our investment advisor’s portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In addition, our board of directors at least annually reviews the services provided by and fees paid to our investment advisor. In connection with these reviews, our board of directors, including a majority of our Independent Directors, considers whether the fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) that we pay to our investment advisor are fair and reasonable in relation to the services provided and must approve renewal of our Advisory Agreement.

The part of the incentive fee payable to our investment advisor that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that includes interest income that has been accrued but not yet received in cash. This fee structure may encourage our investment advisor to favor debt financings that provide for deferred interest, rather than current cash payments of interest. Our investment advisor may have an incentive to invest in deferred interest securities in circumstances where it would not have done so but for the opportunity to continue to earn the incentive fee even when the issuers of the deferred interest securities would not be able to make actual cash payments to us on such securities. This risk could be increased because our investment advisor is not obligated to reimburse us for any incentive fees received even if we subsequently incur losses or never receive in cash the deferred interest that was previously accrued.

The valuation process for certain of our portfolio holdings creates a conflict of interest.

A substantial portion of our portfolio investments are made in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. As a result, our board of directors determines the fair value of these securities in good faith pursuant to our valuation policy. In connection with that determination, investment professionals from our investment advisor prepare portfolio company valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. In addition, certain members of our board of directors have a pecuniary interest in our investment advisor. The participation of our investment advisor’s investment professionals in our valuation process, and the pecuniary interest in our investment advisor by certain members of our board of directors, may result in a conflict of interest as the management fees that we pay our investment advisor are based on our gross assets less cash.

 

-15-

---

Table of Contents

Our incentive fee may induce our investment advisor to make speculative investments.

Our investment advisor receives an incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments. Unlike the portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no hurdle rate applicable to the portion of the incentive fee based on net capital gains. As a result, our investment advisor may have a tendency to invest more capital in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.

We may be obligated to pay our investment advisor incentive compensation even if we incur a loss and may pay more than 20.0% of our net capital gains because we cannot recover payments made in previous years.

Our investment advisor will be entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our pre-incentive fee net investment income for that quarter above a threshold return for that quarter. Our pre-incentive fee net investment income for incentive compensation purposes excludes realized and unrealized capital losses that we may incur in the fiscal quarter, even if such capital losses result in a net loss on our consolidated statement of operations for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay our investment advisor incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. Further, if we pay an incentive fee of 20.0% of our realized capital gains (net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis) and thereafter experience additional realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation, we will not be able to recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.

We may have potential conflicts of interest related to obligations that our investment advisor may have to other clients.

Although currently we and the Funds are the only investment vehicles managed by our investment advisor, the Investment Advisory Agreement does not limit our investment advisor’s ability to act as an investment advisor to other funds, including other BDCs, or other investment advisory clients. To the extent our investment advisor elects in the future to act as an investment advisor to other funds or clients, we may have conflicts of interest with our investment advisor or its other clients that elect to invest in similar types of securities as those in which we invest. Members of our investment advisor’s investment committees serves or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds or other investment vehicles managed by our investment advisor. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. Our investment advisor will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with an allocation policy approved by our board of directors.

Our investment advisor or its investment committees may, from time to time, possess material non-public information, limiting our investment discretion.

The investment professionals of our investment advisor may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. In the event that material non-public information is obtained with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition may have an adverse effect on us.

We may have conflicts related to other arrangements with our investment advisor.

We entered into a license agreement with Fidus Partners, LLC under which Fidus Partners, LLC granted us a non-exclusive (provided that there is not a change in control of Fidus Partners, LLC), royalty-free license to use the name “Fidus.” Some of the members of our investment advisor’s investment committees and the senior origination professionals of our investment advisor are members of Fidus Partners, LLC. See “Management and Other Agreements — License Agreement.” In addition, we rent office space from our investment advisor and pay to our

 

-16-

---

Table of Contents

investment advisor our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, such as our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer. This creates conflicts of interest that our board of directors must monitor.

The Funds are licensed by the SBA, and, therefore, are subject to SBA regulations.

The Funds are licensed to operate as SBICs and are regulated by the SBA. Under current SBA regulations, a licensed SBIC can provide capital to those entities that have a tangible net worth not exceeding $19.5 million and an average annual net income after U.S. federal income taxes not exceeding $6.5 million for the two most recent fiscal years. In addition, a licensed SBIC must devote 25.0% of its investment activity to those entities that have a tangible net worth not exceeding $6.0 million and an average annual net income after U.S. federal income taxes not exceeding $2.0 million for the two most recent fiscal years. The SBA regulations also provide alternative size standard criteria to determine eligibility, which depend on the industry in which the business is engaged and are based on either the number of employees or the gross sales of the business. The SBA regulations permit licensed SBICs to make long term loans to small businesses, invest in the equity securities of such businesses and provide them with consulting and advisory services. The SBA also places certain limitations on the financing terms of investments by SBICs in portfolio companies and prohibits SBICs from providing funds for certain purposes or to businesses in certain prohibited industries. Further, the SBA regulations require that a licensed SBIC be periodically examined and audited by the SBA staff to determine its compliance with the relevant SBA regulations. Compliance with these SBA requirements may cause the Funds to forego attractive investment opportunities that are not permitted under the SBA regulations, and may cause the Funds to make investments they otherwise would not make in order to remain in compliance with these regulations.

Failure to comply with the SBA regulations could result in the loss of the SBIC licenses and the resulting inability to participate in the SBA debenture program. The SBA prohibits, without prior SBA approval, a “change of control” of an SBIC or transfers that would result in any person (or a group of persons acting in concert) owning 10.0% or more of a class of capital stock of a licensed SBIC. Current SBA regulations provide the SBA with certain rights and remedies if an SBIC violates their terms. A key regulatory metric for SBA is the extent of “Capital Impairment,” which is the extent of realized (and, in certain circumstances, net unrealized) losses compared with the SBIC’s private capital commitments. Interest payments, management fees, organization and other expenses are included in determining “realized losses.” SBA regulations preclude the full amount of “unrealized appreciation” from portfolio companies from being considered when calculating Capital Impairment in certain circumstances. Remedies for regulatory violations are graduated in severity depending on the seriousness of Capital Impairment or other regulatory violations. For minor regulatory infractions, the SBA issues a warning. For more serious infractions, the use of SBA debentures may be limited or prohibited, outstanding debentures can be declared to be immediately due and payable, restrictions on distributions and making new investments may be imposed and management fees may be required to be reduced. In severe cases, the SBA may require the removal of a general partner of an SBIC or its officers, directors, managers or partners, or the SBA may obtain appointment of a receiver for the SBIC.

SBA regulations limit the amount of SBA-guaranteed debt that may be borrowed by an SBIC.

The SBA regulations currently limit the amount that is available to be borrowed by any SBIC and guaranteed by the SBA to 300.0% of an SBIC’s regulatory capital or $150.0 million, whichever is less. For two or more SBICs under common control, the maximum amount of outstanding SBA debentures cannot exceed $225.0 million. With $125.0 million of regulatory capital as of December 31, 2014, the Funds have the current capacity to issue up to a total of $225.0 million of SBA debentures, inclusive of the $173.5 million of SBA debentures outstanding as of December 31, 2014. If the Funds borrow the maximum amount from the SBA and thereafter require additional capital, our cost of capital may increase, and there is no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms.

Moreover, the Funds’ current status as SBICs does not automatically assure that they will continue to receive funding through the SBA debenture program. Receipt of SBA debenture funding is dependent upon the Funds’ continuing compliance with SBA regulations and policies and there being funding available. The amount of SBA debenture funding available to SBICs is dependent upon annual Congressional authorizations and in the future may be subject to annual Congressional appropriations. There can be no assurance that there will be sufficient SBA debenture funding available at the times desired by the Funds.

 

-17-

---

Table of Contents

The debentures issued by the Funds and guaranteed by the SBA have a maturity of ten years and bear interest semi-annually at fixed rates. The Funds will need to generate sufficient cash flow to make required debt payments on such debentures. If the Funds are unable to generate such cash flow, the SBA, as guarantor of the debentures, will have a superior claim to our assets over our stockholders in the event the Funds liquidate or the SBA exercises its remedies under such debentures as the result of a default by the Funds.

The Funds, as SBICs, are limited in their ability to make distributions to us, which could result in us being unable to meet the minimum distribution requirements to maintain our status as a RIC.

In order to maintain our status as a RIC, we are required to distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis 90.0% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses. For this purpose, our taxable income will include the income of the Funds (and any other entities that are disregarded as separate from us for U.S. federal income tax purposes). The Funds’ ability to make distributions to us may be limited by the Small Business Investment Act of 1958. As a result, in order to maintain our status as a RIC, we may be required to make distributions attributable to the Funds’ income without receiving any corresponding cash distributions with respect to such income. We can make no assurances that the Funds will be able to make, or not be limited in making, distributions to us. If we are unable to satisfy the annual distribution requirements, we may fail to maintain our status as a RIC, which would result in the imposition of corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on our entire taxable income without regard to any distributions made by us. See “— We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.”

Changes in interest rates will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

Most of our debt investments bear interest at fixed rates and the value of these investments could be negatively affected by increases in market interest rates. In addition, to the extent that we borrow additional funds to make investments, an increase in interest rates would make it more expensive for us to use debt to finance our investments. As a result, a significant increase in market interest rates could both reduce the value of our portfolio investments and increase our cost of capital, which would reduce our net investment income. Conversely, a decrease in interest rates may have an adverse impact on our returns by requiring us to seek lower yields on our debt investments and by increasing the risk that our portfolio companies will prepay the debt investments, resulting in the need to redeploy capital at potentially lower rates.

You should also be aware that a rise in market interest rates typically leads to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to our investment advisor.

An extended continuation of the disruption in the capital markets and the credit markets could negatively affect our business.

As a BDC, it is essential for us to maintain our ability to raise additional capital for investment purposes. Without sufficient access to the capital markets or credit markets, we may be forced to curtail our business operations or we may not be able to pursue new business opportunities. Ongoing disruptive conditions in the financial industry and the impact of new legislation in response to those conditions could restrict our business operations and could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

From time to time, we may borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain additional capital. Unfavorable economic conditions may result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. Our ability to incur indebtedness (including by issuing preferred stock) is limited by applicable regulations such that our asset coverage under the 1940 Act must equal at least 200.0% of total indebtedness immediately after each time we incur indebtedness exclusive of the SBA debentures issued by the Funds pursuant to our SEC exemptive relief. Additionally, shrinking portfolio values will negatively impact our ability to borrow additional funds because our net asset value is reduced for purposes of the 200.0% asset leverage test. If the fair value of our assets declines substantially, we may fail to maintain the asset coverage ratio stipulated by the 1940 Act, which could, in turn, cause us to lose our status as a BDC and materially impair our business operations. A protracted disruption in the credit markets could also materially decrease demand for our investments.

 

-18-

---

Table of Contents

We will access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities. Volatility or dislocation in the capital markets may depress our stock price below our net asset value per share and create a challenging environment in which to raise debt and equity capital. As a BDC, we are generally not able to issue additional shares of our common stock at a price less than net asset value without first obtaining approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our Independent Directors. At our Annual Stockholders Meeting on June 4, 2014, our stockholders voted to allow us to issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for a period of one year ending on the earlier of June 4, 2015 or the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. We expect to present to our stockholders a similar proposal at our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. In addition, we are required to distribute at least 90.0% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders in order to maintain our status as a RIC. As a result, earnings that we distribute to our stockholders will not be available to fund new investments. An inability to access the capital markets could limit our ability to grow our business and execute our business strategy fully and could decrease our earnings, if any, which may have an adverse effect on the value of our securities.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, the interest rate payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to maintain qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

We have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code; however, no assurance can be given that we will be able to maintain our RIC status. To maintain our status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and to avoid the imposition of U.S. federal income taxes on income and gains distributed to our stockholders, we must meet certain requirements, including source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. The source-of-income requirement will be satisfied if we derive at least 90.0% of our gross income for each year from dividends, interest, gains from sale of securities or similar sources. To maintain our status as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these requirements may result in our losing our RIC status or our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private or thinly traded public companies, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. The annual distribution requirement applicable to RICs will be satisfied if we distribute at least 90.0% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. In addition, we will be subject to a 4.0% nondeductible federal excise tax to the extent that we do not satisfy certain additional minimum distribution requirements on a calendar-year basis. We will be subject, to the extent we use debt financing, to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making annual distributions necessary to maintain our status as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to maintain our status as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our entire taxable income without regard to any distributions made by us. If we fail to maintain our status as a RIC for any reason and become subject to U.S. corporate income tax, the resulting tax liability could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to stockholders and the amount of our distributions and the amount of funds available for new investments. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders.

We may not be able to pay you distributions, our distributions may not grow over time, a portion of distributions paid to you may be a return of capital, and investors in our debt securities may not receive all of the interest income to which they are entitled.

We intend to pay quarterly distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be harmed by,

 

-19-

---

Table of Contents

among other things, the risk factors described in this prospectus. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC could, in the future, limit our ability to pay distributions. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations, SBA regulations, state corporate laws affecting the distribution of corporate assets and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will pay distributions to our stockholders in the future.

If we issue debt securities in the future, the above-referenced restrictions on distributions may also inhibit our ability to make required interest payments to holders of any such debt securities, which may cause a default under the terms of our then-existing debt agreements. Such a default could materially increase our cost of raising capital, as well as cause us to incur penalties under the terms of our then-existing debt agreements.

When we make quarterly distributions, we will be required to determine the extent to which such distributions are paid out of current and accumulated earnings and profits, recognized capital gain or capital. To the extent there is a return of capital, investors will be required to reduce their basis in our stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before, or without, receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we are required to include in our income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount, which may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan or in other circumstances, and contracted payment-in-kind interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, or increases in loan balances as a result of contracted payment-in-kind arrangements, will be included in our income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in our income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.

Since in certain cases we may be required to recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute on an annual basis at least 90.0% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain our status as a RIC. In such a case, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities to satisfy the annual distribution requirements. In such circumstances, if we are unable to obtain such cash from other sources, we may fail to maintain our status as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax. See “—We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.”

If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. Our investment advisor will not be under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued income that we never receive as a result of a default by an entity on the obligation that resulted in the accrual of such income. That part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income will be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received in cash, such as market discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest, preferred stock with payment-in-kind dividends and zero coupon securities.

You may have a current tax liability on distributions you elect to reinvest in our common stock but would not receive cash to pay such tax liability.

If you participate in our dividend reinvestment plan, you will be deemed to have received, and for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be taxed on, the amount reinvested in our common stock to the extent the amount reinvested was not a tax-free return of capital. As a result, unless you are a tax-exempt entity, you may have to use funds from other sources to pay your tax liability on the value of our common stock received as a result of the distribution.

Because we expect to distribute substantially all of our net investment income and net realized capital gains to our stockholders, we will need additional capital to finance our growth, and such capital may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

 

-20-

---

Table of Contents

We have elected to be taxed for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. If we continue to meet certain requirements, including source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements, and if we continue to be regulated as a BDC, we will continue to qualify to be taxed as a RIC and therefore will not have to pay U.S. federal corporate income tax on income that we timely distribute to our stockholders, allowing us to substantially reduce or eliminate our corporate-level income tax liability. As a BDC, we are generally required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which includes all of our borrowings (other than SBA leverage) and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200.0% at the time we issue any debt or preferred stock. This requirement limits the amount of our leverage. Because we will continue to need capital to grow our investment portfolio, this limitation may prevent us from incurring debt or issuing preferred stock and require us to raise additional equity at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

While we expect to be able to borrow and to issue additional debt and equity securities, we cannot assure you that debt and equity financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all. If additional funds are not available to us, we could be forced to curtail or cease new investment activities, and our net asset value could decline. In addition, as a BDC, we generally are not permitted to issue equity securities priced below net asset value without stockholder approval. At our Annual Stockholders Meeting on June 4, 2014, our stockholders voted to allow us to issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for a period of one year ending on the earlier of June 4, 2015 or the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. We expect to present to our stockholders a similar proposal at our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The maximum number of shares issuable below net asset value pursuant to the authority granted by our stockholders that could result in such dilution is limited to 25.0% of FIC’s then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such sale. We do not intend to issue shares of our common stock below net asset value unless our board of directors determines that it would be in our stockholders’ best interests to do so.

Illustration: Examples of Dilutive Effect of the Issuance of Shares Below Net Asset Value. The following table illustrates the level of net asset value dilution that would be experienced by a nonparticipating stockholder in three different hypothetical offerings of different sizes and levels of discount from net asset value per share, although it is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur. Actual sales prices and discounts may differ from the presentation below.

Assume that Company XYZ has 1,000,000 common shares outstanding, $15,000,000 in total assets and $5,000,000 in total liabilities. The current net asset value and net asset value per share are thus $10,000,000 and $10.00, respectively. The table illustrates the dilutive effect on nonparticipating Stockholder A of (1) an offering of 50,000 shares (5.0% of the outstanding shares) at $9.50 per share after offering expenses and commission (a 5.0% discount from net asset value), (2) an offering of 100,000 shares (10.0% of the outstanding shares) at $9.00 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 10.0% discount from net asset value) and (3) an offering of 200,000 shares (20.0% of the outstanding shares) at $8.00 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 20.0% discount from net asset value). The acronym “NAV” stands for “net asset value.”

In any offering of common stock, we will present the actual dilution to stockholders in tabular form in the prospectus supplement specific to that offering.

 

						Example 1 5.0% Offering at 5.0% Discount								Example 2 10.0% Offering at 10.0% Discount								Example 3 20.0% Offering at 20.0% Discount
		Prior to Sale Below NAV				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Offering Price
Price per Share to Public			—			$	10.00				—			$	9.47				—			$	8.42				—
Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer			—			$	9.50				—			$	9.00				—			$	8.00				—
Decrease to NAV
Total Shares Outstanding			1,000,000				1,050,000				5.00	%			1,100,000				10.00	%			1,200,000				20.00	%
NAV per Share		$	10.00			$	9.98				(0.24	)%		$	9.91				(0.91	)%		$	9.67				(3.33	)%
Dilution to Stockholder
Shares Held by Stockholder A			10,000				10,000				—				10,000				—				10,000				—
Percentage Held by Stockholder A			1.0	%			0.95	%			(4.76	)%			0.91	%			(9.09	)%			0.83	%			(16.67	)%
Total Asset Values
Total NAV Held by Stockholder A		$	100,000			$	99,762				(0.24	)%		$	99,091				(0.91	)%		$	96,667				(3.33	)%
Total Investment by Stockholder A (Assumed to Be $10.00 per Share)		$	100,000			$	100,000				—			$	100,000				—			$	100,000				—
Total Dilution to Stockholder A (Total NAV Less Total Investment)			—			$	(238	)			—			$	(909	)			—			$	(3,333	)			—
Per Share Amounts
NAV per Share Held by Stockholder A			—			$	9.98				—			$	9.91				—			$	9.67				—
Investment per Share Held by Stockholder A (Assumed to be $10.00 per Share)		$	10.00			$	10.00				—			$	10.00				—			$	10.00				—
Dilution per Share Held by Stockholder A (NAV per Share Less Investment per Share)			—			$	(0.02	)			—			$	(0.09	)			—			$	(0.33	)			—
Percentage Dilution to Stockholder A (Dilution per Share Divided by Investment per Share)			—				—				(0.24	)%			—				(0.91	)%			—				(3.33	)%

 

-21-

---

Table of Contents

Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse.

Our board of directors has the authority, except as otherwise provided by the 1940 Act, to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. Under Maryland law, we also cannot be dissolved without prior stockholder approval except by judicial action. In addition, upon approval of a majority of our stockholders, we may elect to withdraw our status as a BDC. If we, or Fund I, decide to withdraw our election, or if we otherwise fail to maintain our qualification, as a BDC, we may be subject to the substantially greater regulation under the 1940 Act as a closed-end investment company. Compliance with such regulations would significantly decrease our operating flexibility, and could significantly increase our costs of doing business. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results or the value of our common stock. Nevertheless, any such changes could adversely affect our business and impair our ability to make distributions.

Any failure on our part to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we, or Fund I, fail to maintain our status as a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more onerous regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital which may have a negative effect on our growth.

Our business will require capital to operate and grow. We may acquire such additional capital from the following sources:

Senior Securities. Currently we, through the Funds, issue debt securities guaranteed by the SBA and have access to funds under a revolving credit facility. In the future, we may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as senior securities. As a result of issuing senior securities, we will be exposed to additional risks, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

•

Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, as a BDC, to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200.0% after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our debt at a time when such sales and/or repayments may be disadvantageous. Further, we may not be permitted to declare or make any distribution to stockholders or repurchase shares until such time as we satisfy this test.

 

•

Any amounts that we use to service our debt or make payments on preferred stock will not be available for distributions to our common stockholders.

 

•

It is likely that any senior securities or other indebtedness we issue will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. Additionally, some of these securities or other indebtedness may be rated by rating agencies, and in obtaining a rating for such securities and other indebtedness, we may be required to abide by operating and investment guidelines that further restrict operating and financial flexibility.

 

-22-

---

Table of Contents

•

We and, indirectly, our stockholders will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities and other indebtedness.

 

•

Preferred stock or any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock, including separate voting rights and could delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control to the detriment of the holders of our common stock.

Additional Common Stock. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders approve such sale. At our Annual Stockholders Meeting on June 4, 2014, our stockholders voted to allow us to issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for a period of one year ending on the earlier of June 4, 2015 or the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. We expect to present to our stockholders a similar proposal at our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The maximum number of shares issuable below net asset value pursuant to the authority granted by our stockholders that could result in such dilution is limited to 25.0% of FIC’s then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such sale. We do not intend to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock below net asset value unless our board of directors determines that it would be in our stockholders’ best interests to do so. In any such case, however, the price at which our common stock is to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). We may also make rights offerings to our stockholders at prices per share less than the net asset value per share, subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. If we raise additional funds by issuing more common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time would decrease, and they may experience dilution. Moreover, we can offer no assurance that we will be able to issue and sell additional equity securities in the future, on favorable terms or at all.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.

We are subject to regulation at the local, state and federal level. New legislation may be enacted or new interpretations, rulings or regulations could be adopted, including those governing the types of investments we are permitted to make, any of which could harm us and our stockholders, potentially with retroactive effect. In addition, any change to the SBA’s current debenture program could have a significant impact on our ability to obtain low-cost leverage and, therefore, our competitive advantage over other funds.

Additionally, any changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations related to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to meet our investment objectives. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth in this report and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of our investment advisor to other types of investments in which our investment advisor may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

The impact of financial reform legislation on us remains uncertain.

In light of the global financial crisis and resulting conditions in the U.S. and global financial markets and the U.S. and global economy, legislators, the presidential administration and regulators increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry. In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was enacted, instituting a wide range of reforms that impact all financial institutions. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to implementation regulations, some of which will continue to be implemented over the course of the next several years. Given the continuing uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies, the full impact new regulatory requirements will have on our business, results of operations or financial condition remains unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act have, and may

 

-23-

---

Table of Contents

continue to, require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with any such laws, regulations or principles, or changes thereto, may negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect the on-going changes in the laws or regulations implemented as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, or the interpretations of such changes may have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to us and our stockholders.

Recently adopted revisions to the leveraged lending guidance for regulated financial institutions may make bank loans to institutions that themselves engage in leveraged lending, such as BDCs, more expensive and less available.

In March of 2013, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “Agencies”) jointly issued final guidance on leveraged lending transactions conducted by regulated financial institutions (the “Leveraged Lending Guidance”). The Leveraged Lending Guidance outlines for Agency-supervised institutions high-level principles related to safe-and-sound leveraged lending and contains the Agencies’ minimum expectations for a risk management framework that financial institutions should have in place. The Leveraged Lending Guidance provides only common definitions of leveraged lending and directs financial institutions to define leveraged lending in their internal policies. Therefore, banks or other financial institutions that provide financing to a BDC could determine that such financing constitutes leveraged lending under their leveraged lending policies. This would impose heightened regulatory requirements on such banks and other financial institutions when they make loans or provide other financing to a BDC, which may make financing more expensive and less available to BDCs. In November of 2014, the Agencies issued “Frequently Asked Questions” (FAQ) for Implementing March 2013 Interagency Guidance on Leveraged Lending” that were designed to foster industry and examiner understanding of the Leveraged Lending Guidance and supervisory expectations for safe and sound underwriting and to promote consistent application of the Leveraged Lending Guidance. With regard to BDCs, the FAQ for example states that the risk management and reporting aspects of the Leveraged Lending Guidance should be applied to underlying loans in structured transactions if an institution originates or retains credit risk in the individual loans. If the financial institution originates or participates in a loan to a BDC that holds leveraged loans, then the loan to the BDC constitutes indirect exposure that should be measured and reported as a leveraged loan. The full impact of the Leveraged Lending Guidance and the FAQ is still uncertain, but it is possible that financing may become more expensive for us and banks or other financial institutions may be less willing to engage in leveraged lending, making it more difficult for us to obtain financing.

Our ability to enter into and exit investment transactions with our affiliates will be restricted.

Except in those instances where we have received prior exemptive relief from the SEC, we will be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our Independent Directors. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5.0% or more of our outstanding voting securities is deemed our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our Independent Directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits “joint” transactions with an affiliate, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times), without prior approval of our Independent Directors. If a person acquires more than 25.0% of our voting securities, we will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person, or entering into joint transactions with such person, absent the prior approval of the SEC. These restrictions could limit or prohibit us from making certain attractive investments that we might otherwise make absent such restrictions.

Our investment advisor can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Our investment advisor has the right, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, to resign at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our investment advisor resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment advisor or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of

 

-24-

---

Table of Contents

operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, investment activities are likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by our investment advisor and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Our investment advisor can resign from its role as our administrator under the Administration Agreement, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Our investment advisor has the right to resign under the Administration Agreement, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our investment advisor resigns, we may not be able to find a new administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, administrative activities are likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a service provider or individuals with the expertise possessed by our investment advisor. Even if we are able to retain a comparable service provider or individuals to perform such services, whether internal or external, their integration into our business and lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Efforts to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will involve significant expenditures, and non-compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may adversely affect us and the market price of our common stock.

As a publicly-traded company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules implemented by the SEC.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that public companies evaluate and report on their systems of internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm must report on management’s evaluation of those controls. In future periods, we may identify deficiencies in our system of internal controls over financial reporting that may require remediation. There can be no assurances that any such future deficiencies identified may not be material weaknesses that would be required to be reported in future periods.

We are highly dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Our business is highly dependent on the communications and information systems of our investment advisor. Any failure or interruption of such systems could cause delays or other problems in our activities. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders. In addition, because many of our portfolio companies operate and rely on network infrastructure and enterprise applications and internal technology systems for development, marketing, operational, support and other business activities, a disruption or failure of any or all of these systems in the event of a major telecommunications failure, fire, earthquake, severe weather conditions or other catastrophic events could cause system interruptions, delays in product development and loss of critical data and could otherwise disrupt their business operations.

We could face losses and potential liability if intrusion, viruses or similar disruptions to our technology jeopardize our confidential information.

Although our investment advisor has implemented, and will continue to implement, security measures, our technology platform may be vulnerable to intrusion, computer viruses or similar disruptive problems caused by unauthorized users. The misappropriation of proprietary information could expose us to a risk of loss or litigation.

 

-25-

---

Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Investments

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

Many of our portfolio companies are susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions (including industry specific downturns, such as that currently being experienced by the oil and gas industry) and may be unable to repay our loans during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results.

Our investments in certain industry sectors, such as the energy sector, may be subject to significant political, economic and capacity risks that may increase the possibility that we lose all or a part of our investment.

The revenues and profitability of certain portfolio companies may be significantly affected by the future prices of and the demand for oil, natural gas liquids and natural gas, which are inherently uncertain. Investments in energy companies may have significant shortfalls in projected cash flow if prices decline from levels projected at the time the investment is made. Various factors beyond our control could affect energy prices, including worldwide supplies, political instability or armed conflicts in oil, natural gas liquids and natural gas producing regions, the price of foreign imports, the level of consumer demand, the price and availability of alternative fuels, capacity constraints and changes in existing government regulation, taxation and price controls. Energy prices have fluctuated greatly during the past, and energy markets continue to be volatile.

Our investments in portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Investing in lower middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks. Among other things, these companies:

 

•

may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt instruments that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees from subsidiaries or affiliates of portfolio companies that we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

 

•

may have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns, than larger businesses;

 

•

are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;

 

•

generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position; and

 

•

generally have less publicly available information about their businesses, operations and financial condition. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and may lose all or part of our investment.

In addition, in the course of providing significant managerial assistance to certain portfolio companies, certain of our management and directors may serve as directors on the boards of such companies. To the extent that litigation arises out of investments in these portfolio companies, our management and directors may be named as defendants in such litigation, which could result in an expenditure of funds (through our indemnification of such officers and directors) and the diversion of management time and resources.

 

-26-

---

Table of Contents

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

All of our assets may be invested in illiquid securities, and a substantial portion of our investments in leveraged companies will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than more broadly traded public securities. The illiquidity of these investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments when desired. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded these investments. As a result, we do not expect to achieve liquidity in our investments in the near-term. However, to maintain the elections to be regulated as a BDC and as a RIC, we may have to dispose of investments if they do not satisfy one or more of the applicable criteria under the respective regulatory frameworks. We may also face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we or our investment advisor have material nonpublic information regarding such portfolio company.

We may not have the funds to make additional investments in our portfolio companies which could impair the value of our portfolio.

After our initial investment in a portfolio company, we may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to such company or have the opportunity to increase our investment through the exercise of a warrant to purchase common stock. There is no assurance that we will make, or will have sufficient funds to make, follow-on investments. Any decisions not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative impact on a portfolio company in need of such an investment, may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation or may reduce the expected yield on the investment. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements or the desire to maintain our RIC status. Our ability to make follow-on investments may also be limited by our investment advisor’s allocation policy.

Portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We will invest primarily in mezzanine debt as well as equity issued by lower middle-market companies. The portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we invest. By their terms, such senior debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the mezzanine debt instruments in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or could be subject to lender liability claims.

Even though we may have structured certain of our investments as senior loans, if one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. We may also be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by us with respect to a borrower’s business or instances where we exercise control over the borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken in rendering significant managerial assistance.

 

-27-

---

Table of Contents

Second priority liens on collateral securing loans that we make to our portfolio companies may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us.

Certain loans we make to portfolio companies are and will be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements entered into with the holders of senior debt. Under an intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations having the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect to the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens:

 

•

the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral;

 

•

the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings;

 

•

the approval of amendments to collateral documents;

 

•

releases of liens on the collateral; and

 

•

waivers of past defaults under collateral documents.

We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

We may hold the debt securities of leveraged companies that may, due to the significant volatility of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings.

Leveraged companies may experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by an issuer may adversely and permanently affect the issuer. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the issuer may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations we own may be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.

Any unrealized depreciation we experience on our investment portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized depreciation in our investment portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected investments. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods.

 

-28-

---

Table of Contents

Defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets. This could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.

We do not expect to control many of our portfolio companies.

We do not expect to control many of our portfolio companies, even though we may have board representation or board observation rights, and the debt agreements may contain certain restrictive covenants. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of the company’s common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in private companies in the lower middle-market, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies as readily as we would like or at an appropriate valuation. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act; therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer and the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Additionally, while we are not targeting any specific industries, our investments may be concentrated in relatively few industries. As a result, a downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could also significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. Beyond the asset diversification requirements applicable to RICs, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and our investments could be concentrated in relatively few portfolio companies.

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.

We are subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending future investments in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being repaid, and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. In addition, any future investment of such amounts in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the investment that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elects to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments could negatively impact our return on equity, which could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

Certain investments that we have made in the past and may make in the future include warrants or other equity or equity-related securities. In addition, we may from time to time make non-control, equity co-investments in portfolio companies. Our goal is to realize gains upon our disposition of such equity interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. We also may be unable to realize any value if a portfolio company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell the underlying equity interests. We often seek puts or similar rights to give us the right to sell our equity securities back to the portfolio company issuer. We may be unable to exercise these put rights for the consideration provided in our investment documents if the issuer is in financial distress. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

 

-29-

---

Table of Contents

If our primary investments are deemed not to be qualifying assets, we could be precluded from investing in our desired manner or deemed to be in violation of the 1940 Act.

In order to maintain our status as a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70.0% of our total assets are qualifying assets. We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs and be precluded from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or required to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. We may not be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.

A significant portion of our investments involve private securities and we expect that a significant portion of our investments will continue to involve private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately result in funding obligations that we must satisfy through its return of distributions previously made to it.

We may be unable to invest a significant portion of any net proceeds from an offering or from exiting an investment or other capital on acceptable terms, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

We may be unable to invest the net proceeds of any offering or from exiting an investment or other sources of capital on acceptable terms within the time period that we anticipate or at all. Delays in investing such capital may cause our performance to be worse than that of fully invested BDCs or other lenders or investors pursuing comparable investment strategies.

Depending on market conditions and the amount of the capital involved, it may take us a substantial period of time to invest substantially all the capital in securities meeting our investment objective. During this period, we will invest such capital primarily in short-term securities consistent with our BDC election and our election to be taxed as a RIC, which may produce returns that are significantly lower than the returns which we expect to achieve when our portfolio is fully invested in longer-term investments in pursuit of our investment objective. Any distributions that we pay during such period may be substantially lower than the distributions that we may be able to pay when our portfolio is fully invested. In addition, until such time as the net proceeds of any offering or from exiting an investment or other sources capital are invested in new investments meeting our investment objective, the market price for our common stock may decline.

Our investment advisor’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and we have agreed to indemnify our investment advisor against certain liabilities, which may lead our investment advisor to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our investment advisor does not assume any responsibility to us other than to render the services called for under that agreement, and it is not responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow our investment advisor’s advice or recommendations. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, our investment advisor and its officers, directors, members, managers, partners, stockholders and employees are not liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, except those resulting from acts constituting gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of our investment advisor’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify our investment advisor and its officers, directors, members, managers, partners, stockholders and employees from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and

 

-30-

---

Table of Contents

other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Investment Advisory Agreement, except where attributable to gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of such person’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. These protections may lead our investment advisor to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Risks Relating to an Offering of Our Securities

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value.

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDCs, frequently trade at a discount from net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies and BDCs is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below net asset value. In addition, if our common stock trades below net asset value, we will generally not be able to issue additional common stock at the market price without first obtaining the approval of our stockholders and our Independent Directors. On June 4, 2014 our stockholders voted to allow us to sell or otherwise issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for a period of one year ending on the earlier of June 4, 2015 or the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. We expect to present to our stockholders a similar proposal at our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Selling or otherwise issuing shares of FIC’s common stock below its then current net asset value per share would result in a dilution of FIC’s existing common stockholders. The maximum number of shares issuable below net asset value pursuant to the authority granted by our stockholders that could result in such dilution is limited to 25.0% of FIC’s then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such sale. We do not intend to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock below net asset value unless our board of directors determines that it would be in our stockholders’ best interests to do so.

Stockholders may experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.

All distributions declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our dividend reinvestment plan are generally automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock. As a result, stockholders that do not participate in the dividend reinvestment plan may experience dilution over time. Stockholders who receive distributions in shares of common stock may experience accretion to the net asset value of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the distribution payable to a stockholder.

Market conditions may increase the risks associated with our business and an investment in us.

The current worldwide financial market situation may contribute to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause economic uncertainties or deterioration in the U.S. and worldwide. These conditions raised the level of many of the risks described herein and, if repeated or continued, could have an adverse effect on our portfolio companies and on their results of operations, financial conditions, access to credit and capital. The stress in the credit market and upon banks has led other creditors to tighten credit and the terms of credit. In certain cases, senior lenders to our portfolio companies can block payments by our portfolio companies in respect of our loans to such portfolio companies. In turn, these could have adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations, distributions to our stockholders, access to capital, valuation of our assets and our stock price. Notwithstanding recent gains across both the equity and debt markets, these conditions may continue for a prolonged period of time or worsen in the future.

If, in the future, we sell common stock at a discount to our net asset value per share, stockholders who do not participate in such sale will experience immediate dilution in an amount that may be material.

On June 4, 2014, our stockholders approved our ability to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock at a discount from net asset value per share, as long as the cumulative number of shares sold pursuant to such authority does not exceed 25.0% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such sale, for a period of one year ending on the earlier of June 4, 2015 or the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. We expect to present to our stockholders a similar proposal at our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. If we sell

 

-31-

---

Table of Contents

or otherwise issue shares of our common stock at a discount to net asset value, it will pose a risk of dilution to our stockholders. In particular, stockholders who do not purchase additional shares at or below the discounted price in proportion to their current ownership will experience an immediate decrease in net asset value per share (as well as in the aggregate net asset value of their shares if they do not participate at all). These stockholders will also experience a disproportionately greater decrease in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than the increase we experience in our assets, potential earning power and voting interests from such issuances or sale. In addition, such issuances or sales may adversely affect the price at which our common stock trades. For additional information and hypothetical examples of these risks, see “Sales of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value,” and for actual dilution illustrations specific to an offering, see the prospectus supplement pursuant to which such sale is made.

Our net asset value may have changed significantly since our last valuation.

Our board of directors determines the fair value of our portfolio investments on a quarterly basis based on input from our investment advisor, our audit committee and, as to certain of our investments, a third party independent valuation firm. While the board of directors will review our net asset value per share in connection with any offering, it will not always have the benefit of input from the independent valuation firm when it does so. The fair value of various individual investments in our portfolio and/or the aggregate fair value of our investments may change significantly over time. If the fair value of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2015 is less than the fair value at the time of an offering during 2015, then we may record an unrealized loss on our investment portfolio and may report a lower net asset value per share than will be reflected in the Selected Consolidated Financial Data and the financial statements included in the prospectus supplement of that offering. If the fair value of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2015 is greater than the fair value at the time of an offering during 2015, we may record an unrealized gain on our investment portfolio and may report a greater net asset value per share than so reflected in the prospectus supplement of that offering. Upon publication of this information in connection with our announcement of operating results for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate materially, and may be substantially less than the price per share you pay for our common stock in an offering.

The market price of our securities may fluctuate significantly.

The market price and liquidity of the market for shares of our common stock may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

•

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of BDCs or other companies in our sector, which is not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

 

•

exclusion of our common stock from certain market indices, such as the Russell 2000 Financial Services Index, could reduce the ability of certain institutional investors to own our common stock and could put short term pressure on our common stock;

 

•

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs, BDCs or SBICs;

 

•

loss of RIC or BDC status;

 

•

loss of status as an SBIC for the Funds, or any other SBIC subsidiary we may form;

 

•

changes or perceived changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

•

changes or perceived changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

 

•

changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;

 

•

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

 

•

departure of our investment advisor’s key personnel;

 

•

operating performance of companies comparable to us;

 

•

general economic trends and other external factors; and

 

•

loss of a major funding source.

 

-32-

---

Table of Contents

Investing in our securities may involve an above average degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and a higher risk of volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative; therefore, an investment in our securities may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

As of February 27, 2015, we had 16,051,037 shares of common stock outstanding. In August 2014, we entered into an equity distribution agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated through which we could sell, by means of at-the-market offerings from time to time, shares of our common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $50.0 million (the “ATM Program”). Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the availability of shares for sale, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities should we desire to do so.

Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

The Maryland General Corporation Law contains provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. In addition, our board of directors may, without stockholder action, authorize the issuance of shares of stock in one or more classes or series, including preferred stock. Our charter and bylaws contain provisions that limit liability and provide for indemnification of our directors and officers. These provisions and others also may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management. We are generally prohibited from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 10.0% or more of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock, or with their affiliates, for five years after the most recent date on which such stockholders became the beneficial owners of 10.0% or more of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock and thereafter unless our directors and stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. See “Description of Our Capital Stock - Business Combinations.” Maryland law may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.

We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our charter authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our stock in one or more classes or series and to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock, including preferred stock. In addition, we have adopted a classified board of directors. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our charter and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

If we issue preferred stock and/or debt securities, the net asset value and market value of our common stock may become more volatile.

We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock and/or debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock and/or debt securities would likely cause the net asset value and market value of our common stock to become more volatile. If the distribution rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of our common stock would be reduced. If the distribution rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common stock than if we had not issued the preferred stock and/or debt securities. Any decline in the net asset value of our investment would be borne entirely by the holders of our common stock. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to

 

-33-

---

Table of Contents

decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of our common stock than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock and/or debt securities. This decline in net asset value would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for our common stock.

There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios which may be required by the preferred stock and/or debt securities or of a downgrade in the ratings of the preferred stock and/or debt securities or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the distribution requirements on the preferred stock or the interest payments on the debt securities. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund redemption of some or all of the preferred stock and/or debt securities. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of our common stock would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock and/or debt securities. Holders of preferred stock and/or debt securities may have different interests than holders of common stock and may at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.

If we issue auction rate preferred stock and you purchase such auction rate preferred stock, you may not be able to sell your auction rate preferred stock at an auction if the auction fails.

If we issue auction rate preferred stock and you purchase such auction rate preferred stock, you may not be able to sell your auction rate preferred stock at an auction if the auction fails, i.e., if more shares of auction rate preferred stock are offered for sale than there are buyers for those shares. Also, if you place an order (a hold order) at an auction to retain auction rate preferred stock only at a specified rate that exceeds the rate set at the auction, you will not retain your auction rate preferred stock. Additionally, if you place a hold order without specifying a rate below which you would not wish to continue to hold your shares and the auction sets a below-market rate, you will receive a lower rate of return on your shares than any market rate of those securities. Finally, the distribution period of these securities may be changed, subject to certain conditions and with notice to the holders of the auction rate preferred stock, which could also affect the liquidity of your investment.

If you try to sell your auction rate preferred stock between auctions, you may not receive full value on your investment.

If you try to sell your auction rate preferred stock between auctions, you may not be able to sell them for their liquidation preference per share or such amount per share plus accumulated distributions. If we have designated a special distribution period of more than seven days, changes in interest rates could affect the price you would receive if you sold your shares in the secondary market. Broker-dealers that maintain a secondary trading market for the auction rate preferred stock are not required to maintain this market, and we will not be required to redeem auction rate preferred stock if either an auction or an attempted secondary market sale fails because of a lack of buyers. The auction rate preferred stock will likely not be registered on a stock exchange. If you sell your auction rate preferred stock to a broker-dealer between auctions, you may receive less than the price you paid for them, especially when market interest rates have risen since the last auction or during a special distribution period. Due to recent market disruption most auction-rate preferred stock have been unable to hold successful auctions and holders of such shares have suffered reduced liquidity, including the inability to sell such shares in a secondary market.

The trading market or market value of our debt securities or any convertible debt securities, if issued to the public, may be volatile.

Our debt securities or any convertible debt securities, if issued to the public, may or may not have an established trading market. We cannot assure investors that a trading market for our debt securities or any convertible debt securities, if issued to the public, would develop or be maintained if developed. In addition to our creditworthiness, many factors may materially adversely affect the trading market for, and market value of, our publicly issued debt securities or any convertible debt securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

•

the time remaining to the maturity of these debt securities;

 

•

the outstanding principal amount of debt securities with terms identical to these debt securities;

 

•

the general economic environment;

 

-34-

---

Table of Contents

•

the supply of debt securities trading in the secondary market, if any;

 

•

the redemption, repayment or convertible features, if any, of these debt securities;

 

•

the level, direction and volatility of market interest rates generally; and

 

•

market rates of interest higher or lower than rates borne by the debt securities.

There also may be a limited number of buyers for our debt securities. This too may materially adversely affect the market value of the debt securities or the trading market for the debt securities. Our debt securities may include convertible features that cause them to more closely bear risks associated with an investment in our common stock.

Our credit ratings, if any, may not reflect all risks of an investment in our debt securities or any convertible debt securities.

Our credit ratings, if any, will be an assessment by third parties of our ability to pay our obligations. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of any publicly issued debt securities. Our credit ratings, however, may not reflect the potential impact of risks related to market conditions generally or other factors discussed herein about the market value of, or trading market for, any publicly issued debt securities.

Terms relating to redemption may materially adversely affect the return on any debt securities.

If we issue any debt securities or any convertible debt securities that are redeemable at our option, we may choose to redeem the debt securities at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on the debt securities. In addition, if the debt securities are subject to mandatory redemption, we may be required to redeem the debt securities at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on the debt securities. In this circumstance, a holder of our debt securities may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the debt securities being redeemed.

The issuance of subscription rights, warrants or convertible debt that are exchangeable for our common stock, will cause your interest in us to be diluted as a result of any such rights, warrants or convertible debt offering.

Stockholders who do not fully exercise rights, warrants or convertible debt issued to them in any offering of subscription rights, warrants or convertible debt to purchase our common stock should expect that they will, at the completion of the offering, own a smaller proportional interest in us than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their rights, warrants or convertible debt. We cannot state precisely the amount of any such dilution in share ownership because we do not know what proportion of the common stock would be purchased as a result of any such offering.

In addition, if the subscription price, warrant price or convertible debt price is less than our net asset value per share of common stock at the time of such offering, then our stockholders would experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of their shares as a result of the offering. The amount of any such decrease in net asset value is not predictable because it is not known at this time what the subscription price, warrant price, convertible debt price or net asset value per share will be on the expiration date of such offering or what proportion of our common stock will be purchased as a result of any such offering. The risk of dilution is greater if there are multiple rights offerings. However, our board of directors will make a good faith determination that any offering of subscription rights, warrants or convertible debt would result in a net benefit to existing stockholders.

Future offerings of debt securities, which would be senior to our common stock upon liquidation, or equity securities, which could dilute our existing stockholders and may be senior to our common stock for the purposes of distributions, may harm the value of our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by making additional offerings of debt or equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes and classes of preferred stock or common stock, subject to the restrictions of the 1940 Act. Upon a liquidation of our company, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred stock and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings

 

-35-

---

Table of Contents

by us may dilute the holdings of our existing stockholders or reduce the value of our common stock, or both. Any preferred stock we may issue would have a preference on distributions that could limit our ability to make distributions to the holders of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their stock holdings in us. In addition, proceeds from a sale of common stock will likely be used to increase our total assets or to pay down our borrowings, among other uses. This would increase our asset coverage ratio and permit us to incur additional leverage under rules pertaining to BDCs by increasing our borrowings or issuing senior securities such as preferred stock or additional debt securities.

Terrorist attacks, acts of war or national disasters may affect any market for our securities, impact the businesses in which we invest and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Terrorist acts, acts of war or national disasters may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to global economic instability. Future terrorist activities, military or security operations, or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic/global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may negatively impact the businesses in which we invest directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks and natural disasters are generally uninsurable.

 

-36-

---

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about us, our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “should,” “targets,” “projects” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

 

•

our dependence on key personnel of our investment advisor and our executive officers;

 

•

our ability to maintain or develop referral relationships;

 

•

our use of leverage;

 

•

the availability of additional capital on attractive terms or at all;

 

•

uncertain valuations of our portfolio investments;

 

•

competition for investment opportunities;

 

•

actual and potential conflicts of interest with our investment advisor;

 

•

other potential conflicts of interest;

 

•

SBA regulations affecting our wholly-owned SBIC subsidiaries;

 

•

changes in interest rates;

 

•

the impact of a protracted decline in the liquidity of credit markets on our business and portfolio investments;

 

•

our ability to maintain our status as a RIC and as a BDC;

 

•

the timing, form and amount of any distributions from our portfolio companies;

 

•

changes in laws or regulations applicable to us;

 

•

dilution risks related to our ability to issue shares below our current net asset value;

 

•

possible resignation of our investment advisor or administrator;

 

•

the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

 

•

risks associated with investing in lower middle-market companies;

 

•

the ability of our investment advisor to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria; and

 

•

our ability to invest in qualifying assets.

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus. The forward-looking statements and projections contained in this prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

 

-37-

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

Unless otherwise specified in any prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus, we intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our securities to invest in lower middle-market companies in accordance with our investment objective and strategies, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our Credit Facility and for working capital and general corporate purposes. We will also pay operating expenses, including management, incentive and administrative fees, and may pay other expenses, from the net proceeds of any offering. We plan to raise new equity when we have attractive investment opportunities available. Pending such use, we will invest the net proceeds of any offering primarily in short-term securities consistent with our BDC election and our election to be taxed as a RIC. See “Regulation—Temporary Investments” for additional information about temporary investments we may make while waiting to make longer-term investments in pursuit of our investment objective.

Pending such use, we will invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less, or “temporary investments,” as appropriate. These securities may have lower yields than our other investments and accordingly result in lower distributions, if any, by us during such period. See “Regulation — Temporary Investments.” Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that the net proceeds from the offering, pending full investment, are held in interest bearing deposits or other short-term instruments that produce income at a rate less than our cost of capital.

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges of the Company, computed as set forth below, were as follows:

 

		For the year ended December 31,
		2010				2011				2012				2013				2014
Earnings to Fixed Charges(1)			2.01				3.81				4.02				4.95				3.65

For purposes of computing the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represent net increase in net assets resulting from operations plus (or minus) tax provision (benefit) including excise tax expense plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest and financing expenses.

 

(1)	Earnings include net realized and unrealized gains or losses. Net realized and unrealized gains or losses can vary substantially from period to period.

 

•

Excluding net unrealized gains or losses, the earnings to fixed charges ratio would be 2.03, 0.86, 3.75, 8.08 and 1.88 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

•

Excluding net realized and unrealized gains or losses, the earnings to fixed charges ratio would be 2.81, 3.11, 3.44, 3.76 and 4.15 for the years ended December 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

-38-

---

Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Our common stock began trading on June 21, 2011 on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “FDUS.” Effective January 3, 2012, our common stock is included in the Nasdaq Global Select Market. Prior to June 21, 2011, there was no established public trading market for our common stock. The following table lists the high and low closing sale price for our common stock, and the closing sale price as a percentage of net asset value, or NAV, since shares of our common stock began being regularly quoted on Nasdaq.

 

						Closing Sales           Price								Premium/ (Discount) of High Sales Price to NAV (2)				Premium/ (Discount) of Low Sales Price to NAV (2)				Distributions Per Share (3)
Period		NAV (1)				High				Low
Year ended December 31, 2012
First Quarter		$	14.94			$	14.38			$	12.85				(3.7	)%			(14.0	)%		$	0.34
Second Quarter			15.02				15.17				13.22				1.0				(12.0	)			0.36
Third Quarter			15.27				16.78				14.89				9.9				(2.5	)			0.38
Fourth Quarter			15.32				17.00				14.55				11.0				(5.0	)			0.38
Year ended December 31, 2013
First Quarter			15.46				19.15				16.52				23.9				6.9				0.38
Second Quarter			16.06				19.17				17.28				19.4				7.6				0.38
Third Quarter			15.98				19.73				18.60				23.5				16.4				0.42
Fourth Quarter			15.35				22.29				18.64				45.2				21.4				0.76
Year ended December 31, 2014
First Quarter			15.22				21.99				17.86				44.5				17.3				0.38
Second Quarter			15.09				20.54				16.63				36.1				10.2				0.48
Third Quarter			15.18				20.04				16.51				32.0				8.8				0.38
Fourth Quarter			15.16				17.10				13.71				12.8				(9.6	)			0.48

 

(1)	Net asset value per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the net asset value per share on the date of the high and low sales prices. The net asset values shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.

 

(2)	Calculated as the difference between the respective high or low closing sales price and the quarter end net asset value divided by the quarter end net asset value.

 

(3)

Represents the regular and special, if applicable, distribution declared in the specified quarter. We have adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a distribution, stockholders’ cash distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash distributions. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

Shares of BDCs may trade at a market price that is less than the net asset value of those shares. The possibilities that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value or at premiums that are unsustainable over the long term are separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. It is not possible to predict whether any common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus supplement will trade at, above, or below net asset value.

We intend to continue to pay quarterly distributions to our stockholders. Our quarterly distributions, if any, are determined by our board of directors. We have elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As long as we qualify as a RIC, we will not be taxed on our investment company taxable income or net capital gain, to the extent that such income or gain is distributed, or deemed to be distributed, to stockholders on a timely basis.

 

-39-

---

Table of Contents

To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must, among other things, distribute at least 90.0% of our net ordinary income and our net short-term capital gains in excess of our net long-term capital losses, if any. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98.0% of our net ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the calendar year and (3) any net ordinary income and capital gain net income for the preceding calendar year that were not distributed during such year and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax. We may retain for investment some or all of our net capital gain (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses) and treat such amounts as deemed distributions to our stockholders. If we do this, you will be treated as if you received an actual distribution of the capital gain we retain and then reinvested the net after-tax proceeds in our common stock. You also may be eligible to claim a tax credit (or, in certain circumstances, a tax refund) equal to your allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gain deemed distributed to you. Please refer to “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the accompanying prospectus for further information regarding the consequences of our retention of net capital gain. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings. See “Regulation” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the accompanying prospectus.

We may make distributions that are payable in cash or shares of our common stock at the election of each stockholder. Under certain applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations, distributions payable in cash or in shares of stock at the election of stockholders are treated as taxable dividends to the extent of the distributing corporation’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. The Internal Revenue Service has issued private letter rulings indicating that such treatment may apply under circumstances in which the total amount of cash distributed is limited to as little as 20.0% of the total distribution. Under these rulings, if too many stockholders elect to receive their distributions in cash, each such stockholder would receive a pro-rata share of the total cash to be distributed and would receive the remainder of their distribution in shares of stock. If we decide to make any distributions that are payable in part in shares of our stock, U.S. stockholders receiving such distributions generally will be required to include the full amount of the distribution (whether received in cash, shares of our stock, or a combination thereof) as ordinary income (or as long-term capital gain to the extent such distribution is properly reported as a capital gain dividend) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. As a result, a U.S. stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such distributions in excess of any cash received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the stock it receives in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the distribution, depending on the market price of our stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. federal tax with respect to such distributions, including in respect of all or a portion of such distributions that are payable in stock. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our stock in order to pay taxes owed on such distributions, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of shares of our stock.

We will report certain U.S. federal income tax information with respect to our distributions to our stockholders on IRS Form 1099-DIV after the end of the year. Our ability to pay distributions could be affected by future business performance, liquidity, capital needs, alternative investment opportunities and loan covenants.

 

-40-

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data of FIC and its subsidiaries, including the Funds, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, is derived from the consolidated financial statements that have been audited by McGladrey LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. Financial information prior to our IPO in June 2011 is that of Fund I. This financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2010				2011				2012				2013				2014
		(Dollars in Thousands)
Statement of operations data:
Total investment income		$	17,985			$	23,387			$	33,849			$	41,792			$	46,116
Interest and financing expenses			4,962				5,488				6,422				7,076				7,507
Management fees, net			3,436				3,182				4,237				5,261				5,899
Incentive fees			—				1,609				4,839				6,792				4,857
All other expenses			627				1,551				2,660				3,121				4,189
Net investment income before income taxes			8,960				11,557				15,691				19,542				23,664
Income tax provision			—				24				4				246				383
Net investment income			8,960				11,533				15,687				19,296				23,281
Net realized gains (losses) on investments			(3,858	)			(12,318	)			1,975				30,588				(17,029	)
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments			(78	)			16,171				1,749				(22,188	)			13,250
Income tax (provision) on realized gains on investments			—				—				—				(493	)			(17	)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		$	5,024			$	15,386			$	19,411			$	27,203			$	19,485
Per share data(1):
Net asset value (at end of period)			n/a			$	14.90			$	15.32			$	15.35			$	15.16
Net investment income			n/a			$	1.22			$	1.54			$	1.43			$	1.62
Net gain (loss) on investments			n/a			$	0.40			$	0.37			$	0.58			$	(0.26	)
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations			n/a			$	1.63			$	1.91			$	2.01			$	1.36
Dividends (post initial public offering)			n/a			$	0.64			$	1.46			$	1.94			$	1.72
Other data:
Weighted average annual yield on debt investments (2)			15.0	%			15.3	%			15.3	%			14.5	%			13.4	%
Number of portfolio companies at year end			17				23				30				37				42
Expense ratios (as percentage of average net assets):
Operating expenses			8.6	%			4.7	%			7.4	%			7.2	%			6.7	%
Interest expense			10.5	%			4.0	%			4.1	%			3.4	%			3.4	%

 

(1)	Per share data and average net assets are presented as if the Formation Transaction and IPO had occurred on January 1, 2011.

 

(2)	Weighted average yields are computed using the effective interest rates for debt investments at cost as of the period end date, including accretion of original issue discount and loan origination fees, but excluding debt investments on non-accrual status, if any.

 

-41-

---

Table of Contents

		As of December 31,
		2010				2011				2012				2013				2014
		(Dollars in Thousands)
Statement of assets and liabilities data:
Total investments at fair value		$	141,341			$	204,745			$	274,249			$	306,981			$	396,355
Total assets			147,377				248,643				333,849				367,262				435,587
Borrowings			93,500				104,000				144,500				144,500				183,500
Total net assets			52,005				140,482				183,091				211,125				243,263

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth certain quarterly financial information for each of the twelve quarters ending with the quarter ended December 31, 2014. This information was derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the past fiscal year or for any future quarter.

 

		March 31, 2014				June 30, 2014				September 30, 2014				December 31, 2014
Total investment income		$	10,559			$	10,581			$	11,324			$	13,652
Net investment income			5,444				5,509				5,627				6,701
Net increase in net assets from operations			3,378				3,428				5,301				7,378
Net investment income per share			0.40				0.40				0.41				0.42
Net increase in net assets from operations per share			0.25				0.25				0.38				0.46
Net asset value per share at end of period			15.22				15.09				15.18				15.16

 

		March 31, 2013				June 30, 2013				September 30, 2013				December 31, 2013
Total investment income		$	9,813			$	10,476			$	10,263			$	11,240
Net investment income			4,923				3,164				5,274				5,935
Net increase in net assets from operations			4,637				13,420				4,537				4,609
Net investment income per share			0.38				0.23				0.38				0.43
Net increase in net assets from operations per share			0.36				0.98				0.33				0.34
Net asset value per share at end of period			15.46				16.06				15.98				15.35

 

		March 31, 2012				June 30, 2012				September 30, 2012				December 31, 2012
Total investment income		$	7,596			$	7,629			$	8,980			$	9,644
Net investment income			3,621				3,351				4,002				4,713
Net increase in net assets from operations			3,519				4,199				6,577				5,116
Net investment income per share			0.38				0.36				0.40				0.40
Net increase in net assets from operations per share			0.37				0.45				0.66				0.43
Net asset value per share at end of period			14.94				15.02				15.27				15.32

 

-42-

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” Fidus Investment Corporation’s consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The information in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

Overview

We provide customized debt and equity financing solutions to lower middle-market companies, which we define as U.S. based companies having revenues between $10.0 million and $150.0 million. Our investment objective is to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns by generating both current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity related investments. Our investment strategy includes partnering with business owners, management teams and financial sponsors by providing customized financing for ownership transactions, recapitalizations, strategic acquisitions, business expansion and other growth initiatives. We seek to maintain a diversified portfolio of investments in order to help mitigate the potential effects of adverse economic events related to particular companies, regions or industries.

Fidus Investment Corporation was formed as a Maryland corporation on February 14, 2011. We completed our initial public offering, or IPO, in June 2011, and have completed additional underwritten public offerings of our common stock in September 2012, February 2013 and September 2014 providing approximately $140.5 million in net proceeds after deducting underwriting fees and offering costs.

On June 20, 2011, Fidus Investment Corporation acquired all of the limited partnership interests of Fidus Mezzanine Capital, L.P., or Fund I, and membership interests of Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC, its general partner, through the Formation Transactions (as defined in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements), resulting in Fund I becoming our wholly-owned SBIC subsidiary. Immediately following the Formation Transactions, we and Fund I elected to be treated as business development companies, or BDCs, under the 1940 Act and our investment activities have been managed by Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC, our investment advisor, and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of us. On March 29, 2013, we commenced operations of a second wholly-owned subsidiary, Fund II. Fund I and Fund II are collectively referred to as the “Funds.”

Fund I received its SBIC license on October 22, 2007 and Fund II received its SBIC license on May 28, 2013. We plan to continue to operate the Funds as SBICs, subject to SBA approval, and to utilize the proceeds of the sale of SBA-guaranteed debentures to enhance returns to our stockholders. We have also made, and continue to make, investments directly through FIC. We believe that utilizing FIC and the Funds as investment vehicles provides us with access to a broader array of investment opportunities. Based on the current capitalization of the Funds, we have approximately $51.5 million of remaining borrowing capacity under the SBIC Debenture Program and intend to fully utilize such capacity over the ensuing 12-24 months.

In August 2014, we entered into an equity distribution agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated through which the Company could sell, by means of at-the-market offerings from time to time, shares of the Company’s common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $50.0 million (the “ATM Program”). During the period from August 21, 2014 through December 31, 2014, 158,353 shares of our common stock were sold at an average offering price of $18.51 per share resulting in net proceeds of $2.9 million after commissions to the sales agent on shares sold and offering costs of $0.1 million. We intend to continue utilizing our ATM Program for capital to fund additional investments during 2015.

On September 30, 2014, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares in a follow-on public offering at an offering price of $17.00 per share. On October 21, 2014, the Company issued an additional 83,414 shares to the underwriters pursuant to their exercise of the over-allotment option. Such share issuances resulted in net proceeds of $33.7 million, after deducting underwriting fees and commissions and offering costs totaling $1.7 million. The net proceeds from this offering were available to fund additional investments.

 

-43-

---

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions affecting amounts reported in the financial statements. We have identified investment valuation and revenue recognition as our most critical accounting estimates. We continuously evaluate our estimates, including those related to the matters described below. These estimates are based on the information that is currently available to us and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions. A discussion of our critical accounting policies follows.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

As a BDC, we report our assets and liabilities at fair value at all times consistent with GAAP and the 1940 Act. Accordingly, we are required to periodically determine the fair value of all of our portfolio investments.

Our investments generally consist of illiquid securities including debt and equity investments in lower middle-market companies. Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market for substantially all of the investments in our portfolio, we value substantially all of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors using a documented valuation policy and consistently applied valuation process. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the difference could be material.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

•

our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially evaluated and rated by the investment professionals of our investment advisor responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

•

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with the investment committee of our investment advisor;

 

•

our board of directors also engages one or more independent valuation firms to provide an independent appraisal for each of our investments at least once in every calendar year, and for new portfolio companies, at least once in the twelve-month period subsequent to the initial investment;

 

•

the audit committee of our board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of our investment advisor and of the independent valuation firm(s) and responds and supplements the valuation recommendations to reflect any comments; and

 

•

the board of directors discusses the valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of our investment advisor, the independent valuation firm(s) and the audit committee.

In making the good faith determination of the value of portfolio investments, we start with the cost basis of the security. The transaction price is typically the best estimate of fair value at inception. When evidence supports a subsequent change to the carrying value from the original transaction price, adjustments are made to reflect the expected exit values.

We perform detailed valuations of our debt and equity investments, using both the market and income approaches as appropriate. Under the market approach, we typically use the enterprise value methodology to determine the fair value of an investment. There is no one methodology to estimate enterprise value and, in fact, for any one portfolio company, enterprise value is generally best expressed as a range of values, from which we derive a single estimate of enterprise value. Under the income approach, we typically prepare and analyze discounted cash flow models to estimate the present value of future cash flows of either an individual debt investment or of the underlying portfolio company itself.

 

-44-

---

Table of Contents

We evaluate investments in portfolio companies using the most recent portfolio company financial statements and forecasts. We also consult with the portfolio company’s senior management to obtain further updates on the portfolio company’s performance, including information such as industry trends, new product development and other operational issues.

For our debt investments, including senior secured loans and subordinated notes, the primary valuation technique used to estimate the fair value is the discounted cash flow method. However, if there is deterioration in credit quality or a debt investment is in workout status, we may consider other methods in determining the fair value, including the value attributable to the debt investment from the enterprise value of the portfolio company or the proceeds that would be received in a liquidation analysis. Our discounted cash flow models estimate a range of fair values by applying an appropriate discount rate to the future cash flow streams of our debt investments, based on future interest and principal payments as set forth in the associated loan agreements. We determine a weighted average cost of capital for use in the discounted cash flow model for each investment, based on factors including, but not limited to: current pricing and credit metrics for similar proposed or executed investment transactions of private companies; the portfolio company’s historical financial results and outlook; and the portfolio company’s current leverage and credit quality as compared to leverage and credit quality as of the date the investment was made. We may also consider the following factors when determining the fair value of debt investments: the portfolio company’s ability to make future scheduled payments; prepayment penalties; estimated remaining life; the nature and realizable value of any collateral; and changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that generally may affect the price at which similar investments may be made. We estimate the remaining life of our debt investments to generally be the legal maturity date of the instrument, as we generally intend to hold loans to maturity. However, if we have information available to us that the loan is expected to be repaid in the near term, we would use an estimated remaining life based on the expected repayment date.

For our equity investments, including equity securities and warrants, we generally use a market approach, including valuation methodologies consistent with industry practice, to estimate the enterprise value of portfolio companies. Typically, the enterprise value of a private company is based on multiples of EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues, or in limited cases, book value. In estimating the enterprise value of a portfolio company, we analyze various factors consistent with industry practice, including but not limited to original transaction multiples, the portfolio company’s historical and projected financial results, applicable market trading and prices paid in comparable transactions, applicable market yields and leverage levels, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, and comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public. Where applicable, we consider our ability to influence the capital structure of the portfolio company, as well as the timing of a potential exit.

We may also utilize an income approach when estimating the fair value of our equity securities, either as a primary methodology if consistent with industry practice or if the market approach is otherwise not applicable, or as a supporting methodology to corroborate the fair value ranges determined by the market approach. We typically prepare and analyze discounted cash flow models based on projections of the future free cash flows (or earnings) of the portfolio company. We consider various factors, including but not limited to the portfolio company’s projected financial results, applicable market trading and prices paid in comparable transactions, applicable market yields and leverage levels, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, and comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public.

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our consolidated financial statements express the uncertainties with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any changes in such valuations, on the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Investments and related investment income. Realized gains or losses on investments are recorded upon the sale or disposition of a portfolio investment and are calculated as the difference between the net proceeds from the sale or disposition and the cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation

 

-45-

---

Table of Contents

previously recognized. Changes in the fair value of investments from the prior period, as determined by our board of directors through the application of our valuation policy, are included as net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments in the consolidated statements of operations.

Interest and dividend income. Interest and dividend income is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. Interest and dividend income is accrued daily based on the outstanding principal amount and the contractual terms of the debt or preferred equity investment. Dividend income is recorded on the declaration date or at the point an obligation exists for the portfolio company to make a distribution. Distributions from portfolio companies are evaluated to determine if the distribution is a distribution of earnings or a return of capital.

Payment-in-kind interest. We have investments in our portfolio that contain a PIK income provision. The PIK income, computed at the contractual rate specified in the applicable investment agreement, is added to the principal balance of the investment, rather than being paid in cash, and recorded as interest or dividend income on the consolidated statements of operations. Generally, PIK can be paid-in-kind or all in cash. We stop accruing PIK income when it is determined that PIK income is no longer collectible. In addition, to maintain our status as a RIC and to avoid paying corporate federal income tax, substantially all of this income must be paid out to stockholders in the form of distributions, even though we have not yet collected the cash. We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before, or without, receiving cash representing such income.

Non-accrual. Loans or preferred equity investments are placed on non-accrual status and we will generally cease recognizing interest or dividend income when principal, interest or dividend payments become materially past due, or when there is reasonable doubt that principal, interest or dividends will be collected. Interest payments received on non-accrual investments may be recognized as income or applied to the investment principal balance based on management’s judgment. Non-accrual investments are restored to accrual status when past due principal, interest or dividends are paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current.

Warrants. In connection with our debt investments, we will sometimes receive warrants or other equity-related securities, or Warrants. We determine the cost basis of Warrants based upon their respective fair values on the date of receipt in proportion to the total fair value of the debt and Warrants received. Any resulting difference between the face amount of the debt and its recorded fair value resulting from the assignment of value to the Warrants are treated as original issue discount, or OID, and accreted into interest income using the effective interest method over the term of the investment.

Fee income. All transaction fees earned in connection with our investments are recognized as fee income. Such fees typically include fees for services, including structuring and advisory services, provided to portfolio companies. We recognize income from fees for providing such structuring and advisory services when the services are rendered or the transactions are completed. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment penalties are recorded as fee income when earned. Prior to the Formation Transactions, and in accordance with the prior limited partnership agreement, we historically recorded transaction fees provided in connection with our investments as a direct offset to management fee expense. We also typically receive upfront loan origination or closing fees in connection with investments. Such upfront loan origination and closing fees are capitalized as unearned income offset against investment cost basis on our consolidated statements of assets and liabilities and accreted into income over the life of the investment.

Portfolio Composition, Investment Activity and Yield

During year ended December 31, 2014, we invested $149.8 million in debt and equity investments, including 12 new portfolio companies. These investments consisted of subordinated notes ($103.7 million, or 69.2%), senior secured loans ($33.1 million, or 22.1%), equity securities ($12.2 million, or 8.1%), and warrants ($0.8 million, or 0.6%). During the year ended December 31, 2014 we received proceeds from sales or repayments, including principal, return of capital dividends and net realized gains (losses), of $62.6 million. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we invested $149.1 million in debt and equity investments, including nine new portfolio companies. These investments consisted of subordinated notes ($111.5 million, or 74.8%), senior secured loans ($22.7 million, or 15.2%), equity securities ($14.7 million, or 9.9%) and warrants ($0.2 million, or 0.1%). During the year ended December 31, 2013 we received proceeds from repayments of principal, including return of capital

 

-46-

---

Table of Contents

dividends and realized gains, of $131.2 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we invested $85.5 million in debt and equity investments, including nine new portfolio companies. These investments consisted of subordinated notes ($49.6 million, or 58.0%), senior secured loans ($26.1 million, or 30.5%), equity securities ($6.3 million, or 7.4%) and warrants ($3.5 million, or 4.1%). During the year ended December 31, 2012, we received proceeds from repayments of principal, including return of capital dividends and realized gains, of $25.2 million.

As of December 31, 2014, the fair value of our investment portfolio totaled $396.4 million and consisted of 42 portfolio companies. As of December 31, 2014, our debt portfolio was entirely comprised of fixed rate investments. Overall, the portfolio had net unrealized appreciation of $5.0 million as of December 31, 2014. Our average portfolio company investment at amortized cost was $9.3 million as of December 31, 2014.

As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of our investment portfolio totaled $307.0 million and consisted of 37 portfolio companies. As of December 31, 2013, our debt portfolio was entirely comprised of fixed rate investments. Overall, the portfolio had net unrealized depreciation of $8.2 million as of December 31, 2013. Our average portfolio company investment at amortized cost was $8.5 million as of December 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2012, the fair value of our investment portfolio totaled $274.2 million and consisted of 30 portfolio companies. As of December 31, 2012, our debt portfolio was entirely comprised of fixed rate investments. Overall, the portfolio had net unrealized appreciation of $14.0 million as of December 31, 2012. Our average portfolio company investment at amortized cost was $8.7 million as of December 31, 2012.

The weighted average yields on debt investments at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were 13.4%, 14.5% and 15.3%, respectively. The weighted average yields were computed using the effective interest rates for debt investments at cost as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, including the accretion of original issue discount and loan origination fees, but excluding investments on non-accrual status, if any.

The following table shows the portfolio composition by investment type at fair value and cost as a percentage of total investments:

 

		Fair Value												Cost
		As of December 31,												As of December 31,
		2014				2013				2012				2014						2013				2012
Subordinated notes			69.1	%			69.8	%			70.6	%					69.8	%			69.9	%			73.9	%
Senior secured loans			18.7				17.4				11.9						19.0				16.8				12.4
Equity			10.8				10.6				9.7						9.4				11.1				10.8
Warrants			1.4				2.2				7.8						1.8				2.2				2.9
Royalty rights			—				—				—						—				—				—
Total			100.0	%			100.0	%			100.0	%					100.0	%			100.0	%			100.0	%

The following table shows the portfolio composition by geographic region at fair value and cost as a percentage of total investments. The geographic composition is determined by the location of the corporate headquarters of the portfolio company:

 

		Fair Value												Cost
		As of December 31,												As of December 31,
		2014				2013				2012				2014						2013				2012
Southeast			28.6	%			17.9	%			20.7	%					29.0	%			17.7	%			21.4	%
Midwest			23.9				21.9				22.1						23.7				23.6				24.1
West			19.9				24.9				20.3						18.4				24.0				19.1
Northeast			16.9				19.4				15.1						16.7				18.9				16.6
Southwest			10.7				15.9				21.8						12.2				15.8				18.8
Total			100.0	%			100.0	%			100.0	%					100.0	%			100.0	%			100.0	%

 

-47-

---

Table of Contents

The following table shows the detailed industry composition of our portfolio at fair value and cost as a percentage of total investments:

 

		Fair Value												Cost
		As of December 31,												As of December 31,
		2014				2013				2012				2014				2013				2012
Healthcare products			11.2	%			8.8	%			—	%			10.6	%			8.5	%			—	%
Healthcare services			10.3				10.6				12.8				10.8				10.1				12.0
Specialty distribution			10.3				4.3				3.6				9.3				3.6				3.6
Aerospace & defense manufacturing			9.4				11.2				11.0				8.6				9.6				10.6
Oil & gas services			8.6				4.6				6.9				8.8				4.5				6.6
Consumer products			5.6				3.7				—				5.6				3.5				—
Components manufacturing			4.3				2.6				—				4.6				2.5				—
Industrial cleaning & coatings			4.1				5.1				4.9				4.2				5.1				5.2
Transportation services			4.0				4.9				11.2				3.9				4.7				8.0
Financial services			3.7				4.8				3.4				3.4				4.5				3.6
Building products manufacturing			3.6				—				—				3.7				—				—
Business services			3.1				2.4				—				3.2				2.4				—
Retail			2.7				3.3				3.5				2.6				3.2				3.7
Safety products manufacturing			2.7				3.5				—				2.7				3.4				—
Utility equipment manufacturing			2.6				3.5				3.8				2.6				3.2				3.8
Printing services			2.4				3.1				3.3				2.6				3.0				3.5
Information technology services			2.3				2.6				3.0				2.5				3.1				3.2
Specialty chemicals			2.2				—				—				2.2				—				—
Restaurants			1.7				1.9				5.9				1.6				3.4				6.2
Apparel distribution			1.5				1.6				2.0				1.5				1.7				2.3
Laundry services			1.5				1.8				1.4				1.4				1.6				1.2
Retail cleaning			1.1				2.3				2.6				2.7				2.8				3.1
Specialty cracker manufacturing			0.5				0.4				2.7				0.3				0.4				3.3
Electronic components supplier			0.4				3.6				4.6				0.4				6.2				6.8
Commercial cleaning			0.2				2.7				3.0				0.2				2.7				3.2
Debt collection services			—				1.9				2.0				—				1.8				2.1
Industrial products			—				2.0				—				—				1.9				—
Furniture rental			—				2.8				3.0				—				2.6				3.0
Movie theaters			—				—				5.4				—				—				5.0
Total			100.0	%			100.0	%			100.0	%			100.0	%			100.0	%			100.0	%

Portfolio Asset Quality

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, our investment advisor uses an internally developed investment rating system to characterize and monitor the credit profile and our expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio. We use a five-level numeric rating scale. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

 

•

Investment Rating 1 is used for investments that involve the least amount of risk in our portfolio. The portfolio company is performing above expectations and the trends and risk factors are favorable, and may include an expected capital gain.

 

•

Investment Rating 2 is used for investments that involve a level of risk similar to the risk at the time of origination. The portfolio company is performing substantially within our expectations and the risk factors are neutral or favorable. Each new portfolio investment enters our portfolio with Investment Rating 2.

 

•

Investment Rating 3 is used for investments performing below expectations and indicates the investment’s risk has increased somewhat since origination. The portfolio company requires closer monitoring, but we expect a full return of principal and collection of all interest and/or dividends.

 

-48-

---

Table of Contents

•

Investment Rating 4 is used for investments performing materially below expectations and the risk has increased materially since origination. The portfolio company has the potential for some loss of investment return, but we expect no loss of principal.

 

•

Investment Rating 5 is used for investments performing substantially below our expectations and the risks have increased substantially since origination. We expect some loss of principal.

The following table shows the distribution of our investments on the 1 to 5 investment rating scale at fair value as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

		December 31, 2014								December 31, 2013								December 31, 2012
		Investments at Fair Value				Percent of Total Portfolio				Investments at Fair Value				Percent of Total Portfolio				Investments at Fair Value				Percent of Total Portfolio
		(dollars in thousands)
Investment Rating
1		$	49,499				12.5	%		$	44,572				14.5	%		$	25,480				9.3	%
2			297,024				74.9				229,113				74.6				225,086				82.1
3			48,814				12.3				30,322				9.9				23,683				8.6
4			1,018				0.3				—				—				—				—
5			—				—				2,974				1.0				—				—
Totals		$	396,355				100.0	%		$	306,981				100.0	%		$	274,249				100.0	%

Based upon our investment rating system, the weighted average rating of our portfolio as of each December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was 2.0.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2012, we had no investments on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2013, we had debt investments in one portfolio company on non-accrual status, which had a cost and fair value of $7.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations

Comparison of fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

Investment Income

For the year ended December 31, 2014, total investment income was $46.1 million, an increase of $4.3 million, or 10.3%, over the $41.8 million of total investment income for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to a $2.6 million increase in interest income resulting largely from higher average levels of debt investments outstanding and a $1.5 million increase in fee income from investments during the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.

Expenses

For the year ended December 31, 2014, total expenses, including income tax provision, were $22.8 million, an increase of $0.3 million or 1.5%, over the $22.5 million of total expenses, including income tax provision, for the year ended December 31, 2013. Interest and financing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $7.5 million, an increase of $0.4 million or 6.1%, compared to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of higher average balances of SBA debentures outstanding during 2014 and interest and commitment fees related to the Credit Facility. The base management fee increased $0.6 million, or 12.1%, to $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to higher average total assets less cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2014 than the comparable period in 2013. The incentive fee for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $4.9 million, a $1.9 million, or 28.5%, decrease from the $6.8 million incentive fee for the year ended

 

-49-

---

Table of Contents

December 31, 2013 which was primarily the result of a capital gains incentive fee reversal of $0.7 million during the 2014 period compared to a capital gains incentive fee accrual of $1.6 million during the same period in 2013, which was partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in the income incentive fee. The administrative service fee, professional fees and other general and administrative expenses increased $1.1 million, or 34.2%, to $4.2 million primarily due to increased personnel costs and professional fees.

Net Investment Income

Net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $23.3 million, which was an increase of $4.0 million, or 20.7%, compared to net investment income of $19.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of the $4.3 million increase in total investment income and the $0.3 million increase in total expenses, including income tax provision.

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting From Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net realized losses on investments were $17.0 million resulting from realized losses on investments in one non-control/non-affiliate portfolio company and one affiliate portfolio company, which were partially offset by realized gains on investments in six non-control/non-affiliate portfolio companies and one affiliate portfolio company. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the total realized gain on investments was $30.6 million, which consisted of realized gains on investments in a control portfolio company and realized gains on investments in five non-control/non-affiliate portfolio companies.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded a net change in unrealized appreciation on investments of $13.3 million attributable to (i) the reversal of net unrealized depreciation on investments of $11.0 million related to the exit or sale of investments, resulting in unrealized appreciation, (ii) net unrealized depreciation of $0.8 million on debt investments and (iii) net unrealized appreciation of $3.1 million on equity investments. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded net unrealized depreciation of $22.2 million attributable to (i) the reversal of net unrealized appreciation on investments of $14.6 million related to the exit or sale of investments, resulting in unrealized depreciation, (ii) net unrealized depreciation of $6.8 million on debt investments and (iii) net unrealized depreciation of $0.8 million on equity investments.

As a result of these events, our net increase in net assets resulting from operations during the year ended December 31, 2014 was $19.5 million, or a decrease of $7.7 million, or 28.4%, compared to a net increase in net assets resulting from operations of $27.2 million during the prior year period.

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

Investment Income

For the year ended December, 2013, total investment income was $41.8 million, an increase of $7.9 million, or 23.5%, over the $33.8 million of total investment income for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to a $6.5 million increase in interest income and a $0.7 million increase in fee income from investments and $0.7 million increase in dividend income. The $6.5 million increase in interest income is primarily due to higher average levels of portfolio debt investments outstanding during year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The fee income increase of $0.7 million is the result of an increase in the activity and size of the investment portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year. The increase in dividend income is primarily attributable to higher levels of dividend producing investments and higher distributions from our portfolio companies in 2013 compared to 2012.

Expenses

For the year ended December 31, 2013, total expenses, including income tax provision, were $22.5 million, an increase of $4.3 million or 23.9%, over the $18.2 million of total expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012. The base management fee increased $1.0 million, or 24.2%, due to higher average total assets less cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2013 than the comparable period in 2012. In addition, the income

 

-50-

---

Table of Contents

incentive fee increased $1.1 million, or 27.3%, to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 over the comparable period in 2012. The capital gains incentive fee increased $0.8 million, or 112.2%, to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to a $4.2 million increase in net gain on investments. Interest expense increased $0.7 million due to higher average balances of SBA debentures outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. In additional, the income tax provision increased $0.2 million given the higher levels of excise tax recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 than the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net Investment Income

Net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $19.3 million, which was an increase of $3.6 million, or 23.0%, compared to net investment income of $15.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 as a result of the $7.9 million increase in total investment income as compared to the $4.3 million increase in total expenses.

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting From Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the total realized gain on investments was $30.6 million, which consisted of realized gains on three investments in a control portfolio company and 10 investments in five non-control/non-affiliate portfolio companies. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the total realized gain on investments was $2.0 million, which consisted of realized gains on three investments in two non-control/non-affiliate portfolio companies.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of $22.2 million attributable to (i) the reversal of net unrealized appreciation on investments of $14.6 million related to the exit or sale of investments, resulting in unrealized depreciation, (ii) net unrealized depreciation of $6.8 million on debt investments and (iii) net unrealized depreciation of $0.8 million on equity investments. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded net unrealized appreciation on investments of $1.7 million comprised of net unrealized appreciation of $1.8 million on equity investments and net unrealized depreciation of $0.1 million on debt investments.

In addition, income tax (provision) on realized gains on investments increased $0.5 million due to higher excise tax and U.S. federal income tax accruals related to realized gains on investments at our Taxable Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year.

As a result of these events, our net increase in net assets resulting from operations during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $27.2 million, or an increase of $7.8 million, or 40.1%, compared to a net increase in net assets resulting from operations of $19.4 million during the prior year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2014, we had $29.3 million in cash and cash equivalents and our net assets totaled $243.3 million. We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents on hand, our continued access to SBA-guaranteed debentures, our Credit Facility and our anticipated cash flows from operations will provide adequate capital resources with which to operate and finance our investment business and make distributions to our stockholders for at least the next 12 months. We intend to generate additional cash primarily from the future offerings of securities (including the ATM Program) and future borrowings, as well as cash flows from operations, including income earned from investments in our portfolio companies. On both a short-term and long-term basis, our primary use of funds will be investments in portfolio companies and cash distributions to our stockholders.

Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we experienced a net decrease in cash and cash equivalents in the amount of $24.1 million. During that period, we used $71.3 million of cash for operating activities, primarily for the funding of $149.8 million of investments, which was partially offset by the proceeds from sales and repayments of

 

-51-

---

Table of Contents

investments of $62.6 million. During the same period, we generated $47.2 million from financing activities resulting from proceeds received from stock offerings, net of expenses, of $36.5 million, proceeds from the issuance of SBA debentures of $29.0 million and borrowings under the Credit Facility of $10.0 million, which were partially offset by cash dividends paid to stockholders of $23.9 million, a $2.9 million payment for taxes paid on behalf of the stockholders related to the 2013 deemed distribution and payments of financing costs totaling $1.6 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we experienced a net increase in cash and cash equivalents in the amount of $1.4 million. During that period, we used $2.1 million of cash for operating activities, primarily for the funding of $149.1 million of investments, which was partially offset by $131.2 million of repayments and sales proceeds received. During the same period, we generated $3.5 million from financing activities, consisting primarily of proceeds from a follow-on equity offering of $28.9 million, net of expenses, which was partially offset by cash dividends paid to stockholders of $25.1 million and the payment of deferred financing costs of $0.3 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we experienced a net increase in cash and cash equivalents in the amount of $13.0 million. During that period, we used $49.5 million of cash for operating activities, primarily for the funding of $85.5 million of investments, partially offset by $25.2 million of repayments and sales proceeds received and $15.7 million of net investment income. During the same period, we generated $62.5 million from financing activities, consisting primarily of proceeds from a follow-on equity offering of $38.0 million, net of expenses and proceeds from SBA debentures of $40.5 million. These increases were partially offset by cash dividends paid to stockholders of $14.8 million and financing fees paid of $1.2 million.

Capital Resources

We anticipate that we will continue to fund our investment activities on a long-term basis through a combination of additional debt and equity capital.

The Funds are licensed SBICs, and have the ability to issue debentures guaranteed by the SBA at favorable interest rates. Under the Small Business Investment Act and the SBA rules applicable to SBICs, an SBIC can have outstanding at any time debentures guaranteed by the SBA in an amount up to twice its regulatory capital. The SBA regulations currently limit the amount that is available to be borrowed by any SBIC and guaranteed by the SBA to 200.0% of an SBIC’s regulatory capital or $150.0 million, whichever is less. For two or more SBICs under common control, the maximum amount of outstanding SBA debentures cannot exceed $225.0 million. SBA debentures have fixed interest rates that approximate prevailing 10-year Treasury Note rates plus a spread and have a maturity of ten years with interest payable semi-annually. The principal amount of the SBA debentures is not required to be paid before maturity but may be pre-paid at any time. As of December 31, 2014, Fund I had $150.0 million of outstanding SBA debentures. Based on its $75.0 million of regulatory capital as of December 31, 2014, Fund I cannot issue additional SBA debentures. As of December 31, 2014, Fund II had $23.5 million of outstanding SBA debentures. Based on its $37.5 million of regulatory capital as of December 31, 2014, Fund II has the current capacity to issue up to an additional $51.5 million of SBA debentures. For more information on the SBA debentures, please see Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, we entered the Credit Facility to provide additional funding for our investment and operational activities. The Credit Facility, which matures on June 16, 2018, had an initial commitment of $30.0 million and an accordion feature that allows for an increase in the total commitments up to $75.0 million, subject to certain customary conditions. The Credit Facility is secured primarily by our assets, excluding the assets of the Funds.

On December 19, 2014, FIC amended the Credit Facility to (i) increase the commitment from $30.0 million to $50.0 million until certain financial conditions are met and (ii) allow FIC to buy-back up to $10.0 million of our common stock subject to the satisfaction of specified financial covenants and conditions. The Credit Facility continues to have an accordion feature which allows for an increase in the total commitment up to $75.0 million.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility are subject to a minimum borrowing/collateral base that applies an advance rate to certain portfolio investments. We are subject to additional limitations with respect to the investments securing the Credit Facility, including, but not limited to, restrictions on sector concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status and collateral interests, as well as restrictions on portfolio company leverage, which may also affect the borrowing base and therefore amounts available to borrow.

 

-52-

---

Table of Contents

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, subject to our election, on a per annum basis equal to (i) the alternate base rate plus 2.5% or (ii) the applicable LIBOR rate plus 3.5%. The alternate base rate is equal to the greater of (i) prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or (iii) the three-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%. We pay a commitment fee ranging from 0.5% to 1.0% per annum on undrawn amounts.

As of December 31, 2014, the weighted average interest rate for all SBA debentures and borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility was 4.0%.

We have made customary representations and warranties and are required to comply with various affirmative, negative and financial covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. These covenants are subject to important limitations and exceptions that are described in the documents governing the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2014, we are in compliance with all covenants of the Credit Facility and there was $10.0 million outstanding under the Credit Facility.

As a BDC, we are generally required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which include borrowings and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200.0%. This requirement limits the amount that we may borrow. We have received exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, to allow us to exclude any indebtedness guaranteed by the SBA and issued by the Funds from the 200.0% asset coverage requirements, which, in turn, will enable us to fund more investments with debt capital.

As a BDC, we are generally not permitted to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value per share of our common stock if our board of directors, including Independent Directors, determines that such sale is in the best interests of us and our stockholders, and if our stockholders approve such sale. On June 4, 2014, our stockholders voted to allow us to sell or otherwise issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for a period of one year ending on the earlier of June 4, 2015 or the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. We expect to present to our stockholders a similar proposal at our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Our stockholders specified that the cumulative number of shares sold in each offering during the one-year period ending on the earlier of June 4, 2015 or the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders may not exceed 25.0% of our outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such sale.

Current Market Conditions

Though global credit and other financial market conditions have improved and stability has increased throughout the international financial system, the uncertainty surrounding the United States’ rapidly increasing national debt and continuing global economic malaise have kept markets volatile. These unstable conditions could continue for a prolonged period of time. Although we have been able to secure access to additional liquidity, including our follow-on stock offerings, the ATM Program and leverage available through the SBIC program and Credit Facility, there is no assurance that debt or equity capital will be available to us in the future on favorable terms, or at all.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-08, Financial Services – Investment Companies (Topic 946) Amendments to the Scope, Measurement and Disclosure Requirements (“ASU 2013-08”), containing new guidance on assessing whether an entity is an investment company, requiring noncontolling ownership interest in investment companies to be measured at fair value and requiring certain additional disclosures. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2013-08 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition (Topic 605). Under the new guidance, an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early application is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on our consolidated financial position or disclosures.

 

-53-

---

Table of Contents

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation: Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, which amends the criteria for determining which entities are considered variable interest entities (“VIEs”), amends the criteria for determining if a service provider possesses a variable interest in a VIE and ends the deferral granted to investment companies for application of the VIE consolidation model. This guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods of public entities beginning after December 15, 2015 and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on our consolidated financial position or disclosures.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We may be a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of our portfolio companies. As of December 31, 2014, we had off-balance sheet arrangements consisting of five unfunded revolving loan commitments totaling $4.1 million to portfolio companies and two unfunded loan commitment totaling $5.4 million to a portfolio company. As of December 31, 2013, we had off-balance sheet arrangements consisting of two unfunded revolving loan commitments totaling $1.5 million, two unfunded loan commitments totaling $4.6 million to portfolio companies, and one unfunded capital commitment of $0.3 million related to a portfolio company.

Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2014 our future fixed commitments for cash payments are as follows:

 

		Total				2015				2016 to 2017				2018 to 2019				2020 and Thereafter
		(Dollars in thousands)
SBA debentures		$	173,500			$	—			$	—			$	66,450			$	107,050
Interest due on SBA debentures			34,910				6,747				13,247				9,624				5,292
Credit Facility borrowings			10,000				—				—				10,000				—
Interest and fees due on Credit Facility(1)			3,132				1,124				1,651				357				—
Total		$	221,542			$	7,871			$	14,898			$	86,431			$	112,342

 

(1)

Amounts represent (i) commitment fees on the unused portion of Credit Facility calculated at a rate of 1.0% of the unused amount as of December 31, 2014, which was $40.0 million, (ii) interest expense calculated at a rate of 3.688% of outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2014, which were $10.0 million and (iii) annual agency fees due to the Credit Facility administrative agent.

We have certain contracts under which we have material future commitments. We entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with our investment advisor in accordance with the 1940 Act. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our investment advisor provides us with investment advisory and management services. We pay the following amounts for these services (a) a management fee equal to a percentage of the average of our total assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) and (b) an incentive fee based on our performance. See “Business — Management and Other Agreements — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee.”

Under the Administration Agreement, our investment advisor furnishes us with office facilities and equipment, provides us clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and provides us with other administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations. See “Business — Management and Other Agreements — Administration Agreement.”

If any of our contractual obligations discussed above are terminated, our costs under any new agreements that we enter into may increase. In addition, we would likely incur significant time and expense in locating alternative parties to provide the services we expect to receive under our Investment Advisory Agreement and our Administration Agreement. Any new investment advisory agreement would also be subject to approval by our Independent Directors and our stockholders.

 

-54-

---

Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates affect both our cost of funding and the valuation of our investment portfolio. Our risk management systems and procedures are designed to identify and analyze our risk, to set appropriate policies and limits and to continually monitor these risks and limits by means of reliable administrative and information systems and other policies and programs. In the future, our investment income may also be affected by changes in various interest rates, including LIBOR and prime rates, to the extent of any debt investments that include floating interest rates. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, our debt portfolio was entirely comprised of fixed rate investments. Our pooled SBA debentures bear interest at fixed rates. Our Credit Facility bears interest, subject to our election, on a per annum basis equal to (i) the alternate base rate plus 2.5% or (ii) the applicable LIBOR rate plus 3.5%. The alternate base rate is equal to the greater of (i) prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or (iii) the three-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%.

Assuming that the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were to remain constant, a hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on our level of interest income from debt investments or interest expense.

Because we currently borrow, and plan to borrow in the future, money to make investments, our net investment income is dependent upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest the funds borrowed. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income if there is not a corresponding increase in interest income generated by our investment portfolio.

 

-55-

---

Table of Contents

SENIOR SECURITIES

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table for the years indicated in the table, unless otherwise noted. McGladrey LLP’s report on the senior securities table as of December 31, 2014, is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Class and Year		Total Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Treasury Securities (1)				Asset Coverage per Unit (2+)				Involuntary liquidation Preference per Unit (3)				Average Market Value per Unit (4)
		(dollars in thousands)
SBA debentures
2007		$	—			$	—				—				N/A
2008			46,450				1,701				—				N/A
2009			79,450				1,610				—				N/A
2010			93,500				1,556				—				N/A
2011			104,000				2,351				—				N/A
2012			144,500				2,267				—				N/A
2013			144,500				2,461				—				N/A
2014			173,500				2,460				—				N/A
Credit Facility
2007		$	15,520			$	2,285				—				N/A
2008			—				—				—				N/A
2009			—				—				—				N/A
2010			—				—				—				N/A
2011			—				—				—				N/A
2012			—				—				—				N/A
2013			—				—				—				N/A
2014			10,000				42,676				—				N/A

 

(1)	Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.

(2)

Asset coverage per unit is the ratio of the carrying value of our total consolidated assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Asset coverage per unit is expressed in terms of dollar amounts per $1,000 of indebtedness.

(3)	The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the involuntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it. The “—” indicates information which the SEC expressly does not require to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.

(4)	Not applicable because senior securities are not registered for public trading.

 

-56-

---

Table of Contents

THE COMPANY

General

We provide customized debt and equity financing solutions to lower middle-market companies, which we define as U.S. based companies having revenues between $10.0 million and $150.0 million. Our investment objective is to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns by generating both current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity related investments. Our investment strategy includes partnering with business owners, management teams and financial sponsors by providing customized financing for ownership transactions, recapitalizations, strategic acquisitions, business expansion and other growth initiatives. We seek to maintain a diversified portfolio of investments in order to help mitigate the potential effects of adverse economic events related to particular companies, regions or industries.

We invest in companies that possess some or all of the following attributes: predictable revenues; positive cash flows; defensible and/or leading market positions; diversified customer and supplier bases; and proven management teams with strong operating discipline. We target companies in the lower middle-market with annual earnings, before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, between $3.0 million and $20.0 million; however, we may from time to time opportunistically make investments in larger or smaller companies. Our investments typically range between $5.0 million and $20.0 million per portfolio company.

As of December 31, 2014, we had debt and equity investments in 42 portfolio companies with an aggregate fair value of $396.4 million. The weighted average yield on our debt investments as of December 31, 2014 was 13.4%. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates as of December 31, 2014, including accretion of original issue discount and loan origination fees, but excluding investments on non-accrual status, if any. There can be no assurance that the weighted average yield will remain at its current level.

Market Opportunity

We believe that the limited amount of capital available to lower middle-market companies, coupled with the desire of these companies for flexible and partnership-oriented sources of capital, creates an attractive investment environment for us. We believe the following factors will continue to provide us with opportunities to grow and deliver attractive returns to stockholders.

The lower middle-market represents a large, underserved market. We believe that lower middle-market companies, most of which are privately-held, are relatively underserved by traditional capital providers such as commercial banks, finance companies, hedge funds and collateralized loan obligation funds. Further, we believe that companies of this size generally possess conservative capital structures with significant enterprise value cushions, as compared to larger companies with more financing options.

Current credit market dislocation for lower middle-market companies has created an opportunity for attractive risk-adjusted returns. In this market, we believe traditional capital sources, such as commercial banks, finance companies, hedge funds and collateralized loan obligation funds have reduced lending and investing in the lower middle-market, which has resulted in increased opportunities for alternative funding sources. In addition, we believe that there continues to be less competition in the lower middle-market and an increased opportunity for attractive risk-adjusted returns. The remaining lenders and investors in the current environment are requiring lower amounts of senior and total leverage, increased equity commitments and more comprehensive covenant packages than was customary in the years leading up to the credit crisis.

Large pools of uninvested private equity capital should drive future transaction velocity. We believe there is a large pool of uninvested private equity capital, and we expect that private equity firms will remain active investors in lower middle-market companies. Private equity funds generally seek to leverage their investments by combining their equity capital with senior secured loans and/or mezzanine debt provided by other sources, and our relationships with private equity firms position us to partner with private equity investors.

 

-57-

---

Table of Contents

Future refinancing activity is expected to create additional investment opportunities. A high volume of financings completed will mature in the coming years. Additionally, we believe that demand for debt financing from lower middle-market companies will remain strong because these companies will continue to require credit to refinance existing debt, to support growth initiatives and to finance acquisitions. We believe this supply of opportunities coupled with limited financing providers focused on lower middle-market companies will continue to offer investment opportunities with attractive risk-adjusted returns.

Business Strategy

We intend to accomplish our goal of becoming the premier provider of capital to and value-added partner of lower middle-market companies by:

Leveraging the Experience of Our Investment Advisor. Our investment advisor’s investment professionals have significant experience investing in, lending to and advising companies across multiple industries and changing market cycles. These professionals have diverse backgrounds with prior experience in senior management positions at investment banks, specialty finance companies, commercial banks and privately and publicly held companies and have extensive experience investing across all levels of the capital structure of lower middle-market companies. We believe these professionals possess an in-depth understanding of the strategic, financial and operational challenges and opportunities of lower middle-market companies, enabling our investment advisor to effectively identify, assess, structure and monitor our investments.

Capitalizing on Our Strong Transaction Sourcing Network. Our investment advisor’s investment professionals possess an extensive network of long-standing relationships with private equity firms, middle-market senior lenders, junior capital partners, financial intermediaries and management teams of privately owned businesses. We believe that the combination of our relationships and our reputation as a reliable, responsive and value-added financing partner helps generate a steady stream of new investment opportunities and proprietary deal flow.

Serving as a Value-Added Partner with Customized Financing Solutions. We follow a partnership-oriented investment approach and focus on opportunities where we believe we can add value to a portfolio company. We primarily concentrate on industries or market niches in which the investment professionals of our investment advisor have prior experience. These professionals also have expertise in structuring securities at all levels of the capital structure, which we believe positions us well to meet the unique financing needs of our portfolio companies. We invest primarily in mezzanine debt securities, typically coupled with an equity interest; however, on a selective basis we may invest in senior secured or unitranche loans. Further, as a publicly-traded BDC, we have a longer investment horizon without the capital return requirements of traditional private investment vehicles. We believe this flexibility enables us to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns on invested capital and enables us to be a better long-term partner for our portfolio companies. We believe that by leveraging the industry and structuring expertise of our investment advisor coupled with our long-term investment horizon, we are well positioned to be a value-added partner for our portfolio companies.

Employing Rigorous Due Diligence and Underwriting Processes Focused on Capital Preservation. Our investment advisor follows a disciplined and credit-oriented approach to evaluating and investing in companies. We focus on companies with proven business models, significant free cash flow, defensible market positions and significant enterprise value cushion for our debt investments. In making investment decisions, we seek to minimize the risk of capital loss without foregoing the opportunity for capital appreciation. Our investment advisor’s investment professionals have developed extensive due diligence and underwriting processes designed to better assess a portfolio company’s prospects and to determine the appropriate investment structure. Our investment advisor thoroughly analyzes each potential portfolio company’s competitive position, financial performance, management team, growth potential and industry attractiveness. As part of this process, our investment advisor also participates in meetings with management, tours of facilities, discussions with industry professionals and third-party reviews. We believe this approach enables us to build and maintain an attractive investment portfolio that meets our return and value criteria over the long term.

Actively Managing our Portfolio. We believe that our investment advisor’s initial and ongoing portfolio review process allows us to effectively monitor the performance and prospects of our portfolio companies. We seek to obtain board observation rights or board seats with respect to our portfolio companies and we conduct monthly financial reviews and regular discussions with portfolio company management. We structure our investments with a

 

-58-

---

Table of Contents

comprehensive set of financial maintenance, affirmative and negative covenants. We believe that active monitoring of our portfolio companies’ compliance with covenants provides us with an early warning of any financial difficulty and enhances our ability to protect our invested capital.

Maintaining Portfolio Diversification. We seek to maintain a portfolio of investments that is appropriately diversified among companies, industries, geographic regions and end markets. We have made investments in portfolio companies in the following industries: business services, industrial products and services, value-added distribution, healthcare products and services, consumer products and services (including retail, food and beverage), energy services, defense and aerospace, transportation and logistics, information technology services and niche manufacturing. We believe that investing across various industries helps mitigate the potential effects of negative economic events for particular companies, regions and industries.

Benefiting from Lower Cost of Capital. The Funds’ SBIC licenses allow us to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures. These SBA debentures carry long-term fixed rates that are generally lower than rates on comparable bank and public debt. Because lower-cost SBA leverage is, and will continue to be, a significant part of our funding strategy, our relative cost of debt capital should be lower than many of our competitors. The SBA regulations currently limit the amount that is available to be borrowed by the Funds to $225.0 million in aggregate.

About Our Advisor

Our investment activities are managed by Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC, our investment advisor, and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are not “interested persons” of FIC as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, and who we refer to hereafter as the Independent Directors. Pursuant to the terms of the investment advisory and management agreement, which we refer to as the Investment Advisory Agreement, between us and our investment advisor, our investment advisor is responsible for determining the composition of our portfolio, including sourcing potential investments, conducting research and diligence on potential investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. Our investment advisor’s investment professionals seek to capitalize on their significant deal origination and sourcing, underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience. These professionals have developed a broad network of contacts within the investment community, have gained extensive experience investing in assets that constitute our primary focus and have expertise in investing across all levels of the capital structure of lower middle-market companies.

Our relationship with our investment advisor is governed by and dependent on the Investment Advisory Agreement and may be subject to conflicts of interest. We pay our investment advisor a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components—a base management fee and an incentive fee. The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of the average value of our total assets (other than cash or cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts). The incentive fee consists of two parts. The first part is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and equals 20.0% of our “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a 2.0% preferred return, or “hurdle,” and a “catch up” feature. The second part is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year in an amount equal to 20.0% of our realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of each fiscal year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any capital gain incentive fees paid in prior years. We accrue, but do not pay, a capital gains incentive fee in connection with any unrealized capital appreciation, as appropriate. For more information about how we compensate our investment advisor, see “Management and Other Agreements—Investment Advisory Agreement.”

Among other things, our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how our investment advisor addresses conflicts of interest associated with its management services and compensation. Our board of directors is not expected to review or approve each borrowing or incurrence of leverage. However, our board of directors periodically reviews our investment advisor’s portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In addition, our board of directors at least annually reviews the services provided by and fees paid to our investment advisor. In connection with these reviews, our board of directors, including a majority of our Independent Directors, considers whether the fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) that we pay to our investment advisor are fair and reasonable in relation to the services provided.

 

-59-

---

Table of Contents

Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company that is registered as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act. In addition, Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC serves as our administrator and provides us with office space, equipment and clerical, book-keeping and record-keeping services pursuant to an administration agreement, which we refer to as the Administration Agreement.

Investments

We seek to create a diversified investment portfolio that primarily includes mezzanine loans and equity securities. Our investments typically range between $5.0 million to $20.0 million per portfolio company, although this investment size may vary proportionately with the size of our capital base. Our investment objective is to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns by generating both current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity related investments. We may invest in the equity securities of our portfolio companies, such as preferred stock, common stock, warrants and other equity interests, either directly or in conjunction with our debt investments.

Mezzanine Debt Investments. We typically invest in mezzanine debt, which includes senior subordinated notes and junior secured loans. These loans typically have higher fixed interest rates (often representing a combination of cash pay and payment-in-kind interest), prepayment penalties and amortization of principal deferred to maturity, as well as origination and other fees. Subordinated loans generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity. Subordinated investments are generally more volatile than secured loans and may involve a greater risk of loss of principal. In certain situations where we are able to structure an investment as a junior secured loan, we will obtain a junior security interest in the assets of these portfolio companies that will serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loan. This collateral may take the form of second-priority liens on the assets of a portfolio company.

Senior Secured Loans. We also opportunistically structure some of our debt investments as senior secured or unitranche loans. Senior secured loans typically provide for a fixed interest rate and may contain some minimum principal amortization, excess cash flow sweep features and prepayment penalties. Senior secured loans are secured by a first or second priority lien on all existing and future assets of the borrower and may take the form of term loans or revolving lines of credit. Unitranche debt financing involves issuing one debt security that blends the risk and return profiles of both secured and subordinated debt and typically involves a first priority lien on all existing and future assets of the borrower. We believe that unitranche debt can be attractive for many lower middle-market companies given their size in order to reduce structural complexity and potential conflicts among creditors.

Equity Securities. Our equity securities typically consist of either a direct minority equity investment in common or preferred stock or membership/partnership interests of a portfolio company, or we may receive warrants to buy a minority equity interest in a portfolio company in connection with a debt investment. Warrants we receive with our debt investments typically require only a nominal cost to exercise, and thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. Our equity investments are typically not control-oriented investments, and in many cases, we acquire equity securities as part of a group of private equity investors in which we are not the lead investor. We may structure such equity investments to include provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as a “put,” or right to sell such securities back to the issuer, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we may also seek to obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights. Our equity investments typically are made in connection with debt investments to the same portfolio companies.

We generally seek to invest in companies from the broad range of industries in which our investment advisor has direct experience. The following is a representative list of the broad industry segments in which we have invested; however, we may invest in other industries if we are presented with attractive opportunities.

 

-60-

---

Table of Contents

•    business services;		•    niche manufacturing;
•    industrial products and services;		•    defense and aerospace;
•    value-added distribution;		•    transportation and logistics;
•    healthcare products and services;		•    information technology services; and
•    consumer products and services (including retail, food and beverage);		•    energy services.

As of December 31, 2014, we had investments in 42 portfolio companies with an aggregate fair value of $396.4 million. As of December 31, 2013, we had investments in 37 portfolio companies with an aggregate fair value of $307.0 million.

Investment Criteria/Guidelines

We use the following criteria and guidelines in evaluating investment opportunities and constructing our portfolio. However, not all of these criteria and guidelines have been, or will be, met in connection with each of our investments.

Value Orientation / Positive Cash Flow. Our investment advisor places a premium on analysis of business fundamentals from an investor’s perspective and has a distinct value orientation. We focus on companies with proven business models in which we can invest at relatively low multiples of operating cash flow. We also typically invest in portfolio companies with a history of profitability and minimum trailing twelve month EBITDA of $3.0 million. We do not invest in start-up companies, “turn-around” situations or companies that we believe have unproven business plans.

Experienced Management Teams with Meaningful Equity Ownership. We target portfolio companies that have management teams with significant experience and/or relevant industry experience coupled with meaningful equity ownership. We believe management teams with these attributes are more likely to manage the companies in a manner that protects our debt investment and enhances the value of our equity investment.

Niche Market Leaders with Defensible Market Positions. We seek to invest in portfolio companies that have developed defensible and/or leading positions within their respective markets or market niches and are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities. We favor companies that demonstrate significant competitive advantages, which we believe helps to protect their market position and profitability.

Diversified Customer and Supplier Base. We prefer to invest in portfolio companies that have a diversified customer and supplier base. Companies with a diversified customer and supplier base are generally better able to endure economic downturns, industry consolidation and shifting customer preferences.

Significant Equity Value. We believe the existence of significant underlying equity value provides important support to our debt investments. With respect to our debt investments, we look for portfolio companies where management/sponsors have provided significant equity funding and where we believe aggregate enterprise value significantly exceeds aggregate indebtedness, after consideration of our investment.

Viable Exit Strategy. We invest in portfolio companies that we believe will provide steady cash flows to service our debt, ultimately repay our loans and provide working capital for their respective businesses. In addition, we seek to invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities for our equity investments. We expect to exit our investments typically through one of three scenarios: (a) the sale of the portfolio company resulting in repayment of all outstanding debt and monetization of equity; (b) the recapitalization of the portfolio company through which our investments are replaced with debt or equity from a third party or parties; or (c) the repayment of the initial or remaining principal amount of our debt investment from cash flow generated by the portfolio company. In some investments, there may be scheduled amortization of some portion of our debt investment that would result in a partial exit of our investment prior to the maturity of the debt investment.

 

-61-

---

Table of Contents

Investment Committee

Our investment advisor has formed investment committees to evaluate and approve all of our investments and those made by the Funds. The investment committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of the committees’ members to the analysis and consideration of each investment. The investment committees also serve to provide investment consistency and adherence to our investment advisor’s core investment philosophy and policies. The investment committees also determine appropriate investment sizing and suggest ongoing monitoring requirements.

The members of the investment committee that evaluates and approves all of our investments are Edward H. Ross, Thomas C. Lauer, John H. Grigg, John J. Ross, II, Paul E. Tierney, Jr., W. Andrew Worth and Robert G. Lesley, Jr. The members of the investment committee that evaluates and approves all of the Funds’ investments are Edward H. Ross, Thomas C. Lauer, John H. Grigg, John J. Ross, II, Paul E. Tierney, Jr. and W. Andrew Worth. Our Investment Advisor intends to add Mr. Lesley to the Funds’ investment committee subsequent to the SBA’s approval of Mr. Lesley acting in that capacity.

Investment Process Overview

Our investment advisor has developed the following investment process based on the experience of its investment professionals to identify investment opportunities and to structure investments quickly and effectively. Furthermore, our investment advisor seeks to identify those companies exhibiting superior fundamental risk-reward profiles and strong defensible business franchises while focusing on the relative value of the security in the portfolio company’s capital structure. The investment process consists of five distinct phases:

 

•

Investment Generation/Origination;

 

•

Initial Evaluation;

 

•

Due Diligence and Underwriting;

 

•

Documentation and Closing; and

 

•

Active Portfolio Management.

Each of the phases is described in more detail below.

Investment Generation/Origination. Our investment origination efforts are focused on leveraging our investment advisor’s extensive network of long-standing relationships with private equity firms, middle-market senior lenders, junior-capital partners, financial intermediaries, service providers and management teams of privately owned businesses. We believe that our investment advisor’s investment professionals have reputations as reliable, responsive and value-added partners for lower middle-market companies. Our investment advisor’s focus and reputation as a valued-added partner generates a balanced mix of proprietary deal flow and a steady stream of new deal opportunities.

Initial Evaluation. After a potential transaction is received by our investment advisor, it will conduct an initial review of the transaction materials to determine whether it meets our investment criteria and complies with SBA and other regulatory compliance requirements.

If the potential transaction initially meets our investment criteria, at least two members of the investment committee, referred to as the deal team, will conduct a preliminary due diligence review, taking into consideration some or all of the following factors:

 

•

A comprehensive financial model based on quantitative analysis of historical financial performance, projections and pro forma adjustments to determine a range of estimated internal rates of return.

 

•

An initial call or meeting with the management team, owner, private equity sponsor or other deal partner.

 

•

A brief industry and market analysis, leveraging direct industry expertise from other investment professionals of our investment advisor.

 

•

Preliminary qualitative analysis of the management team’s competencies and backgrounds.

 

•

Potential investment structures and pricing terms.

 

-62-

---

Table of Contents

Upon successful completion of the screening process, the deal team prepares a screening memorandum and makes a recommendation to the investment committee. At this time, the investment committees will also consider whether the investment would be made by us or through the Funds. If the investment committees support the deal team’s recommendation, the deal team issues a non-binding term sheet to the potential portfolio company. Such a term sheet will typically include the key economic terms based on our analysis conducted during the screening process. Upon agreement on a term sheet with the potential portfolio company, our investment advisor will begin a formal diligence and underwriting process.

Due Diligence and Underwriting. Our investment advisor has developed a rigorous and disciplined due diligence process that includes a comprehensive understanding of a borrower’s industry, market, operational, financial, organizational and legal positions and prospects. The due diligence review will take into account information that the deal team deems necessary to make an informed decision about the creditworthiness of the borrower and the risks of the investment, which includes some or all of the following:

 

•

Initial or additional site visits and facility tours with management and key personnel.

 

•

Review of the business history, operations and strategy.

 

•

In depth review of industry and competition.

 

•

Analysis of key customers and suppliers, including review of any concentrations and key contracts.

 

•

Detailed review of historical and projected financial statements, including a review of at least three years of performance (annual and monthly), key financial ratios, revenue, expense and profitability drivers and sensitivities to management’s financial projections.

 

•

Detailed evaluation of company management, including background checks.

 

•

Third party reviews of accounting, environmental, legal, insurance, interviews with customers and suppliers, material contracts, competition, industry and market studies (each as appropriate).

 

•

Financial sponsor diligence, if applicable, including portfolio company and other reference checks.

During the due diligence process, significant attention is given to sensitivity analyses and how the portfolio company might be expected to perform given various scenarios, including downside, “base case” and upside. Upon satisfactory completion of the due diligence review process, the deal team will present their findings and a recommendation to the investment committees. If the investment committees support the deal team’s recommendation, the deal team will proceed with negotiating and documenting the investment.

Documentation and Closing. Our investment advisor works with the management of a potential portfolio company and its other capital providers, including as applicable, senior, junior and equity capital providers to structure an investment. Our investment advisor structures each investment with an acute focus on capital preservation and will tailor the terms of each investment to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and the portfolio company. We seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

 

•

Targeting an optimal total return on our investments (including a combination of current and deferred interest, prepayment penalties and equity participation) that compensates us for credit risk.

 

•

Negotiating covenants in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility in managing their businesses as possible, yet consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either board observation or rights to a seat on the board under some circumstances.

 

•

Structuring financial covenants and terms in our debt investments that require a portfolio company to reduce leverage over time, thereby mitigating the risk of loss and increasing the likelihood of achieving targeted returns on investment. These methods may include, among others: leverage covenants requiring a decreasing ratio of debt to cash flow; cash flow covenants requiring an

 

-63-

---

Table of Contents

increasing ratio of cash flow to interest expense and possibly other cash expenses such as capital expenditures, cash taxes and mandatory principal payments; and debt incurrence prohibitions, or limiting a company’s ability to relever its balance sheet. In addition, limitations on asset sales and capital expenditures prevent a company from changing the nature of its business or capitalization without our consent.

We expect to hold most of our investments to maturity or repayment, but may exit our investments earlier if a liquidity event takes place, such as a sale or recapitalization of a portfolio company or if we determine that a sale of one or more of our investments is in our best interest.

Active Portfolio Management. Active portfolio monitoring is a vital part of our investment process and we continuously monitor the status and progress of the portfolio companies. The same deal team that was involved in the investment process will continue its involvement in the portfolio company post-investment. This provides for continuity of knowledge and allows the deal team to maintain a strong business relationship with key management of its portfolio companies for post-investment assistance and monitoring purposes.

As part of the monitoring process, the deal team conducts a comprehensive review of the financial and operating results of each portfolio company that includes a review of the monthly/quarterly financials relative to prior year and budget, a review of the financial projections including cash flow and liquidity needs, meeting with management, attending board meetings and reviewing compliance certificates and covenants. We will maintain an ongoing dialogue with the management and any controlling equity holders of a portfolio company that will include discussions about the company’s business plans and growth opportunities and any changes in industry and competitive dynamics. While we maintain limited involvement in the ordinary course operations of our portfolio companies, we may maintain a higher level of involvement in non-ordinary course financing or strategic activities and any non-performing scenarios. Our investment advisor’s portfolio management will also include quarterly portfolio reviews with all investment professionals and investment committee members.

Investment Rating System

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, our investment advisor uses an internally developed investment rating system to characterize and monitor the credit profile and our expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio. We use a five-level numeric rating scale. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

 

•

Investment Rating 1 is used for investments that involve the least amount of risk in our portfolio. The portfolio company is performing above expectations and the trends and risk factors are favorable, and may include an expected capital gain.

 

•

Investment Rating 2 is used for investments that involve a level of risk similar to the risk at the time of origination. The portfolio company is performing substantially within our expectations and the risks factors are neutral or favorable. Each new portfolio investment enters our portfolio with Investment Rating 2.

 

•

Investment Rating 3 is used for investments performing below expectations and indicates the investment’s risk has increased somewhat since origination. The portfolio company requires closer monitoring, but we expect a full return of principal and collection of all interest and/or dividends.

 

•

Investment Rating 4 is used for investments performing materially below our expectations and the risk has increased materially since origination. The portfolio company has the potential for some loss of investment return, but we expect no loss of principal.

 

•

Investment Rating 5 is used for investments performing substantially below our expectations and the risks have increased substantially since origination. We expect some loss of principal.

 

-64-

---

Table of Contents

The following table shows the distribution of our investments on the 1 to 5 investment rating scale at fair value as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

		As of December 31, 2014								As of December 31, 2013
Investment Rating		Investments at Fair Value				Percent of Total Portfolio				Investments at Fair Value				Percent of Total Portfolio
		(dollars in thousands)
1		$	49,499				12.5	%		$	44,572				14.5	%
2			297,024				74.9				229,113				74.6
3			48,814				12.3				30,322				9.9
4			1,018				0.3				—				—
5			—				—				2,974				1.0
Totals		$	396,355				100.0	%		$	306,981				100.0	%

Based on our investment rating system, the weighted average rating of our portfolio as of both December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 2.0.

Determination of Net Asset Value and Valuation Process

We determine the net asset value per share of our common stock on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently if we are required to do so in connection with the issuance of shares of our common stock or pursuant to applicable federal laws and regulations. The net asset value per share of common stock is equal to the carrying value of our total assets minus liabilities and any preferred stock outstanding divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our business plan calls for us to invest primarily in illiquid securities issued by private companies. These portfolio investments may be subject to restrictions on resale and will generally have no established trading market. Because there is not a readily available market for substantially all of the investments in our portfolio, we value substantially all of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors using a documented valuation policy and consistently applied valuation process in accordance with authoritative accounting guidelines. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates – Valuation of Portfolio Investments.”

Managerial Assistance

As a BDC, we offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance typically involves, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. Our investment advisor, acting as our administrator, provides such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. We may receive fees for these services and will reimburse our investment advisor, acting as our administrator, for its allocated costs in providing such assistance.

Competition

Our primary competitors in providing financing to lower middle-market companies include public and private funds, other BDCs, SBICs, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or to the distribution and other requirements we must satisfy to maintain our RIC status.

 

-65-

---

Table of Contents

We use the expertise of the investment professionals of our investment advisor to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, the relationships of the investment professionals of our investment advisor enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive lower middle-market companies in the industries in which we seek to invest. For additional information concerning the competitive risks we face, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.”

Employees

We do not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations are managed by our investment advisor, which is also acting as our administrator. We have a chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and, to the extent necessary, our board of directors may elect to hire additional personnel going forward. Our officers are employees of, and are compensated by, our investment advisor, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs are paid by us pursuant to the Administration Agreement. Some of our executive officers are also officers of our investment advisor. See “Management and Other Agreements — Administration Agreement.”

Properties

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation; however, we lease office space for our executive office at 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201. Our investment advisor also maintains additional office space at 227 West Trade Street Suite 1910 Charlotte, NC 28202 and 70 East 55th Street, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10022. We believe that our current office facilities are adequate for our business as we intend to conduct it.

Legal Proceedings

We may, from time to time, be involved in litigation arising out of our operations in the normal course of business or otherwise. Furthermore, third parties may try to seek to impose liability on us in connection with the activities of our portfolio companies. While the outcome of any current legal proceedings cannot at this time be predicted with certainty, we do not expect any current matters will materially affect our financial condition or results of operations; however, there can be no assurance whether any pending legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations in any future reporting period.

 

-66-

---

Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

The following table sets forth certain audited information as of December 31, 2014, for the portfolio companies in which we had a debt or equity investment. Other than these investments, our only formal relationships with our portfolio companies are the managerial assistance ancillary to our investments and the board observer or participation rights we may receive.

 

Portfolio Company / Address		Industry		Investment Type		Rate Cash/PIK		Maturity				Principal Amount				Cost				Fair Value				Percent of Total Assets
Control Investments
Paramount Building Solutions, LLC		Retail Cleaning		Subordinated Note		7.0%/3.0%			12/31/2017			$	1,118			$	1,118			$	1,067
10235 S. 51st Street, Suite 185				Subordinated Note		7.0%/7.0%			12/31/2017				2,842				2,842				2,687
Phoenix, AZ 85044				Warrant (1,086,035 units)													—				—
				Preferred Equity (5,000,000 units)													5,000				490
				Common Equity (107,143 units)													1,500				—
																	10,460				4,244				1	%
Total Control Investments																	10,460				4,244				1	%
Affiliate Investments
Apex Microtechnology, Inc.		Electronic		Warrant (2,293 units)													220				254
5980 N. Shannon Road		Components Supplier		Common Equity (11,690 shares)													1,169				1,302
Tucson, AZ 85741																	1,389				1,556				0	%
FAR Research Inc.		Specialty Chemicals		Senior Secured Loan		11.8%/0.0%			3/31/2019				7,600				7,567				7,600
2210 Wilhelmina Ct, NE				Revolving Loan ($1,750 commitment)		11.8%/0.0%			3/31/2019				136				129				136
Palm Bay, FL 32905				Common Equity (10 units)													1,000				938
																	8,696				8,674				2	%
Inflexxion, Inc.		Business Services		Senior Secured Loan		12.5%/0.0%			12/16/2019				4,750				4,726				4,726
320 Needham Street, Suite 100				Revolving Loan ($1,000 commitment)		12.5%/0.0%			12/16/2019				300				295				295
Newton, MA 02464				Preferred Equity (1,400 units)													1,400				1,400
																	6,421				6,421				1	%
Malabar International		Aerospace & Defense		Subordinated Note		12.5%/2.5%			5/21/2017				7,264				7,239				7,264
220 W. Los Angeles Avenue		Manufacturing		Preferred Equity (1,494 shares)		6.0%/0.0%											1,992				3,258
Simi Valley, CA 93065																	9,231				10,522				2	%
Medsurant Holdings, LLC		Healthcare Services		Subordinated Note		9.5%/4.5%			7/12/2016				10,129				9,603				10,129
1660 S. Albion Street, Suite 425				Preferred Equity (126,662 units)													1,345				1,027
Denver, CO 80222				Warrant (505,176 units)													4,516				3,715
																	15,464				14,871				3	%
Pfanstiehl, Inc.		Healthcare Products		Subordinated Note		12.0%/1.5%			9/29/2018				6,208				6,168				6,208
1219 Glen Rock Avenue				Common Equity (8,500 units)													850				3,088
Waukegan, IL 60085																	7,018				9,296				2	%
Safety Products Group, LLC		Safety Products		Subordinated Note		12.0%/1.5%			12/30/2018				10,000				9,965				10,000
2002 Karbach		Manufacturing		Preferred Equity (749 units)													749				812
Houston, TX 77092				Common Equity (676 units)													1				—
																	10,715				10,812				2	%
Trantech Radiator Products, Inc.		Utility Equipment		Subordinated Note		12.0%/1.8%			5/4/2017				9,518				9,498				9,518
1 Tranter Drive, P.O. Box 570		Manufacturing		Common Equity (6,875 shares)													688				962
Edgefield, SC 29824																	10,186				10,480				2	%
Westminster Cracker Company, Inc.		Specialty Cracker		Preferred Equity (95,798 units)													70				152
1 Scale Avenue, Suite 81, Bldg 14		Manufacturing		Common Equity (1,208,197 units)													1,208				1,804
Rutland, VT 05701																	1,278				1,956				0	%
World Wide Packaging, LLC		Consumer Products		Subordinated Note		12.0%/1.8%			10/26/2018				10,097				10,063				10,097
15 Vreeland Road, Suite #4				Common Equity (1,517,573 units)													1,518				1,515
Florham Park, NJ 07932																	11,581				11,612				3	%
				Total Affiliate Investments													81,979				86,200				20	%

 

-67-

---

Table of Contents

Portfolio Company / Address		Industry		Investment Type		Rate Cash/PIK		Maturity				Principal Amount				Cost				Fair Value				Percent of Total Assets
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments
Acentia, LLC		Information		Common Units (499 units)													500				243				0	%
3130 Fairview Park Drive, Suite 800		Technology Services
Falls Church, VA 22042
ACFP Management, Inc.		Restaurants		Common Units (1,000,000 units)													1,091				1,587				0	%
200 W. Cypress Creek Road
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33309
Allied 100 Group, Inc.		Healthcare Products		Subordinated Note		11.5%/0.0%			5/26/2020				13,000				12,936				12,936
1800 U.S. Highway 51 North				Common Equity (1,250,000 units)													1,250				1,250
Woodruff, WI 54568																	14,186				14,186				3	%
Anatrace Products, LLC		Healthcare Products		Senior Secured Loan		11.5%/1.5%			10/11/2018				9,500				9,469				9,500
434 W Dussel Dr.				Revolving Loan ($500 commitment)		N/A			10/11/2018				—				(2	)			(2	)
Maumee, OH 43537				Common Equity (360,000 shares)													360				520
																	9,827				10,018				2	%
Brook & Whittle Limited		Printing Services		Subordinated Note		12.0%/4.8%			12/31/2016				7,297				7,297				7,272
260 Branford Road, P.O. Box 409				Subordinated Note		12.0%/2.0%			12/31/2016				2,250				2,250				2,153
North Branford, CT 06471				Warrant (1,051 shares)													285				134
				Common Equity - Series A (148 shares)													110				20
				Common Equity - Series D (527 shares)													53				71
																	9,995				9,650				2	%
Caldwell & Gregory, LLC		Laundry Services		Subordinated Note		11.5%/1.0%			11/30/2018				1,524				1,502				1,524
129 Broad Street Road				Subordinated Note		0.0%/12.0%			5/31/2019				3,618				3,394				3,618
Manakin-Sabot, VA 23103				Common Equity (500,000 units)													500				568
				Warrant (242,121 units)													242				275
																	5,638				5,985				1	%
Carlson Systems Holdings, Inc.		Specialty Distribution		Subordinated Note		11.5%/0.0%			5/20/2020				12,000				11,941				11,941
10840 Harney Street				Common Equity (7,500 units)													750				750
Omaha, NE 68154																	12,691				12,691				3	%
Channel Technologies Group, LLC		Component		Subordinated Note		11.0%/1.3%			4/10/2019				7,000				6,952				6,619
879 Ward Drive		Manufacturing		Preferred Equity (612 units)													1,139				686
Santa Barbara, CA 93111				Common Equity (612,432 units)													—				—
																	8,091				7,305				2	%
Connect-Air International, Inc.		Specialty Distribution		Subordinated Note		12.8%/0.0%			11/5/2018				11,400				11,395				11,400
4240 B Street N.W.				Common Equity													—				4,600
Auburn, WA 98001																	11,395				16,000				4	%
Continental Anesthesia Management, LLC		Healthcare Services		Senior Secured Loan		8.0%/6.0%			4/15/2015				10,259				10,252				10,130
1770 First Street, Suite 703				Warrant (263 shares)													276				—
Highland Park, IL 60035																	10,528				10,130				2	%
EBL, LLC (EbLens)		Retail		Subordinated Note		12.0%/3.0%			2/2/2018				9,610				9,584				9,706
299 Industrial Avenue				Common Equity (750,000 units)													750				981
Torrington, CT 06790																	10,334				10,687				2	%
FDS Avionics Corp.		Aerospace & Defense		Subordinated Note		12.3%/0.0%			4/1/2020				5,200				5,175				5,175
(dba Flight Display Systems)		Manufacturing		Common Equity (200 units)													2,000				2,000
6435 Shiloh Road, Suite D																	7,175				7,175				2	%
Alpharetta, GA 30005
FTH Acquisition Corp. VII		Information		Subordinated Note		13.0%/0.0%			2/27/2015				8,395				8,395				8,350
5655 Peachtree Parkway		Technology Services		Preferred Equity (887,122 shares)													887				621
Norcross, GA 30092																	9,282				8,971				2	%
Grindmaster Corporation		Consumer Products		Subordinated Note		11.5%/0.0%			10/31/2019				10,500				10,456				10,456				2	%
4003 Collins Lane
Louisville, KY 40245
IOS Acquisitions, Inc.		Oil & Gas Services		Subordinated Note		12.0%/3.3%			6/26/2018				14,263				14,175				13,788
8909 Youngsville Highway 89,				Common Equity (2,152 shares)													500				364
P.O. Box 397																	14,675				14,152				3	%
Youngsville, LA 70592
Jacob Ash Holdings, Inc.		Apparel Distribution		Subordinated Note		13.0%/4.0%			6/30/2018				4,000				3,992				4,000
301 Munson Avenue				Subordinated Note		13.0%/0.0%			6/30/2018				963				953				963
McKees Rocks, PA 15136				Preferred Equity (66,138 shares)		0.0%/15.0%			6/30/2018								798				810
				Warrant (63,492 shares)													67				—
																	5,810				5,773				1	%

 

-68-

---

Table of Contents

Portfolio Company / Address		Industry		Investment Type		Rate Cash/PIK		Maturity				Principal Amount				Cost				Fair Value				Percent of Total Assets
K2 Industrial Services, Inc.		Industrial Cleaning		Subordinated Note		11.8%/2.8%			5/23/2017				15,213				15,162				15,213
5233 Hohman Avenue		& Coatings		Preferred Equity - Series A (1,200 shares)													1,200				914
Hammond, IN 46320				Preferred Equity - Series B (74 shares)													68				83
																	16,430				16,210				4	%
Lightning Diversion Systems, LLC		Aerospace & Defense		Senior Secured Loan		10.5%/0.0%			12/20/2018				12,198				12,154				12,198
16572 Burke LN		Manufacturing		Revolving Loan ($1,000 commitment)		N/A			12/20/2018				—				(2	)			(2	)
Huntington Beach, CA 92647				Common Equity (600,000 units)													—				2,204
																	12,152				14,400				3	%
MedPlast, LLC		Healthcare Products		Subordinated Note		11.0%/1.5%			3/31/2019				10,185				10,126				10,185
405 West Geneva Drive				Preferred Equity (188 shares)		0.0%/8.0%											206				206
Tempe, AZ 85282				Common Equity (3,728 shares)													62				65
																	10,394				10,456				2	%
National Truck Protection Co., Inc.		Financial Services		Senior Secured Loan		13.5%/2.0%			9/13/2018				12,662				12,598				12,662
6 Commerce Drive, Suite 200				Common Units (1,109 shares)													758				1,923
Cranford, NJ 07016																	13,356				14,585				3	%
Oaktree Medical Centre, P.C.		Healthcare Services		Senior Secured Loan		6.5%/0.0%			5/6/2019				700				694				675
(dba Pain Management Associates)				Senior Secured Loan		14.0%/0.0%			5/6/2019				5,300				5,254				5,000
200 East Broad Street, Suite 200				Revolving Loan ($500 commitment)		6.5%/0.0%			5/6/2019				250				246				250
Greenville, SC 29601																	6,194				5,925				1	%
Pinnergy, Ltd.		Oil & Gas Services		Subordinated Note		10.5%/0.8%			1/24/2020				20,000				19,931				19,812				5	%
111 Congress Avenue, Suite 2020
Austin, TX 78701
Plymouth Rock Energy, LLC		Business		Senior Secured Loan		11.8%/0.0%			5/14/2017				6,000				5,973				5,973				1	%
1074 Broadway		Services
Woodmere, NY 11598
Premium Franchise Brands, LLC		Commercial		Preferred Equity (1,054,619 shares)													832				718				0	%
2520 Northwinds Parkway, Suite 375		Cleaning
Alpharetta, GA 30009
Restaurant Finance Co, LLC		Restaurants		Senior Secured Loan ($10,500 commitment)		12.0%/4.0%			7/31/2020				5,145				5,133				5,145				1	%
6300 Carmel Road, Suite 110B
Charlotte, NC 28277
Simplex Manufacturing Co.		Aerospace & Defense		Subordinated Note		14.0%/0.0%			11/1/2015				4,550				4,537				4,537
13340 NE Whitaker Way		Manufacturing		Warrant (24 shares)													710				813
Portland, OR 97230																	5,247				5,350				1	%
Toledo Molding & Die, Inc.		Component		Subordinated Note		10.5%/0.0%			12/18/2018				10,000				9,851				9,851				2	%
1429 Coining Drive		Manufacturing
Toledo, OH 43612
United Biologics, LLC		Healthcare Services		Subordinated Note		12.0%/2.0%			3/5/2017				8,688				8,393				8,688
100 NE Loop 410, Suite 200				Preferred Equity (98,377 units)													1,069				1,069
San Antonio, TX 78216				Warrant (57,469 units)													566				281
																	10,028				10,038				2	%
US GreenFiber, LLC		Building Products		Subordinated Note		12.5%/0.0%			1/2/2019				14,000				13,936				13,936
2500 Distribution Street, Suite 200		Manufacturing		Common Equity (1,667 units)													500				500
Charlotte, NC 28203																	14,436				14,436				3	%
Virginia Tile Company, LLC		Specialty		Subordinated Note		12.3%/0.0%			5/19/2020				12,000				11,940				11,940
28320 Plymouth Road		Distribution		Common Equity (19.5 shares)													250				250
Livonia, MI 48150																	12,190				12,190				3	%
Worldwide Express Operations, LLC		Transportation		Subordinated Note		11.5%/1.0%			8/1/2020				12,678				12,578				12,678
2828 Routh Street, Suite 400		Services		Common Equity (2,500,000 units)													2,500				3,135
Dallas, TX 75201																	15,078				15,813				4	%
				Total Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments													298,899				305,911				70	%
				Total Investments												$	391,338			$	396,355				91	%

Set forth below is a brief description of each portfolio company in which we have made an investment that represents greater than 5.0% of our total assets:

Pinnergy, Ltd. is a leading provider of fluid management and drilling services for oil and gas wells located throughout Texas and Louisiana.

 

-69-

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors

Under our charter, our directors are divided into three classes. Each class of directors will hold office for a three-year term. However, the initial members of the three classes will have initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our management. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Our charter permits the board of directors to elect directors to fill vacancies that are created either through an increase in the number of directors or due to the resignation, removal or death of any director.

The following individuals currently serve on our board of directors:

 

Name		Age		Position		Director Since		Expiration of Term
Interested Directors:
Edward H. Ross		49		Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer		2011		2017
Thomas C. Lauer		47		Director		2011		2016
Independent Directors:
Raymond L. Anstiss, Jr.		48		Director		2011		2017
Charles D. Hyman		56		Director		2011		2015
John A. Mazzarino		62		Director		2012		2017

The address for each of our directors is c/o Fidus Investment Corporation, 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:

 

Name		Age		Position
Shelby E. Sherard		44		Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary

The address for each of our executive officers is c/o Fidus Investment Corporation, 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201.

Biographical Information

For purposes of this presentation, our directors have been divided into two groups—independent directors and interested directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Independent Directors

Raymond L. Anstiss, Jr. has served on our Board of Directors since September 2011 and is the chairman of our Audit and Compensation Committee (“Audit Committee”) and a member of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (“Nominating Committee”). Mr. Anstiss is the President of Anstiss & Co., an accounting, audit, tax and financial consulting firm headquartered in Lowell, Massachusetts. Prior to joining Anstiss & Co. in 1993, Mr. Anstiss served on the audit staff of KPMG Peat Marwick from 1988 to 1992. Mr. Anstiss has served on the board of two not-for-profit companies in the past five years.

 

-70-

---

Table of Contents

Charles D. Hyman has served on our Board of Directors since our initial public offering in June 2011 and is the chairman of our Nominating Committee and a member of our Audit Committee. Mr. Hyman is the founder and chief executive officer of Charles D. Hyman & Co., a private, registered investment management firm located in Ponte Vedra Beach, Florida. Prior to forming Charles D. Hyman & Co. in 1994, Mr. Hyman served as a senior vice president of St. Johns Investment Management Company. Mr. Hyman has served on the board of directors for several not-for-profit companies in the past five years.

John A. Mazzarino has served on our Board of Directors since November, 2012 and is a member of our Audit Committee and our Nominating Committee. Mr. Mazzarino is a Co-Founder and Managing Director of Cherokee Investment Partners, a private equity real estate investment management firm focused on the acquisition, remediation, management and development of brownfields in North America and Europe. Prior to co-founding Cherokee’s predecessor firm in 1988, Mr. Mazzarino worked at Bain & Company from 1982 to 1988, where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions and corporate strategy. From 1977 to 1982 he worked at Peat, Marwick, Mitchell & Co., consulting on policy issues with the Environmental Protection Agency, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Department of Energy and other federal agencies. Mr. Mazzarino currently serves as a member of the board of advisors of the MIT Sloan School Finance Group and is a director of Cherokee Gives Back, Cherokee’s philanthropic arm. In addition, Mr. Mazzarino is a member of two other private and not-for-profit company boards.

Interested Directors

Edward H. Ross has served as chairman of our board of directors and our chief executive officer, and as chairman of our Investment Advisor’s investment committees, since our initial public offering in June 2011. Additionally, Mr. Ross is the chief executive officer and a manager of our Investment Advisor. Mr. Ross is an interested director due to his positions with the Company and our Investment Advisor. Mr. Ross has more than 20 years of debt and equity capital investing experience with lower middle-market companies. Mr. Ross co-founded Fidus Capital, LLC, the predecessor firm to our Investment Advisor, in 2005. From February 2007 to June 2011, Mr. Ross served as a member of the investment committee of Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC, Fund I’s former general partner. From 2002 to 2005, Mr. Ross was a managing director and the head of the Chicago office for Allied Capital Corporation, a publicly-traded business development company, where he focused on making debt and equity investments in middle-market companies. Prior to joining Allied Capital Corporation, Mr. Ross co-founded Middle Market Capital, a merchant banking group of Wachovia Securities and its predecessor, First Union Securities, Inc., a retail brokerage and institutional capital markets and investment banking firm. Mr. Ross earned a bachelor of arts from Southern Methodist University and a master of business administration from the University of Notre Dame’s Mendoza College of Business. Mr. Ross is the brother of John J. Ross, II, a manager of our Investment Advisor and a member of its investment committees.

Thomas C. Lauer has served as our director and as a member of our Investment Advisor’s investment committees since our initial public offering in June 2011. Additionally, Mr. Lauer is a manager of our Investment Advisor. Mr. Lauer is an interested director due to his position with the Investment Advisor. Mr. Lauer has more than 17 years of experience investing debt and equity capital in lower middle-market companies. Mr. Lauer was a managing partner of Fidus Partners, LLC, an investment banking firm, from 2008 to June 2011. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Lauer was a managing director of Allied Capital Corporation, a publicly-traded business development company, and member of that firm’s Management Committee from 2006 to 2008, Private Finance Investment Committee from 2005 to 2008, and Senior Debt Fund Investment Committee from 2007 to 2008. Prior to joining Allied Capital Corporation, Mr. Lauer worked with the Global Sponsor Finance Group of GE Capital, the financial services unit of General Electric, the Leveraged Capital Group at Wachovia Securities and its predecessor, First Union Securities, Inc., a retail brokerage and institutional capital markets and investment banking firm, and the Platform Components Division of Intel Corporation. Mr. Lauer earned a bachelor of business administration from the University of Norte Dame and master of business administration from the University of Notre Dame’s Mendoza College of Business.

 

-71-

---

Table of Contents

Qualifications of Directors

When considering whether our directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our operational and organizational structure, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the board of directors focused primarily on the information discussed in each of the director’s individual biographies set forth above and on the following particular attributes:

Interested Directors

 

•

Mr. Ross: The Nominating Committee and the Board of Directors considered his familiarity with the Fidus investment platform, his significant experience with investing debt and equity capital in middle-market companies, and his broad experience with the day-to-day management and operation of other investment funds, which provides our Board of Directors with valuable investment and management experience, insight and perspective.

 

•

Mr. Lauer: The Nominating Committee and the Board of Directors considered his experience with investing debt and equity capital in middle-market companies, which provides our Board of Directors with valuable investment knowledge, experience and insight.

Independent Directors

 

•

Mr. Anstiss: The Nominating Committee and the Board of Directors considered his extensive experience in the accounting industry. In addition, Mr. Anstiss’ accounting background was instrumental in his appointment to the chairmanship of our Audit Committee.

 

•

Mr. Hyman: The Nominating Committee and the Board of Directors considered his extensive experience in the investment analysis, management, and advisory industries.

 

•

Mr. Mazzarino: The Nominating Committee and the Board of Directors considered his extensive experience in the investing and capital management industry, as well as merger and acquisition and corporate strategy expertise.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Shelby E. Sherard has served as our chief financial officer and secretary since joining the Company on June 2, 2014 and chief compliance officer since August 11, 2014. Ms. Sherard has more than 20 years of finance experience most recently as a financial officer at Prologis, Inc., a leading owner, operator and developer of industrial real estate, first serving as Chief Financial Officer, Americas, and then overseeing the U.S. tax department. Previously, she served as the Finance Director for Chicago Union Station Development Company, LLC, a real estate development company. From 2005 through 2006, Ms. Sherard served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Grubb & Ellis Company, a publicly-traded real estate services company. From 2002 through 2005, Ms. Sherard was the Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of SiteStuff, Inc., a procurement solutions provider for the commercial real estate industry. Previously, Ms. Sherard held positions at Morgan Stanley, LaSalle Partners Inc. and Hewitt Associates, Inc. Ms. Sherard is a CPA and earned a bachelor’s degree from Northwestern University, a master of business administration from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School and a master’s degree in tax from the University of Illinois.

Organization of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit and compensation committee, or audit committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We do not have a separate compensation committee because our executive officers do not receive any direct compensation from us. During 2014, our board of directors held 11 meetings.

We encourage, but do not require, the directors to attend our annual meeting of stockholders. In 2014, all of our current directors attended at least 90.0% of the aggregate number of meetings of the board of directors and of the respective committees on which they served. All of our directors attended our 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on June 4, 2014.

 

-72-

---

Table of Contents

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors monitors and performs an oversight role with respect to our business and affairs. Among other things, our board of directors approves the appointment of our investment advisor, administrator and officers, reviews and monitors the services and activities performed by our investment advisor, administrator and officers and approves the engagement, and reviews the performance of, our independent registered public accounting firm.

Under our bylaws, our board of directors may designate a chairman to preside over the meetings of the board of directors and meetings of our stockholders and to perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the board of directors. We do not have a fixed policy as to whether the chairman of our board of directors should be an independent director and believes that board of directors’ flexibility to select its chairman and reorganize its leadership structure from time to time is in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders.

Presently, Mr. Ross serves as the chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Ross is an interested director because he is the chief executive officer of the Company, serves on our Investment Advisor’s investment committees and is a manager of our Investment Advisor. We believe that Mr. Ross’s history with the Company, familiarity with the Fidus investment platform and extensive experience in the management of private equity and debt investments qualifies him to serve as chairman of our board of directors. Moreover, our board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of our stockholders for Mr. Ross to lead our board of directors because of his broad experience with the day-to-day management and operation of other investment funds and his significant background in the financial services industry, as described above.

Our board of directors does not have a lead independent director. However, Mr. Anstiss, the chairman of the audit committee, is an independent director and acts as a liaison between the independent directors and management between meetings of our board of directors and is involved in the preparation of agendas for board and committee meetings. Our board of directors believes that its leadership structure is appropriate in light of the Company’s characteristics and circumstances because the structure allocates areas of responsibility among the individual directors and the committees in a manner that encourages effective oversight. The members of our board of directors also believe that its small size creates a highly efficient governance structure that provides ample opportunity for direct communication and interaction between both the members of management and our investment advisor and our board of directors.

Board Role in Risk Oversight

Our board of directors performs its risk oversight function primarily through (a) its two standing committees, which report to the entire board of directors and are comprised solely of independent directors and (b) monitoring by our Chief Compliance Officer in accordance with its compliance policies and procedures.

As described below in more detail under “Audit Committee” and “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee,” the audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee assist the board of directors in fulfilling its risk oversight responsibilities. The audit committee’s risk oversight responsibilities include overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes, our systems of internal controls regarding finance and accounting and audits of our financial statements and discussing with management our major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including our risk assessment and risk management policies. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s risk oversight responsibilities include selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and its committees. Both the audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee consist solely of independent directors.

Our board of directors also performs its risk oversight responsibilities with the assistance of the Chief Compliance Officer. Our Chief Compliance Officer prepares a written report annually discussing the adequacy and effectiveness of the compliance policies and procedures of the Company and certain of its service providers. The Chief Compliance Officer’s report, which is reviewed by the board of directors, addresses at a minimum (a) the operation of the compliance policies and procedures of the Company and certain of its service providers since the last report; (b) any material changes to such policies and procedures since the last report; (c) any recommendations for material changes to such policies and procedures as a result of the Chief Compliance Officer’s annual review;

 

-73-

---

Table of Contents

and (d) any compliance matter that has occurred since the date of the last report about which the board of directors would reasonably need to know to oversee the Company’s compliance activities and risks. In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer meets separately in executive session with the independent directors periodically, but in no event less than once each year.

We believe that the board of directors’ role in risk oversight is effective and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which it is already subject as a BDC. Specifically, as a BDC, we must comply with certain regulatory requirements that control the levels of risk in its business and operations. For example, our ability to incur indebtedness is limited such that our asset coverage must equal at least 200.0% immediately after each time we incurs indebtedness and we generally have to invest at least 70.0% of our total assets in “qualifying assets.” In addition, we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC we must, among other things, meet certain income source and asset diversification requirements.

We believe that the board of directors’ existing role in risk oversight is appropriate. However, we re-examine the manners in which the board of directors administers its oversight function on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to meet our needs.

Board Committees

Audit and Compensation Committee

The members of the audit committee are Messrs. Anstiss, Hyman and Mazzarino, each of whom is not an interested person and is otherwise independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and Nasdaq’s corporate governance regulations. Since September 2011, Mr. Anstiss has served as chairman of the audit committee. Our board of directors has adopted a charter for the audit committee, which is available on our website at http://investor.fdus.com/governance.cfm.

The audit committee is responsible for approving our independent accountants and recommending them to the board of directors (including a majority of the independent directors) for approval and submission to the board of directors for ratification, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls.

The audit committee is also responsible for aiding the board of directors in determining the fair value of debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The audit committee also currently receives input from independent valuation firms that have been engaged at the direction of the board of directors to value certain portfolio investments. In addition, the audit committee is responsible for discussing with management our major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including our risk assessment and risk management policies.

Because the Audit Committee is charged with approving our related-party transactions, the board of directors has determined not to create a separate compensation committee and instead has charged the Audit Committee with overseeing amounts payable to our advisor pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, and making a recommendation to the board of directors with respect to the board’s approval (including the approval of a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” of the Company within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, as amended) of the renewal of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement.

The board of directors has determined that Mr. Anstiss is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the rules of the SEC. Mr. Anstiss acquired his financial expertise from his education and experience as a public accountant, his experience actively supervising financial officers of public companies and in his supervisory role at a public accounting firm and from his experience overseeing and assessing the performance of public accountants with respect to the preparation, auditing and evaluation of financial statements.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Anstiss, Hyman and Mazzarino, each of whom is not an interested person and is otherwise independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and Nasdaq’s corporate governance regulations. Mr. Hyman currently serves as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has adopted a charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which is available on our website at http://investor.fdus.com/governance.cfm.

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors, developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and its committees.

 

-74-

---

Table of Contents

The nominating and corporate governance committee identifies potential nominees based on suggestions from members of the nominating and corporate governance committee, other members of the board of directors, other executive officers and by other means, and evaluates such persons as a committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will also consider nominees to the board of directors recommended by a stockholder, if such stockholder complies with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws. From time to time, the board of directors may determine that it requires a director with a particular expertise or qualification and will actively recruit such a candidate.

In considering which persons to nominate as directors for election by stockholders, the board of directors and its nominating and corporate governance committee consider the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of candidates, in light of the Company’s then existing business and structure. Additionally, the committee generally will hire an outside firm to perform a background check on potential nominees. On an annual basis, the nominating and corporate governance committee evaluates the qualifications and diversity of the board of directors who are available for reelection in light of the characteristics of independence, age, skills, experience, availability of service to the Company and tenure of its members, and the board of directors’ anticipated needs. The nominating and corporate governance committee has adopted a policy that it will seek to enhance the perspectives and experiences of the members of the board of directors through diversity in gender, ethnic background, geographic origin and professional experience. The nominating and corporate governance committee recommends to the board of directors for its approval the slate of directors to be nominated for election at the annual meeting of our stockholders. The board of directors and its nominating and corporate governance committee periodically review board composition and the policies with respect thereto and as part of this review, the nominating and corporate governance committee evaluates the effectiveness of its policies, including the provisions with respect to diversity.

In considering possible candidates for nomination as a director, the nominating and corporate governance committee takes into account, in addition to such other factors as it deems relevant, the desirability of selecting directors who:

 

•

have strength of character;

 

•

have mature judgment;

 

•

have industry knowledge or experience; and

 

•

have an ability to work collegially with the other members of the board of directors.

The nominating and corporate governance committee also considers all applicable legal and regulatory requirements that govern the composition of the board of directors.

All nominees properly submitted to the Company (or which the nominating and corporate governance committee otherwise elects to consider) will be evaluated and considered by the members of the nominating and corporate governance committee using the same criteria as nominees identified by the nominating and corporate governance committee itself.

 

-75-

---

Table of Contents

Communications Between Stockholders and the Board of Directors

Stockholders with questions about us are encouraged to contact Shelby E. Sherard at Fidus Investment Corporation, 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201. However, if stockholders feel their questions have not been addressed, they may communicate with our board of directors by sending their communications to: Fidus Investment Corporation, board of directors, c/o Shelby E. Sherard at the address listed above. In addition, stockholders may communicate with the board of directors by clicking “Contact the Board” on the Investor Relations section of our website at the following URL: http://investor.fdus.com/contactBoard.com. Communications are distributed to the board of directors as appropriate, depending on the facts and circumstances outlined in the communication. In that regard, the board of directors has requested that certain items that are unrelated to the duties and responsibilities of the board of directors should be excluded, such as: product complaints, product inquiries, new product suggestions, resumes and other forms of job inquiries, surveys and business solicitations or advertisements. In addition, material that is unduly hostile, threatening, illegal or similarly unsuitable will be excluded, with the provision that any communication that is filtered out must be available to any non-management director upon request.

Code of Business Conduct

We have adopted a code of ethics (which we refer to as our Code of Business Conduct) which all officers, directors and employees of the Company and our investment advisor are expected to observe. Our Code of Business Conduct can be accessed via the Company’s website at http://investor.fdus.com/governance.cfm. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of required provisions of the Code of Business Conduct on our website. We will provide any person, without charge, upon request, a copy of our Code of Business Conduct. To receive a copy, please provide a written request to: Fidus Investment Corporation, Attn: Chief Compliance Officer, 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201.

Compensation of Directors

The following table shows information regarding the compensation received by our directors, none of whom is an employee of the Company, for the year ended December 31, 2014. No compensation is paid by us to interested directors. No information has been provided with respect to our executive officers who are not directors since our executive officers do not receive any direct compensation from us.

 

Name		Fees Earned or Paid in Cash(1)				Total
Independent Directors
Raymond L. Anstiss, Jr.		$	88,000			$	88,000
Charles D. Hyman		$	83,000			$	83,000
John A. Mazzarino		$	78,000			$	78,000
Interested Directors
Edward H. Ross			None				None
Thomas C. Lauer			None				None

 

(1)	For a discussion of the independent directors’ compensation, see below.

The independent directors receive an annual fee of $50,000. They receive $5,000 plus reimbursement of reasonable and authorized business expenses incurred in connection with attending each quarterly meeting and the annual meeting. In addition, the chairperson of the audit committee receives an additional annual fee of $10,000 and the chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee receives an additional annual fee of $5,000 for his or her additional services in these capacities. They also receive $1,500 per each additional Audit Committee meeting to review quarterly investment valuations.

 

-76-

---

Table of Contents

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our executive officers receive direct compensation from us. The compensation of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer, is paid by our investment advisor. Compensation paid to our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer is set by our investment advisor and subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered to us.

Investment Committee

Our Investment Advisor has formed investment committees to evaluate and approve all of our investments and those made by the Funds. The investment committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of the committees’ members to the analysis and consideration of each investment. The investment committees also serve to provide investment consistency and adherence to our Investment Advisor’s core investment philosophy and policies. The investment committees meet regularly to consider our investments, direct our strategic initiatives and supervise the actions taken by our Investment Advisor on our behalf. The investment committees determine appropriate investment sizing and suggest ongoing monitoring requirements. In addition, the investment committee reviews and determines whether to make prospective investments identified by our Investment Advisor and monitors the performance of our investment portfolio.

The members of the investment committee that evaluates and approves all of our investments are Edward H. Ross, Thomas C. Lauer, John H. Grigg, John J. Ross, II, Paul E. Tierney, Jr., W. Andrew Worth and Robert G. Lesley, Jr. The members of the investment committee that evaluates and approves all of the Funds’ investments are Edward H. Ross, Thomas C. Lauer, John H. Grigg, John J. Ross, II, Paul E. Tierney, Jr. and W. Andrew Worth. Our Investment Advisor intends to add Mr. Lesley to the Funds’ investment committee subsequent to the SBA’s approval of Mr. Lesley acting in that capacity.

Information regarding members of the investment committees is as follows:

John J. Ross, II has served as a member of our Investment Advisor’s investment committees since our initial public offering in June 2011. Additionally, Mr. Ross has served as a manager of our Investment Advisor since June 2011. Mr. Ross has over 16 years of experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions. From February 2007 to June 2011, Mr. Ross served as a member of the investment committee of Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC, the Fund’s former general partner. In 2004, Mr. Ross co-founded Fidus Partners, LLC, an investment banking firm. Prior to co-founding Fidus Partners, LLC, Mr. Ross served as a managing director at Wachovia Securities and its predecessors, First Union Securities, Inc. and Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co, from 1999 to 2002. Mr. Ross earned a bachelor of science from Southern Methodist University and a master of business administration from the Harvard Business School. Mr. Ross is the brother of Edward H. Ross, our chairman of the board and chief executive officer, and chairman of the investment committee.

Paul E. Tierney, Jr. has served as a member of our Investment Advisor’s investment committees since our initial public offering in June 2011. Mr. Tierney has over 35 years of debt and equity investing experience in a variety of industries. From February 2007 to June 2011, Mr. Tierney served as a member of the investment committee of Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC, the Fund’s former general partner. Mr. Tierney currently serves as a partner of Development Capital, LLC, a diversified private investment company that he joined in 1999. He has also served as a general partner of Aperture Venture Partners, a firm that primarily manages two venture capital funds that focus on investing in early-stage healthcare and healthy living businesses since 2002. In 1999, Mr. Tierney was a founding principal of Darwin Capital Partners, L.P. From 1996 through 1999, Mr. Tierney was a managing member of the general partner of Corporate Value Partners, L.P. In 1978, Mr. Tierney co-founded Gollust, Tierney and Oliver, the general partner of Coniston Partners and other investment entities. Mr. Tierney serves on the boards of directors of Nina McLemore, Inc., Altea Therapeutics, Prosperity Voskhod Fund and The Protective Group, Inc. He was previously a director of a number of public companies, including United Airlines, Inc. and Liz Claiborne, Inc. Mr. Tierney also serves on the Advisory Board of the U.S. Committee for Refugees and was chairman of the Foreign Policy School (SIPA) of Columbia University. He is chairman of TechnoServe, Inc., a not-for-profit economic development company serving Africa and Latin America. He is also an adjunct professor at Columbia Business School. Mr. Tierney earned a bachelor of arts from the University of Notre Dame and a master of business administration as a Baker Scholar from the Harvard Business School.

John H. Grigg has served as a member of our Investment Advisor’s investment committees since our initial public offering in June 2011 and as a senior origination professional of our Investment Advisor since June 2011. Mr. Grigg has over 21 years of experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions. From February 2007 to June 2011, Mr. Grigg served as a member of the investment committee of Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC, the Fund’s former general partner. In 2004, Mr. Grigg co-founded Fidus Partners, LLC, an investment banking firm. Prior to co-founding Fidus Partners, LLC, Mr. Grigg served as managing director and partner at First Union Securities, Inc. and its predecessor, Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co., from 1989 to 2000. Prior to joining Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co., Mr. Grigg worked in the investment banking group of Merrill Lynch & Co. Mr. Grigg earned a bachelor of arts from the University of North Carolina and a master of business administration from the University of Virginia’s Darden School of Business.

 

-77-

---

Table of Contents

W. Andrew Worth has served as a member of our Investment Advisor’s investment committees since our initial public offering in June 2011. Additionally, Mr. Worth has served as a manager of our Investment Advisor since June 2011. Mr. Worth has over 13 years of experience investing in debt and equity securities of lower middle-market companies. In 2008, Mr. Worth joined Fidus Capital, LLC, the predecessor firm to our investment advisor. Prior to joining Fidus Capital, LLC in 2008, Mr. Worth served as a principal with Allied Capital Corporation from 2002 to 2008, where he was responsible for all aspects of the investment process including origination, execution and portfolio management. From 1996 to 2002, Mr. Worth was an associate in Credit Suisse First Boston’s Global Industrials and Services investment banking practice and an analyst in the Leveraged Finance Group of First Union Securities, Inc. Mr. Worth earned a bachelor of arts from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a master of business administration from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

Robert G. Lesley, Jr. has served as a member of the investment committee that evaluates and approves our investments since January 2015. Prior to joining Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC in 2013, Mr. Lesley was a partner at Chapter IV Investors, a middle-market hybrid investment firm with approximately a $270 million fund. Chapter IV’s flexible investment charter allowed for investment in both the private (control and minority equity) and public markets. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Lesley was a vice president with Blue Point Capital Partners, a private equity firm focused on lower middle-market companies. From 2000 to 2003, Robert was an associate in the Mergers & Acquisitions Group of Wachovia Securities and its predecessor, First Union Securities, Inc. Mr. Lesley earned a bachelor of arts in economics from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a masters of business administration from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.

Senior Origination Professionals

The following individuals are the senior origination professionals of our Investment Advisor. Brief summaries of the backgrounds of these individuals, who are not also members of the investment committees, are provided below:

Edward P. Imbrogno has served as a senior origination professional of our investment advisor since June 2011. Mr. Imbrogno has over 25 years of experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions. In 2006, Mr. Imbrogno joined Fidus Capital, LLC, the predecessor firm to our investment advisor, as a senior investment professional. In 2004, Mr. Imbrogno co-founded Fidus Partners, LLC, an investment banking firm. Prior to co-founding Fidus Partners, LLC, Mr. Imbrogno served as a managing director and partner at Wachovia Securities and its predecessors, First Union Securities, Inc. and Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co, from 1985 to 2004. Mr. Imbrogno also served as the head of Wachovia Securities’ private equity group coverage effort from 1998 to 2002. Mr. Imbrogno earned a bachelor of arts from Davidson College and a master of business administration from the University of Virginia’s Darden School of Business.

J. Stephen Dockery has served as a senior origination professional of our investment advisor since June 2011. Mr. Dockery has over 21 years of experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance transactions. In 2006, Mr. Dockery joined Fidus Capital, LLC, the predecessor firm to our investment advisor, as a senior investment professional and joined Fidus Partners, LLC, an investment banking firm. Prior to joining Fidus Capital and Fidus Partners, Mr. Dockery served in various capacities at Wachovia Securities and its predecessors, First Union Securities, Inc. and Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co., including managing director and officer from 1997 to 2006. Prior to joining Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co., Mr. Dockery worked as a corporate attorney for Robinson Bradshaw & Hinson, P.A. Mr. Dockery earned a bachelor of arts from Davidson College and a juris doctor from Yale Law School.

Michael J. Miller has served as a senior origination professional of our investment advisor since June 2011. Mr. Miller has over 21 years of leveraged finance and corporate lending and origination experience. In 2010, Mr. Miller joined Fidus Capital, LLC, the predecessor firm to our investment advisor, as a senior investment professional and joined Fidus Partners, LLC, an investment banking firm. Prior to joining Fidus Capital and Fidus Partners, Mr. Miller served in various capacities, including managing director and head of business development, at Allied Capital Corporation from 2005 until 2010. Prior to joining Allied Capital Corporation, Mr. Miller spent more than 16 years with JPMorgan Chase and its predecessors where he worked in their middle-market leveraged finance, asset based and corporate lending groups. Mr. Miller earned his bachelor of science in industrial and labor relations from Cornell University and his master of business administration from The Stern School at New York University.

Portfolio Management

We will only invest in an opportunity with the approval of five of the seven members of the investment committee responsible for advising the Company, and the Funds will only invest in an opportunity with the approval of four of the six members of the investment committee responsible for advising the Funds. Generally, an investment opportunity will receive the unanimous approval of the respective investment committee. Follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies require the relevant investment committee’s approval in addition to what was obtained when the initial investment in the company was made. In addition, temporary investments, such

 

-78-

---

Table of Contents

as those in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, may require approval by the relevant investment committee. The day-to-day management of investments approved by the investment committee will be overseen by the members of the relevant investment committee. Biographical information with respect to the members of the investment committees is set out under “—Investment Committee.”

Each of our advisor’s investment committee members has ownership and financial interests in, and may receive compensation and/or profit distributions from, our investment advisor. Each of the members of the investment committees will receive compensation and/or profit distributions from our investment advisor. None of the members of the investment committees receive any direct compensation from us. The following table shows the dollar range of our common stock beneficially owned by each member of our investment advisor’s investment committees as of April 13, 2015:

 

Portfolio Managers of our Investment Advisor		Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Fidus Investment Corporation (1)
Edward H. Ross		Over $1,000,000
John J. Ross, II		Over $1,000,000
Thomas C. Lauer		Over $1,000,000
Paul E. Tierney, Jr.		Over $1,000,000
John H. Grigg		$100,001-$500,000
W. Andrew Worth		$500,001-$1,000,000
Robert G. Lesley, Jr.		$50,001-$100,000

 

(1)	Dollar ranges are as follows: None, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, $100,001-$500,000; $500,001-$1,000,000 or Over $1,000,000.

 

-79-

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT AND OTHER AGREEMENTS

Our investment advisor is located at 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201. Our investment advisor is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, our investment advisor manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, our investment advisor:

 

•

determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

•

assists us in determining what securities we purchase, retain or sell;

 

•

identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies); and

 

•

executes, closes, services and monitors the investments we make.

Investment Advisory Agreement

Management Fee

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay our investment advisor a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee.

Base Management Fee

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% based on the average value of our total assets (other than cash or cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts) at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter. Base management fees for any partial quarter are appropriately prorated. The base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears.

Incentive Fee

The incentive fee consists of two parts. The first part is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. Pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, any expenses payable under the Administration Agreement and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any organizing and offering costs). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as market discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest, preferred stock with payment-in-kind dividends and zero-coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Our investment advisor is not under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it receives that was based on accrued interest that we never actually receive.

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee for a quarter where we incur a loss. For example, if we receive pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a quarter, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.

 

-80-

---

Table of Contents

Pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 2.0% per quarter. If market interest rates rise, we may be able to invest our funds in debt instruments that provide for a higher return, which would increase our pre-incentive fee net investment income and make it easier for our investment advisor to surpass the fixed hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on such net investment income. Our pre-incentive fee net investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our total assets (other than cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts) used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee.

We pay our investment advisor an incentive fee with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income earned in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

•

no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which the pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate of 2.0%;

 

•

100.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% in any calendar quarter. We refer to this portion of our pre-incentive fee net investment income (that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%) as the “catch-up” provision. The catch-up is meant to provide our investment advisor with 20.0% of the pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply if net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter; and

 

•

20.0% of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter.

These calculations are appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the quarterly income-related portion of the incentive fee:

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

 

Percentage of pre-incentive fee net investment income

allocated to income-related portion of incentive fee

The second part of the incentive fee is a capital gains incentive fee that is determined and paid in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year (or, upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), and equals 20.0% of our net capital gains as of the end of the fiscal year. In determining the capital gains incentive fee to be paid to our investment advisor, we calculate the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains and cumulative aggregate realized capital losses since our inception, and the aggregate unrealized capital depreciation as of the date of the calculation, as applicable, with respect to each of the investments in our portfolio. At the end of the applicable year, the amount of capital gains that serves as the basis for our calculation of the capital gains incentive fee equals the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, less aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, with respect to our portfolio of investments. If this number is positive at the end of such year, then the capital gains incentive fee for such year equals 20.0% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of any capital gains incentive fees paid in respect of our portfolio in all prior years. We accrue, but do not pay, a capital gains incentive fee in connection with any unrealized capital appreciation, as appropriate.

 

-81-

---

Table of Contents

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1: Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee

Alternative 1

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

Hurdle rate ⁽¹⁾ = 2.0%

Management fee ⁽²⁾ = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) ⁽³⁾ = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 0.6125%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no income-related incentive fee.

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.9%

Hurdle rate ⁽¹⁾ = 2.0%

Management fee ⁽²⁾ = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) ⁽³⁾ = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.2625%

 

Incentive fee		= 100.0% × pre-incentive fee net investment income (subject to “catch-up”) (4)
		= 100.0% × (2.2625% – 2.0%)
		= 0.2625%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, but does not fully satisfy the “catch-up” provision, therefore the income related portion of the incentive fee is 0.2625%.

Alternative 3

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.5%

Hurdle rate ⁽¹⁾ = 2.0%

Management fee ⁽²⁾ = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) ⁽³⁾ = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.8625%

Incentive fee = 100.0% × pre-incentive fee net investment income (subject to “catch-up”) ⁽⁴⁾

Incentive fee = 100.0% × “catch-up” + (20.0% × (pre-incentive fee net investment income – 2.5%))

 

“Catch-up”		= 2.5% – 2.0%
		= 0.5%

 

-82-

---

Table of Contents

Incentive fee		= (100.0% × 0.5%) + (20.0% × (2.8625% – 2.5%))
		= 0.5% + (20.0% × 0.3625%)
		= 0.5% + 0.0725%
		= 0.575%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate and fully satisfies the “catch-up” provision, therefore the income related portion of the incentive fee is 0.575%.

 

(1)	Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.

(2)	Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee.

(3)	Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

(4)	The “catch-up” provision is intended to provide our investment advisor with an incentive fee of 20.0% on all pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any fiscal quarter.

Example 2: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee^(*):

Alternative 1

Assumptions

Year 1 : $5.0 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $7.5 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)

Year 2 : Investment A sold for $12.5 million and fair market value (“FMV”) of Investment B determined to be $8.0 million

Year 3 : FMV of Investment B determined to be $6.25 million

Year 4 : Investment B sold for $7.75 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

Year 1 : None

Year 2 : Capital gains incentive fee of $1.5 million — ($7.5 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%)

Year 3 : None — $1.25 million (20.0% multiplied by ($7.5 million cumulative capital gains less $1.25 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $1.5 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

Year 4 : Capital gains incentive fee of $50,000 — $1.55 million ($7.75 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $1.5 million (capital gains incentive fee taken in Year 2)

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Year 1 : $4.0 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $7.5 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $6.25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)

Year 2 : Investment A sold for $12.5 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $6.25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $6.25 million

Year 3 : FMV of Investment B determined to be $6.75 million and Investment C sold for $7.5 million

Year 4 : FMV of Investment B determined to be $8.75 million

Year 5 : Investment B sold for $5.0 million

The capital gains incentive fee, if any, would be:

Year 1 : None

Year 2 : $1.45 million capital gains incentive fee — 20.0% multiplied by $7.25 million ($8.5 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $1.25 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)

Year 3 : $0.35 million capital gains incentive fee ⁽¹⁾ — $1.8 million (20.0% multiplied by $9.0 million ($9.75 million cumulative realized capital gains less $0.75 million unrealized capital depreciation)) less $1.45 million capital gains incentive fee received in Year 2

Year 4 : None

 

-83-

---

Table of Contents

Year 5 : None — $1.45 million (20.0% multiplied by $7.25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $9.75 million less realized capital losses of $2.5 million)) is less than $1.8 million cumulative capital gains incentive fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3 ⁽²⁾

 

*	The hypothetical amounts of returns shown are based on a percentage of our total net assets and assume no leverage. There is no guarantee that positive returns will be realized and actual returns may vary from those shown in this example.

(1)

As illustrated in Year 3 of Alternative 2 above, if we were to be wound up on a date other than our fiscal year end of any year, we may have paid aggregate capital gains incentive fees that are more than the amount of such fees that would be payable if we had been wound up on our fiscal year end of such year.

(2)

As noted above, it is possible that the cumulative aggregate capital gains fee received by our investment advisor ($1.8 million) is effectively greater than $1.45 million (20.0% of cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less net realized capital losses or net unrealized depreciation ($7.25 million)).

Payment of Our Expenses

All investment professionals of our investment advisor and/or its affiliates, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to us, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of personnel allocable to these services to us, are provided and paid for by our investment advisor and not by us. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview – Expenses.”

Duration and Termination

At an in-person meeting of our board of directors on June 4, 2014, our board of directors, including a majority of the Independent Directors, voted to approve the continuation of the Investment Advisory Agreement to June 20, 2015. Unless terminated earlier, the Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically renew for successive annual periods if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act), including, in either case, approval by a majority of the Independent Directors.

In reaching a decision to approve the current Investment Advisory Agreement, our board of directors reviewed information comparing our investment performance to other externally managed BDCs with similar investment objectives and to appropriate market indices. The board also reviewed other information and considered, among other things:

 

•

the nature, extent and quality of the advisory and other services (including administrative services provided under the Administrative Agreement as discussed below) provided to us by our investment advisor;

 

•

the fee structure of comparative externally managed BDCs with similar investment objectives;

 

•

our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to BDCs with similar investment objectives;

 

•

our investment advisor’s pro forma profitability with respect to managing us and providing administrative services under the Administrative Agreement;

 

•

the limited potential for our investment advisor and its affiliates to derive additional “fall-out” benefits as a result of our relationship with our investment advisor; and

 

•

various other matters.

Our board of directors did not rank or otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors it considered in connection with its evaluation of the Investment Advisory Agreement, nor did it undertake to make any specific determination as to whether any particular factor, or any aspect of any particular factor, was favorable or unfavorable to the ultimate decision made by our board of directors. Rather, our board of directors based its approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement on the totality of information presented to it. In considering the factors discussed above, individual directors may have given different weights to different factors.

 

-84-

---

Table of Contents

Based on the information reviewed and the factors discussed above, our board of directors (including the Independent Directors) concluded that the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, including the fee rates thereunder, are fair and reasonable in relation to the services provided and approved the continuation of the Investment Advisory Agreement as being in the best interests of FIC and our stockholders.

Conflicts of interest may arise if our investment advisor seeks to change the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, including, for example, the amount of the base management fee, the incentive fee or other compensation terms. In general, material amendments to the Investment Advisory Agreement must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) and by a majority of our Independent Directors.

See “Risk Factors – Risks Relating to our Business and Structure – We are dependent upon our investment advisor’s managing members and our executive officers for our future success. If our investment advisor was to lose any of its managing members or we lose any of our executive officers, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.”

Indemnification

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our investment advisor and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, members, managers, partners, stockholders and employees, are entitled to indemnification from us from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our investment advisor’s performance of its duties and obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment advisor.

Administration Agreement

Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC acts as our administrator and furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and clerical, book-keeping and record-keeping services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, our investment advisor performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, our investment advisor assists us in determining and publishing our net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally overseeing the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Under the Administration Agreement, our investment advisor also provides managerial assistance on our behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted our offer to provide such assistance and we reimburse our Investment Advisor for fees and expenses incurred with providing such services. In addition, we reimburse our Investment Advisor for fees and expenses incurred while performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies. Payments under the Administration Agreement are equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of our investment advisor’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our officers, including our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. To the extent that our investment advisor outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to our investment advisor.

At an in-person meeting of our board of directors on June 4, 2014, our board of directors, including a majority of the Independent Directors, voted to approve the continuation of the Administration Agreement to June 20, 2015. Unless terminated earlier, the Administration Agreement will automatically renew for successive annual periods if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act), including, in either case, approval by a majority of our Independent Directors. In making the decision to approve the continuation of the Administration Agreement, our board of directors took into account, to the extent relevant, certain information set forth above under “Investment Advisory Agreement – Duration and Termination” with respect to its consideration of the Investment Advisory Agreement.

 

-85-

---

Table of Contents

The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) may also terminate the Administration Agreement without penalty.

Indemnification

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties under the Administration Agreement or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the Administration Agreement, our investment advisor and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, members, managers, stockholders and employees, are entitled to indemnification from us from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our investment advisor’s performance of its duties or obligations under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as our administrator.

License Agreement

We have entered into a license agreement with Fidus Partners, LLC under which Fidus Partners, LLC has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive (provided that there is not a change in control of Fidus Partners, LLC), royalty-free license to use the name “Fidus.” Under this agreement, we have a right to use the “Fidus” name for so long as our investment advisor remains our investment advisor. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “Fidus” name. This license agreement will remain in effect for so long as the Investment Advisory Agreement with our investment advisor remains in effect.

 

-86-

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

We acquired Fund I through the merger of Fund I with our wholly-owned subsidiary, and, as a result, we acquired 100.0% of the limited partnership interests in Fund I. In addition, we have acquired Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC, the Fund’s general partner, through a merger of Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC with and into our wholly-owned subsidiary and, as a result, we acquired 100.0% of the general partnership interests in Fund I. Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC’s partnership interest in Fund I was converted into shares of our common stock on the same terms as the partnership interests held by the limited partners. The former members of Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC each received a pro rata portion of these shares of our common stock in exchange for their interest in Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC. All of the former members of Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC and some of the former limited partners of Fund I are members, officers, investment committee members and investment professionals of our investment advisor and, therefore, received a financial benefit from the formation transactions. Moreover, some of the former members of Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC and some of the former limited partners of Fund I are officers, directors and former five percent beneficial owners of the Company and Fund I, including Mr. E. Ross, who is the chief executive officer of the Company and chairman of the board of directors of the Company and Fund I, Mr. Lauer who is a director of the Company and Fund I. In connection with these formation transactions, we issued and exchanged 3,702,778 shares of our common stock at $15.00 per share for 100.0% of the limited partnership interests in Fund I and 353,743 shares of our common stock at $15.00 per share for 100.0% of the equity interests of Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC.

Investment Advisory Agreement

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement with our investment advisor, we pay our investment advisor a management fee and incentive fee that consists of an income incentive fee and a capital gains incentive fee. The incentive fee is computed and paid on income that we may not have yet received in cash. This fee structure may create an incentive for our investment advisor to invest in certain types of securities that may have a high degree of risk. Additionally, we rely on investment professionals from our investment advisor to assist our board of directors with the valuation of our portfolio investments. Our investment advisor’s management fee and incentive fee are based on the value of our investments and there may be a conflict of interest when personnel of our investment advisor are involved in the valuation process for our portfolio investments. The base management fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled $5.9 million, $5.3 million and $4.2 million, respectively. The income incentive fee expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled $5.6 million, $5.2 million and $4.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we reversed previously accrued capital gain incentive fees totaling $0.7 million. The capital gains incentive fee accrual for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $1.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Mr. E. Ross is the chairman of the board of directors of the Company and the Funds, as well as the chairman of our investment advisor’s investment committees and the chief executive officer of our investment advisor. The board of managers of our investment advisor, the manager of Fidus Investment GP, LLC, the general partner of the Funds, currently controls the Funds. The following people are members of the board of managers of our investment advisor: Messrs. E. Ross, Lauer, J. Ross and Andrew W. Worth. Officers and members of the board of managers of our investment advisor receive a benefit from the fees paid to our investment advisor pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. Our board of directors, including a majority of the Independent Directors has approved the Investment Advisory Agreement, including the fees paid pursuant to such agreement.

Administration Agreement

Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC acts as our administrator and furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and clerical, book-keeping and record-keeping services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, our investment advisor performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, our investment advisor assists us in determining and publishing our net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally overseeing the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Under the Administration Agreement, our investment advisor also provides managerial assistance on our behalf to those

 

-87-

---

Table of Contents

portfolio companies that have accepted our offer to provide such assistance. Payments under the Administration Agreement are equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of our investment advisor’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our officers, including our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. To the extent that our investment advisor outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to our investment advisor. Under the administration agreement, administrative expenses for services provided for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled $1.8 million, $1.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

Conflicts of Interest

Our investment advisor may in the future manage investment vehicles with similar or overlapping investment strategies and has put in place a conflict-resolution policy that addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act and the allocation of investment opportunities. The 1940 Act generally prohibits us from making certain negotiated co-investments with affiliates unless we first obtain an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. On March 27, 2012, the SEC granted us an order for exemptive relief to allow us to take certain actions that would otherwise be prohibited by the 1940 Act, as applicable to BDCs. In particular, this relief permitted Fidus Investment Corporation and Fidus Mezzanine Capital, L.P. to operate effectively as one company by specifically allowing them to engage in certain transactions with each other and invest in securities in which the other is or proposes to be an investor. On June 2, 2014, we received an amended exemptive order that extended the previous granted relief to apply to Fidus Mezzanine Capital II, L.P. and any future subsidiary of Fidus Investment Corporation.

Where co-investments can be made, or where an investment opportunity becomes available to one investment vehicle managed by our investment advisor, then an equitable allocation must be made with respect to the investment. Our investment advisor will seek to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities when we invest alongside other accounts managed by our investment advisor. When we invest alongside such other accounts as permitted, such investments will be made consistent with our investment advisor’s allocation policy. The allocation policy provides that allocations among us and other accounts will be based on certain factors determined by our investment advisor, including but not limited to: (1) the targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions for the entity, including those imposed by the entities organizational documents, policies, applicable laws, rules, regulations or interpretations; (2) the risk and return profile for the entity; (3) the suitability/priority of a particular investment for the entity; (4) if applicable, the target position size of the investment for the entity; and (5) the level of available cash for investment with respect to the particular entity.

In addition, certain members of our investment advisor and its investment committees are also members of Fidus Partners, LLC, a merchant banking firm. Fidus Partners, LLC may in the future serve as an advisor to our portfolio companies and we may invest in companies that Fidus Partners, LLC is advising. Fidus Partners, LLC may receive fees in connection with these advisory services, subject to regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act.

 

-88-

---

Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 13, 2015 by each of our executive officers and independent directors and all of our directors and executive officers as a group. As of April 13, 2015, we are not aware of any 5.0% beneficial owners of our common stock, nor are we aware of any person who controls us, “control” being defined as the beneficial ownership of more than 25.0% of our common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. There is no common stock subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 13, 2015. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 16,113,152 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 13, 2015. The business address of each person below is 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201.

 

Name and Address		Number of Shares Beneficially Owned (1)		Percentage of Class		Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned(2)(3)
Interested Directors:
Edward H. Ross		167,954		1.0%		over $100,000
Thomas C. Lauer		70,500		*		over $100,000
Independent Directors:
Raymond L. Anstiss, Jr. (4)		12,256		*		over $100,000
Charles D. Hyman		21,700		*		over $100,000
John A. Mazzarino		10,262		*		over $100,000
Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors:
Shelby E. Sherard		0		*
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group		282,672		1.8		over $100,000

 

*	Represents less than 1.0%.

(1)	Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act.

(2)	Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.

(3)	The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by our directors is based on a stock price of $16.20 per share as of April 13, 2015.

(4)

Includes 5,246 shares held by Anstiss & Co., P.C. 401(k) Profit Sharing Trust, 2,000 shares held by Mr. Anstiss’s son and 2,000 shares held by Mr. Anstiss’s daughter. Mr. Anstiss has discretionary voting and investment power over the 5,246 shares held by Anstiss & Co., P.C. 401(k) Profit Sharing Trust, the 2,000 shares held by his son and the 2,000 shares held by his daughter.

 

-89-

---

Table of Contents

SALES OF COMMON STOCK BELOW NET ASSET VALUE

On June 4, 2014, our stockholders approved our ability to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock at a discount from net asset value per share for a period of one year ending on the earlier of June 4, 2015 or the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. In order to sell shares pursuant to this authorization a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the sale or issuance and a majority of our independent directors must (a) find that the sale or issuance is in our best interests and in the best interests of our stockholders, and (b) in consultation with any underwriter or underwriters of the offering, make a good faith determination as of a time either immediately prior to the first solicitation by us or on our behalf of firm commitments to purchase such shares, or immediately prior to the issuance of such shares, that the price at which such shares are to be sold or otherwise issued is not less than a price which closely approximates the market value of such shares, less any distributing commission or discount. It should be noted that the maximum number of shares issuable below net asset value pursuant to this authority that could result in such dilution is limited to 25% of the Company’s then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such sale. Any offering of common stock below net asset value per share will be designed to raise capital for investment in accordance with our investment objective.

In making a determination that an offering below net asset value per share is in our and our stockholders’ best interests, our board of directors would consider a variety of factors including:

 

•

The effect that an offering below net asset value per share would have on our stockholders, including the potential dilution they would experience as a result of the offering;

 

•

The amount per share by which the offering price per share and the net proceeds per share are less than the most recently determined net asset value per share;

 

•

The relationship of recent market prices of our common stock to net asset value per share and the potential impact of the offering on the market price per share of our common stock;

 

•

Whether the estimated offering price would closely approximate the market value of our shares;

 

•

The potential market impact of being able to raise capital during the current financial market difficulties;

 

•

The nature of any new investors anticipated to acquire shares in the offering;

 

•

The anticipated rate of return on and quality, type and availability of investments; and

 

•

The leverage available to us.

Sales or other issuances by us of our common stock at a discount from net asset value pose potential risks for our existing stockholders whether or not they participate in the offering, as well as for new investors who participate in the offering.

The following three headings and accompanying tables will explain and provide hypothetical examples on the impact of an offering at a price less than net asset value per share on three different set of investors:

 

•

existing stockholders who do not purchase any shares in the offering;

 

•

existing stockholders who purchase a relative small amount of shares in the offering or a relatively large amount of shares in the offering; and

 

•

new investors who become stockholders by purchasing shares in the offering.

Impact On Existing Stockholders Who Do Not Participate in the Offering

Our existing stockholders who do not participate in an offering below net asset value per share or who do not buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price we obtain in the offering (after expenses and commissions) face the greatest potential risks. These stockholders will experience an immediate decrease (often called dilution) in the net asset value of the shares they hold and their net asset value per share. These stockholders will also experience a disproportionately greater decrease in their participation in our earnings and assets and their

 

-90-

---

Table of Contents

voting power than the increase we will experience in our assets, potential earning power and voting interests due to the offering. These stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential increases and decreases in net asset value per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discounts increases.

The following table illustrates the level of net asset value dilution that would be experienced by a nonparticipating stockholder in three different hypothetical offerings of different sizes and levels of discount from net asset value per share, although it is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur. Actual sales prices and discounts may differ from the presentation below.

The examples assume that Company XYZ has 1,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding, $15,000,000 in total assets and $5,000,000 in total liabilities. The current net asset value and net asset value per share are thus $10,000,000 and $10.00. The table illustrates the dilutive effect on nonparticipating Stockholder A of (1) an offering of 50,000 shares (5.0% of the outstanding shares) at $9.50 per share after offering expenses and commission (a 5.0% discount from net asset value), (2) an offering of 100,000 shares (10.0% of the outstanding shares) at $9.00 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 10.0% discount from net asset value) and (3) an offering of 200,000 shares (20.0% of the outstanding shares) at $8.00 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 20.0% discount from net asset value). The acronym “NAV” stands for “net asset value.”

 

						Example 1 5.0% Offering at 5.0% Discount								Example 1 10.0% Offering at 10.0% Discount								Example 1 20.0% Offering at 20.0% Discount
		Prior to Sale Below NAV				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Offering Price
Price per Share to Public			—			$	10.00				—			$	9.47				—			$	8.42				—
Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer			—			$	9.50				—			$	9.00				—			$	8.00				—
Decrease to NAV
Total Shares Outstanding			1,000,000				1,050,000				5.00	%			1,100,000				10.00	%			1,200,000				20.00	%
NAV per Share		$	10.00			$	9.98				(0.24	)%		$	9.91				(0.91	)%		$	9.67				(3.33	)%
Dilution to Stockholder
Shares Held by Stockholder A			10,000				10,000				—				10,000				—				10,000				—
Percentage Held by Stockholder A			1.0	%			0.95	%			(4.76	)%			0.91	%			(9.09	)%			0.83	%			(16.67	)%
Total Asset Values
Total NAV Held by Stockholder A		$	100,000			$	99,762				(0.24	)%		$	99,091				(0.91	)%		$	96,667				(3.33	)%
Total Investment by Stockholder A (Assumed to Be $10.00 per Share)		$	100,000			$	100,000				—			$	100,000				—			$	100,000				—
Total Dilution to Stockholder A (Total NAV Less Total Investment)			—			$	(238	)			—			$	(909	)			—			$	(3,333	)			—
Per Share Amounts
NAV per Share Held by Stockholder A			—			$	9.98				—			$	9.91				—			$	9.67				—
Investment per Share Held by Stockholder A (Assumed to be $10.00 per Share on Shares Held Prior to Sale)		$	10.00			$	10.00				—			$	10.00				—			$	10.00				—
Dilution per Share Held by Stockholder A (NAV per Share Less Investment per Share)			—			$	(0.02	)			—			$	(0.09	)			—			$	(0.33	)			—
Percentage Dilution to Stockholder A (Dilution per Share Divided by Investment per Share)			—				—				(0.24	)%			—				(0.91	)%			—				(3.33	)%

 

-91-

---

Table of Contents

Impact On Existing Stockholders Who Do Participate in the Offering

Our existing stockholders who participate in an offering below net asset value per share or who buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price as we obtain in the offering (after expenses and commissions) will experience the same types of net asset value dilution as the nonparticipating stockholders, albeit at a lower level, to the extent they purchase less than the same percentage of the discounted offering as their interest in our shares immediately prior to the offering. The level of net asset value dilution will decrease as the number of shares such stockholders purchase increases. Existing stockholders who buy more than such percentage will experience net asset value dilution but will, in contrast to existing stockholders who purchase less than their proportionate share of the offering, experience an increase (often called accretion) in net asset value per share over their investment per share and will also experience a disproportionately greater increase in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests due to the offering. The level of accretion will increase as the excess number of shares such stockholder purchases increases. Even a stockholder who over participates will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such stockholder does not participate, in which case such a stockholder will experience net asset value dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential increases and decreases in net asset value per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and the level of discounts increases.

The following table illustrates the level of dilution and accretion in the hypothetical 20.0% discount offering from the prior table (Example 3) for a stockholder that acquires shares equal to (1) 50.0% of its proportionate share of the offering (i.e., 1,000 shares, which is 0.5% of an offering of 200,000 shares) rather than its 1.0% proportionate share and (2) 150% of such percentage (i.e. 3,000 shares, which is 1.5% of an offering of 200,000 shares rather than its 1.0% proportionate share). The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a table for these examples based on the actual number of shares in such offering and the actual discount from the most recently determined net asset value per share. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur. Actual sales prices and discounts may differ from the presentation below.

 

-92-

---

Table of Contents

						50.0% Participation								150.0% Participation
		Prior to Sale Below NAV				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Offering Price
Price per Share to Public			—			$	8.42				—			$	8.42				—
Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer			—			$	8.00				—			$	8.00				—
Decrease/Increase to NAV
Total Shares Outstanding			1,000,000				1,200,000				20.00	%			1,200,000				20.00	%
NAV per Share		$	10.00			$	9.67				(3.33	)%		$	9.67				(3.33	)%
Dilution/Accretion to Participating Stockholder
Shares Held by Stockholder A			10,000				11,000				10.00	%			13,000				30.00	%
Percentage Held by Stockholder A			1.0	%			0.92	%			(8.33	)%			1.08	%			8.33	%
Total Asset Values
Total NAV Held by Stockholder A		$	100,000			$	106,333				6.33	%		$	125,667				25.67	%
Total Investment by Stockholder A (Assumed to Be $10.00 per Share on Shares Held Prior to Sale)		$	100,000			$	108,421				—			$	125,263				—
Total Dilution/Accretion to Stockholder A (Total NAV Less Total Investment)			—			$	(2,088	)			—			$	404				—
Per Share Amounts
NAV per Share Held by Stockholder A			—			$	9.67				—			$	9.67				—
Investment per Share Held by Stockholder A (Assumed to be $10.00 per Share on Shares Held Prior to Sale)		$	10.00			$	9.86				—			$	9.64				—
Dilution/Accretion per Share Held by Stockholder A (NAV per Share Less Investment per Share)			—			$	(0.19	)			—			$	0.03				—
Percentage Dilution / Accretion to Stockholder A (Dilution/Accretion per Share Divided by Investment per Share)			—				—				(1.93	)%			—				0.32	%

Impact On New Investors

Investors who are not currently stockholders and who participate in an offering below net asset value but whose investment per share is greater than the resulting net asset value per share due to selling compensation and expenses paid by the issuer will experience an immediate decrease, albeit small, in the net asset value of their shares and their net asset value per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. Investors who are not currently stockholders and who participate in an offering below net asset value per share and whose investment per share is also less than the resulting net asset value per share due to selling compensation and expenses paid by the issuer being significantly less than the discount per share will experience an immediate increase in the net asset value of their shares and their net asset value per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. These investors will experience a disproportionately greater participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests. These investors will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such new stockholder does not participate, in which case such new stockholder will experience dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These investors may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential increases and decreases in net asset value per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discounts increases.

 

-93-

---

Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the level of dilution or accretion for new investors that would be experienced by a new investor in the same hypothetical 5.0%, 10.0% and 20.0% discounted offerings as described in the first table above. The illustration is for a new investor who purchases the same percentage (1.0%) of the shares in the offering as Stockholder A in the prior examples held immediately prior to the offering. The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a table for these examples based on the actual number of shares in such offering and the actual discount from the most recently determined net asset value per share. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur. Actual sales prices and discounts may differ from the presentation below.

 

						Example 1 5.0% Offering at 5.0% Discount								Example 2 10.0% Offering at 10.0% Discount								Example 3 20.0% Offering at 20.0% Discount
		Prior to Sale Below NAV				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Offering Price
Price per Share to Public			—			$	10.00				—			$	9.47				—			$	8.42				—
Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer			—			$	9.50				—			$	9.00				—			$	8.00				—
Decrease/Increase to NAV
Total Shares Outstanding			1,000,000				1,050,000				5.00	%			1,100,000				10.00	%			1,200,000				20.00	%
NAV per Share		$	10.00			$	9.98				(0.24	)%		$	9.91				(0.91	)%		$	9.67				(3.33	)%
Dilution/Accretion to New Investor A
Shares Held by Investor A			—				500				—				1,000				—				2,000				—
Percentage Held by Investor A			—				0.05	%			—				0.09	%			—				0.17	%			—
Total Asset Values
Total NAV Held by Investor A			—			$	4,988				—			$	9,909				—			$	19,333				—
Total Investment by Investor A (At Price to Public)			—			$	5,000				—			$	9,474				—			$	16,842				—
Total Dilution / Accretion to Investor A (Total NAV Less Total Investment)			—			$	(12	)			—			$	435				—			$	2,491				—
Per Share Amounts
NAV per Share Held by Investor A			—			$	9.98				—			$	9.91				—			$	9.67				—
Investment per Share Held by Investor A			—			$	10.00				—			$	9.47				—			$	8.42				—
Dilution / Accretion per Share Held by Investor A (NAV per Share Less Investment per Share)			—			$	(0.02	)			—			$	0.44				—			$	1.25				—
Percentage Dilution / Accretion to Investor A (Dilution per Share Divided by Investment per Share)			—				—				(0.24	)%			—				4.60	%			—				14.79	%

 

-94-

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of our distributions on behalf of our stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash as provided below. As a result, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash distribution, then our stockholders who have not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution.

No action is required on the part of a registered stockholder to have their cash distribution reinvested in shares of our common stock. A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying American Stock Transfer & Trust, LLC, the plan administrator and our transfer agent and registrar, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than three days prior to the payment date for distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has not elected to receive distributions in cash and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan, received in writing not less than three days prior to the payment date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to and/or carrying shares in the participant’s account, issue a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share.

Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

We intend to use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, so long as our shares are trading at or above net asset value. If our shares are trading below net asset value, we intend to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on the valuation date fixed for such distribution. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the distribution cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated.

There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the plan. The plan administrator’s fees will be paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a $0.10 per share brokerage commissions from the proceeds.

Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of stock are subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash; however, since their cash distributions will be reinvested, such stockholders will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes on reinvested distributions. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a distribution from us will be equal to the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to the stockholder. Any stock received in a distribution will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator via its website at www.amstock.com or by filling out the transaction request form located at bottom of their statement and sending it to the plan administrator.

 

-95-

---

Table of Contents

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any distribution by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at Post Office Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, New York 10269-0560, or by the Plan Administrator’s Interactive Voice Response System at 1-877-573-4005.

If you withdraw or the plan is terminated, you will receive the number of whole shares in your account under the plan and a cash payment for any fraction of a share in your account.

If you hold your common stock with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the plan, you will not be able to participate in the plan, and any distribution reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial advisor for more information.

 

-96-

---

Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in shares of our common stock. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to us or to investors in such an investment. For example, we have not described tax consequences that we assume to be generally known by investors or certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, financial institutions, U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons who mark-to-market our shares and persons who hold our shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge” or “conversion” transaction. This summary assumes that investors hold shares of our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and do not intend to seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding any offer and sale of our securities under this prospectus. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

For purposes of our discussion, a “U.S. stockholder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

•

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

•

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

•

a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person.

For purposes of our discussion, a “Non-U.S. stockholder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is neither a U.S. stockholder nor a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or member of the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Each partner in a partnership that is considering acquiring shares of our common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

Taxation in Connection with Holding Securities other than our Common Stock

We intend to describe in any prospectus supplement related to the offering of preferred stock, subscription rights, debt securities, or warrants to purchase our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to such securities as will be sold by us pursuant to that prospectus supplement, including the taxation of any debt securities that will be sold at an original issue discount, and the tax treatment of sales, exchanges or retirements of our debt securities.

 

-97-

---

Table of Contents

Election to be Taxed as a RIC

We have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders. To maintain our status as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order to maintain our status as a RIC, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90.0% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gain over realized net long-term capital loss, or the Annual Distribution Requirement. Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income in excess of current year distributions into the next tax year and pay a 4.0% excise tax on such income. In such case, we must distribute any such carryover taxable income through a distribution declared prior to filing the final tax return for the year in which we generated such taxable income. Even if we maintain our status as a RIC, we generally will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on our undistributed taxable income and could be subject to U.S. federal excise, state, local and foreign taxes.

Taxation as a RIC

Provided that we maintain our status as a RIC and satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain (which is defined as net long-term capital gain in excess of net short-term capital loss) that we timely distribute to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gain not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

We will be subject to a 4.0% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98.0% of our investment company taxable income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year (or, if we so elect, for that calendar year) and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in the preceding calendar year and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax.

In order to maintain our status as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

 

•

meet the Annual Distribution Requirement;

 

•

qualify to be treated as a BDC or be registered as a management investment company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

 

•

derive in each taxable year at least 90.0% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or other securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (as defined in Subchapter M of the Code), or the 90% Income Test; and

 

•

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

•

at least 50.0% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5.0% of the value of our assets or more than 10.0% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer (which for these purposes includes the equity securities of a “qualified publicly traded partnership”); and

 

•

no more than 25.0% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other RICs, (i) of one issuer (ii) of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (iii) of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or the Diversification Tests.

 

-98-

---

Table of Contents

To the extent that we invest in entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (other than a “qualified publicly traded partnership”), we generally must include our allocable share of the items of gross income derived by the partnerships for purposes of the 90% Income Test, and the income that is derived from a partnership (other than, a “qualified publicly traded partnership”) will be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test only to the extent that such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by us directly. In addition, we generally must take into account our proportionate share of the assets held by partnerships (other than a “qualified publicly traded partnership”) in which we are a partner for purposes of the Diversification Tests.

In order to meet the 90% Income Test, we have established several special purpose corporations, and in the future may establish additional such corporations, to hold assets from which we do not anticipate earning dividends, interest or other qualifying income under the 90% Income Test (the “Taxable Subsidiaries”). Any investments held through the Taxable Subsidiaries are generally subject to U.S. federal income and other taxes, and therefore we can expect to achieve a reduced after-tax yield on such investments.

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount or debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest, we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation and payment-in-kind interest, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to our receipt of cash.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

Furthermore, a portfolio company in which we invest may face financial difficulty that requires us to work-out, modify or otherwise restructure our investment in the portfolio company. Any such restructuring may result in unusable capital losses and future non-cash income. Any restructuring may also result in our recognition of a substantial amount of non-qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test, such as cancellation of indebtedness income in connection with the work-out of a leveraged investment (which, while not free from doubt, may be treated as non-qualifying income) or the receipt of other non-qualifying income.

Gain or loss realized by us from warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term or short-term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.

Investments by us in non-U.S. securities may be subject to non-U.S. income, withholding and other taxes, and therefore, our yield on any such securities may be reduced by such non-U.S. taxes. Stockholders will generally not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to non-U.S. taxes paid by us.

Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and to avoid corporate-level U.S. federal income tax and the 4.0% U.S. federal excise tax. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Regulation — Qualifying Assets” and “Regulation — Senior Securities.” Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and to avoid corporate-level U.S. federal income tax and the 4.0% U.S. federal excise tax may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or to avoid corporate-level U.S. federal income tax or the 4.0% U.S. federal excise tax, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

 

-99-

---

Table of Contents

If we fail to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement or otherwise fail to qualify as a RIC in any taxable year, we will be subject to tax in that year on all of our taxable income, regardless of whether we make any distributions to our stockholders. In that case, all of such income will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax, reducing the amount available to be distributed to our stockholders. See “— Failure To Qualify as a RIC” below.

As a RIC, we are not allowed to carry forward or carry back a net operating loss for purposes of computing our investment company taxable income in other taxable years. U.S. federal income tax law generally permits a RIC to carry forward (i) the excess of its net short-term capital loss over its net long-term capital gain for a given year as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the following year and (ii) the excess of its net long-term capital loss over its net short-term capital gain for a given year as a long- term capital loss arising on the first day of the following year. However, future transactions we engage in may cause our ability to use any capital loss carryforwards, and unrealized losses once realized, to be limited under Section 382 of the Code.

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions, and (vii) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We will monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.

As described above, to the extent that we invest in equity securities of entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the effect of such investments for purposes of the 90% Income Test and the Diversification Tests will depend on whether or not the partnership is a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (as defined in Subchapter M of the Code). If the partnership is a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” the net income derived from such investments will be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test and will be “securities” for purposes of the Diversification Tests. If the partnership, however, is not treated as a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” then the consequences of an investment in the partnership will depend upon the amount and type of income and assets of the partnership allocable to us. The income derived from such investments may not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test and, therefore, could adversely affect our qualification as a RIC. We intend to monitor our investments in equity securities of entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes to prevent our disqualification as a RIC.

We may invest in preferred securities or other securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the expected tax treatment, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized, requiring us to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change our portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to RICs under Subchapter M of the Code.

We may make distributions that are payable in cash or shares of our stock at the election of each stockholder. Under certain applicable provisions of Subchapter M of the Code and the Treasury regulations, distributions payable in cash or in shares of stock at the election of stockholders may be treated as taxable dividends to the extent of the distributing corporation’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. The Internal Revenue Service has issued private letter rulings indicating that such treatment will apply under circumstances in which the total amount of cash distributed is limited to as little as 20.0% of the total distribution. If we decide to make any distributions that are payable in part in shares of our stock, U.S. stockholders receiving such distributions will be required to include the full amount of the distribution (whether received in cash, shares of our stock, or a combination thereof) as ordinary income (or as long-term capital gain to the extent such distribution is properly reported as a capital gain dividend) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. As a result, a U.S. stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such distributions in excess of any cash received. If a

 

-100-

---

Table of Contents

U.S. stockholder sells the stock it receives in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the distribution, depending on the market price of our stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. federal tax with respect to such distributions, including in respect of all or a portion of such distributions that are payable in stock. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our stock in order to pay taxes owed on such distributions, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of shares of our stock.

We may decide to retain some or all of our long-term capital gains in excess of the amount required to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, but designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount on behalf of the stockholders. Each U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. Since non-U.S. stockholders generally would not have U.S. tax liability with respect to the deemed capital gain distribution, they would not be entitled to credit the tax paid by us for U.S. tax purposes. Whether non-U.S. stockholders could claim a credit with respect to their non-U.S. tax liability will depend on the foreign tax credit rules of the country in which they are a resident.

Failure To Obtain RIC Tax Treatment

If we fail to satisfy the 90% Income Test or the Diversification Tests for any taxable year, we may nevertheless continue to qualify as a RIC for such year if certain relief provisions are applicable (which may, among other things, require us to pay certain corporate-level U.S. federal taxes or to dispose of certain assets).

If we were unable to obtain tax treatment as a RIC, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would distributions be compulsory. Distributions would generally be taxable to our stockholders as dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits (in the case of noncorporate U.S. stockholders, at a maximum federal income tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income of 20.0%). Subject to certain limitations under Subchapter M of the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain.

If we fail to meet the RIC requirements for more than two consecutive years and then seek to re-qualify as a RIC, we would be subject to corporate-level taxation on any built-in gain recognized during the succeeding 10-year period unless we made a special election to recognize all such built-in gain upon our re-qualification as a RIC and pay the corporate-level tax on such built-in gain.

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

Whether an investment in shares of our common stock is appropriate for a U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in shares of our common stock by a U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. The following summary generally describes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in shares of our common stock by taxable U.S. stockholders. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors before making an investment in our common stock.

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gain. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our ordinary income excluding net capital gain) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to noncorporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions generally will be eligible for taxation at rates applicable to “qualifying dividends” (at a maximum tax rate of 20.0%) provided that we properly report such distribution as “qualified dividend income” in a written statement furnished to our stockholders and certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied. In this regard, it is not anticipated that a significant portion of distributions paid by us will be attributable to qualifying dividends; therefore, our distributions generally will not qualify for the preferential rates applicable to qualified dividend income. Distributions of our net capital gain (which

 

-101-

---

Table of Contents

is generally our net long-term capital gain in excess of net short-term capital loss) properly designated by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gain (at a maximum rate of 20.0% in the case of individuals, trusts or estates), regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to such U.S. stockholder.

In order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement we intend to distribute any long-term capital gain at least annually; however, we may in the future decide to retain some or all of our long-term capital gain, but designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its proportionate share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for his, her or its common stock. Since we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gain at our regular corporate tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on net capital gain, the amount of tax that individual stockholders will be treated as having paid and for which they will receive a credit will exceed the tax they owe on the retained net capital gain. Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a stockholder’s liability for U.S. federal income tax. A stockholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or otherwise required to file a U.S. federal income tax return would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

We could be subject to the alternative minimum tax, or the AMT, but any items that are treated differently for AMT purposes must be apportioned between us and our stockholders and this may affect U.S. stockholders’ AMT liabilities. Although regulations explaining the precise method of apportionment have not yet been issued, such items will generally be apportioned in the same proportion that distributions paid to each stockholder bear to our taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction), unless a different method for a particular item is warranted under the circumstances.

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in any such month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution, and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though it represents a return of his, her or its investment.

A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our common stock. The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. The ability to otherwise deduct capital loss may be subject to other limitations under the Code.

 

-102-

---

Table of Contents

In general, noncorporate U.S. stockholders, including individuals, trusts and estates, are subject to U.S. federal income tax (at a maximum rate of 20.0%) on their net capital gain, or the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year, including a long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35.0% rate also applied to ordinary income. Noncorporate stockholders with net capital loss for a year (which we define as capital loss in excess of capital gain) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital loss of a noncorporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital loss for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

Certain U.S. stockholders who are individuals, estates or trusts generally will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare tax on, among other things, dividends on, and capital gain from the sale or other disposition of shares, of our common stock.

A “publicly offered” RIC is a RIC whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. If we are not a publicly offered RIC for any period, a noncorporate stockholder’s pro rata portion of our affected expenses, including our management fees, will be treated as an additional distribution to the stockholder and will be deductible by such stockholder only to the extent permitted under the limitations described below. For noncorporate stockholders, including individuals, trusts, and estates, significant limitations generally apply to the deductibility of certain expenses of a nonpublicly offered RIC, including advisory fees. In particular, these expenses, referred to as miscellaneous itemized deductions, are deductible only to individuals to the extent they exceed 2.0% of such a stockholder’s adjusted gross income, and are not deductible for AMT purposes. Because we anticipate that shares of our common stock will continue to be regularly traded on an established securities market, we believe that we will continue to qualify as a publicly offered RIC.

We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a written statement detailing, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the U.S. federal income tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the current 20.0% maximum rate). Distributions paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to qualifying dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation.

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax, or backup withholding (at a rate of 28.0%), from all taxable distributions to any noncorporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax, and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.

For taxable years beginning after June 30, 2014, if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied, a U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30.0% rate will be imposed on dividends received by U.S. stockholders that own their stock through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries. In addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2016, if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied, a U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30.0% rate will be imposed on proceeds of sale in respect of our stock received by U.S. stockholders that own their stock through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld.

 

-103-

---

Table of Contents

Under applicable Treasury regulations, if a stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of our stock of $2 million or more for an individual, S corporation, trust, or a partnership with at least one noncorporate partner or $10 million or more for a stockholder that is either a corporation or a partnership with only corporate partners in any single taxable year (or a greater loss over a combination of years), the stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886 (or successor form). Direct stockholders of portfolio securities in many cases are excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to stockholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Significant monetary penalties apply to a failure to comply with this reporting requirement. States may also have a similar reporting requirement. Stockholders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisers before investing in our common stock.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. stockholders that are not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. stockholder, generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30.0% (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, unless an applicable exception applies.

Under a provision that applied to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2015, properly reported dividends received by a Non-U.S. stockholder generally were exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (a) were paid in respect of our “qualified net interest income” (generally, our U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we are at least a 10.0% stockholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (b) were paid in connection with our “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Although this provision has been subject to previous extensions, we cannot be certain whether this exception will apply for any taxable years beginning after December 31, 2014. If this exception is extended, and depending on the circumstances, we may report all, some or none of our potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding if extended, a Non-U.S. stockholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute or successor form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary could withhold tax even if we properly report the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. stockholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gain to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gain realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, that are not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. stockholder, will generally not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the Non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements. However, withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30.0% on the capital gain of nonresident alien individuals who are physically present in the United States for more than the 182 day period only applies in exceptional cases because any individual present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year is generally treated as a resident for U.S. income tax purposes; in that case, he or she would be subject to U.S. income tax on his or her worldwide income at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, rather than the 30.0% U.S. federal withholding tax.

If we distribute our net capital gain in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gain deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a

 

-104-

---

Table of Contents

U.S. federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return. Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” and net capital gain (including deemed distributions) to Non-U.S. stockholders, and gain realized by Non-U.S. stockholders upon the sale of our common stock that is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. stockholder (or if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a “permanent establishment” in the United States), will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents and domestic corporations. Corporate Non-U.S. stockholders may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30.0% imposed by the Code (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty). In the case of a non-corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, we may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax from distributions that are otherwise exempt from withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced rate) unless the Non-U.S. stockholder certifies his or her foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.

The tax consequences to a Non-U.S. stockholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Non-U.S. stockholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in our shares.

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a nonresident alien individual may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

For taxable years beginning after June 30, 2014, if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied, a U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30.0% rate will be imposed on dividends received by certain Non-U.S. stockholders. In addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2016, if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied, a U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30.0% rate will be imposed on proceeds of sale in respect of shares of our stock received by certain Non-U.S. stockholders. If payment of withholding taxes is required, Non-U.S. stockholders that are otherwise eligible for an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding taxes with respect to such dividends and proceeds will be required to seek a refund from the IRS to obtain the benefit of such exemption or reduction. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld.

Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.

Possible Legislative or Other Actions Affecting Tax Considerations

Prospective investors should recognize that the present U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in our stock may be modified by legislative, judicial or administrative action at any time, and that any such action may affect investments and commitments previously made. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process any by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department, resulting in revisions of regulations and revised interpretations of established concepts as well as statutory changes. Revisions in U.S. federal tax laws and interpretations thereof could adversely affect the tax consequences of an investment in our stock.

The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice, and potential investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning the tax considerations relevant to their particular situation.

 

-105-

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following description is based on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and on our charter and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

Capital Stock

Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 16,113,152 were outstanding as of April 13, 2015. Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “FDUS.” There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plan. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

Under our charter, our board of directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock without obtaining stockholder approval. As permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that the board of directors, without any action by our stockholders, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.

Common Stock

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, voting, and distributions and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of assets legally available therefor. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will be unable to elect any director.

Long-Term Debt

The debentures issued by the Funds to the SBA have a maturity of ten years and bear interest semi-annually at fixed rates. As of December 31, 2014, the Funds had $173.5 million of SBA debentures. With $112.5 million of regulatory capital as of December 31, 2014, the Funds have the current capacity to issue up to a total of $51.5 million of SBA debentures.

Credit Facility

On June 16, 2015, we entered into a $30.0 million senior secured revolving credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with certain lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC, as administrative agent. The Credit Facility, which matures on June 16, 2018, had an initial commitment of $30.0 million and an accordion feature that allows for an increase in the total commitments up to $75.0 million, subject to certain customary conditions and the satisfaction of specified financial covenants.

On December 19, 2014, we amended the Credit Facility to (i) increase the commitment from $30.0 million to $50.0 million until certain financial conditions are met and (ii) allow FIC to buy-back up to $10.0 million of our common stock subject to the satisfaction of specified financial covenants and conditions. The Credit Facility continues to have an accordion feature which allows for an increase in the total commitment up to $75.0 million.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, subject to our election, on a per annum basis equal to (i) the alternate base rate plus 2.5% or (ii) the applicable LIBOR rate plus 3.5%. The alternate base rate is equal to the greater of (i) prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or (iii) the three-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%. We pay a commitment fee ranging from 0.5% to 1.0% per annum on undrawn amounts.

 

-106-

---

Table of Contents

Borrowings under the Credit Facility are subject to, among other things, a minimum borrowing/collateral base. The Credit Facility is secured primarily by our assets, excluding the assets of our wholly-owned SBIC subsidiaries. We have made customary representations and warranties and are required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities.

Outstanding Securities

The following table shows our outstanding classes of securities:

 

(a) Title of Class		(b) Amount Authorized				(c) Amount Held by us or for Our Account				(d) Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Amounts Shown Under (c)
Common Stock			100,000,000				—				16,051,037
SBA Debentures		$	225.0 million	(1)			—			$	173.5 million
Credit Facility		$	50.0 million	(2)			—			$	10.0 million

 

(1)	Based on $112.5 million of regulatory capital as of December 31, 2014. For more information regarding our limitations as to SBA debenture issuances, see “Regulation — Small Business Administration Regulations.”

(2)	Commitment increased from $30.0 million to $50.0 million on December 19, 2014.

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

Our charter authorizes us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of us in any of the capacities described above and any of our employees or agents or any employees or agents of our predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they

 

-107-

---

Table of Contents

may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received unless, in either case, a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer in advance of final disposition of a proceeding upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements provide our directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Maryland law and the 1940 Act.

We have purchased directors’ and officers’ insurance policies covering our directors and officers and us for any acts and omissions committed, attempted or allegedly committed by any director or officer during the policy period. The policy is subject to customary exclusions.

Certain Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquiror to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

Classified Board of Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. The terms of the first, second and third classes expire in 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and in each case, those directors will serve until their successors are elected and qualify. Directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify and each year one class of directors will be elected by the stockholders. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

Election of Directors

Our charter and bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a plurality of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present is required to elect a director. Pursuant to our bylaws our board of directors may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

Number of Directors; Vacancies; Removal

Our charter provides that the number of directors will be set only by the board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than one nor more than eight. Except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

-108-

---

Table of Contents

Our charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause, as defined in our charter, and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors.

Action by Stockholders

Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or (unless the charter provides for stockholder action by less than unanimous written consent, which our charter does not) by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. These provisions, combined with the requirements of our bylaws regarding the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting of stockholders discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (a) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (b) by the board of directors or (c) by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving notice and at the time of the annual meeting and who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of our bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only (a) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (b) by the board of directors or (c) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving notice and at the time of the annual meeting and who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of (a) precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and (b) discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the chairman of our board of directors, our President and our board of directors. Additionally, our bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by the secretary of the corporation upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Action; Amendment of Charter and Bylaws

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, a Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of

 

-109-

---

Table of Contents

these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter provides that certain charter amendments, any proposal for our conversion, whether by charter amendment, merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company and any proposal for our liquidation or dissolution requires the approval of the stockholders entitled to cast at least 80.0% of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter. However, if such amendment or proposal is approved by a majority of our continuing directors (in addition to approval by our board of directors), such amendment or proposal may be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such a matter. The “continuing directors” are defined in our charter as (a) our current directors, (b) those directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of our current directors then on the board of directors or (c) any successor directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of continuing directors or the successor continuing directors then in office.

Our charter and bylaws provide that the board of directors has the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our bylaws.

No Appraisal Rights

Except with respect to appraisal rights arising in connection with the Control Share Act discussed below, as permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that stockholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless a majority of the board of directors shall determine such rights apply.

Control Share Acquisitions

The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter (the “Control Share Act”). Shares owned by the acquiror, by officers or by directors who are employees of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquiror or in respect of which the acquiror is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

•

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

•

one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

•

a majority or more of all voting power.

The requisite stockholder approval must be obtained each time an acquiror crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including, as provided in our bylaws compliance with the 1940 Act. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiror or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition.

 

-110-

---

Table of Contents

The Control Share Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Act any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future. However, we will amend our bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Act only if the board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act.

Business Combinations

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder (the “Business Combination Act”). These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

 

•

any person who beneficially owns 10.0% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

 

•

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10.0% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder under this statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the stockholder otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

•

80.0% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

•

two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution, subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act, that any business combination between us and any other person is exempted from the provisions of the Business Combination Act, provided that the business combination is first approved by the board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. This resolution may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time; however, our board of directors will adopt resolutions so as to make us subject to the provisions of the Business Combination Act only if the board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Business

 

-111-

---

Table of Contents

Combination Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. If this resolution is repealed, or the board of directors does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Conflict with 1940 Act

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, including the Control Share Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act, or any provision of our charter or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock, including preferred stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors is required by Maryland law and by our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

The 1940 Act generally requires that (1) immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50.0% of our total assets less liabilities not represented by indebtedness, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if distributions on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a BDC. Further, the 1940 Act requires that any distributions we make on preferred stock be cumulative. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.

For any series of preferred stock that we may issue, our board of directors will determine and the prospectus supplement relating to such series will describe:

 

•

the designation and number of shares of such series;

 

•

the rate and time at which, and the preferences and conditions under which, any distributions will be paid on shares of such series, as well as whether such distributions are participating or non-participating;

 

•

any provisions relating to convertibility or exchangeability of the shares of such series;

 

•

the rights and preferences, if any, of holders of shares of such series upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs;

 

•

the voting powers, if any, of the holders of shares of such series;

 

•

any provisions relating to the redemption of the shares of such series;

 

•

any limitations on our ability to pay distributions on, or acquire or redeem, other securities while shares of such series are outstanding;

 

•

any conditions or restrictions on our ability to issue additional shares of such series or other securities;

 

•

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

 

•

any other relative power, preferences and participating, optional or special rights of shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

 

-112-

---

Table of Contents

The preferred stock may be either fixed rate preferred stock or variable rate preferred stock, which is sometimes referred to as “auction rate” preferred stock. All shares of preferred stock that we may issue will be identical and of equal rank except as to the particular terms thereof that may be fixed by our board of directors, and all shares of each series of preferred stock will be identical and of equal rank except as to the dates from which cumulative distributions, if any, thereon will be cumulative. If we issue shares of preferred stock, holders of such preferred stock will be entitled to receive cash distributions at an annual rate that will be fixed or will vary for the successive distribution periods for each series. In general, the distribution periods for fixed rate preferred stock can range from quarterly to weekly and are subject to extension. The distribution rate to be variable and determined for each distribution period.

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

We may issue subscription rights to purchase common stock. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the subscription rights. In connection with any subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we may enter into a standby underwriting or other arrangement with one or more underwriters or other persons pursuant to which such underwriters or other persons would purchase any offered securities remaining unsubscribed for after such subscription rights offering. We will not offer transferable subscription rights to our stockholders at a price equivalent to less than the then current net asset value per share of common stock, excluding underwriting commissions, unless we first file a post-effective amendment that is declared effective by the SEC with respect to such issuance and the common stock to be purchased in connection with the rights represents no more than one-third of our outstanding common stock at the time such rights are issued. In connection with a subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a prospectus supplement to our stockholders on the record date that we set for receiving subscription rights in such subscription rights offering. Our common stockholders will indirectly bear the expenses of such subscription rights offerings, regardless of whether our common stockholders exercise any subscription rights.

The applicable prospectus supplement would describe the following terms of subscription rights in respect of which this prospectus is being delivered:

 

•

the title of such subscription rights;

 

•

the exercise price or a formula for the determination of the exercise price for such subscription rights;

 

•

the number or a formula for the determination of the number of such subscription rights issued to each stockholder;

 

•

the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable;

 

•

if applicable, a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such subscription rights;

 

•

the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights would commence, and the date on which such rights shall expire (subject to any extension);

 

•

the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities;

 

•

if applicable, the material terms of any standby underwriting or other purchase arrangement that we may enter into in connection with the subscription rights offering; and

 

•

any other terms of such subscription rights, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such subscription rights.

 

-113-

---

Table of Contents

Exercise of Subscription Rights

Each subscription right would entitle the holder of the subscription right to purchase for cash such amount of shares of common stock or other securities at such exercise price as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby or another report filed with the SEC. Subscription rights may be exercised at any time up to the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights would become void. We have not previously completed such an offering of subscription rights.

Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement, we will forward, as soon as practicable, the shares of common stock or other securities purchasable upon such exercise. We may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to stockholders, persons other than stockholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, including pursuant to standby underwriting or other arrangements, as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.

DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES

We may issue debt securities in one or more series in the future which, if publicly offered, will be under an indenture to be entered into between us and a trustee. The specific terms of each series of debt securities we publicly offer will be described in the particular prospectus supplement relating to that series. The prospectus supplement may or may not modify the general terms found in this prospectus and will be filed with the SEC. For a complete description of the terms of a particular series of debt securities, you should read both this prospectus and the prospectus supplement relating to that particular series. The description below is a summary with respect to future debt securities we may issue.

As required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a document called an “indenture.” An indenture is a contract between us and the trustee and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce rights of investors against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on behalf of investors. Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us.

Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities we may issue and the indenture. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines rights of a holder of debt securities.

If we offer debt securities in the future, the prospectus supplement, which will accompany this prospectus, will describe the particular series of debt securities being offered, including, among other things:

 

•

the designation or title of the series of debt securities;

 

•

the total principal amount of the series of debt securities;

 

•

the percentage of the principal amount at which the series of debt securities will be offered;

 

•

the date or dates on which principal will be payable;

 

•

the rate or rates (which may be either fixed or variable) and/or the method of determining such rate or rates of interest, if any;

 

•

the date or dates from which any interest will accrue, or the method of determining such date or dates, and the date or dates on which any interest will be payable;

 

-114-

---

Table of Contents

•

the terms for redemption, extension or early repayment, if any;

 

•

the currencies in which the series of debt securities are issued and payable;

 

•

whether the amount of payments of principal, premium or interest, if any, on a series of debt securities will be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which could be based on one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices) and how these amounts will be determined;

 

•

the place or places of payment, transfer, conversion and/or exchange of the debt securities;

 

•

the denominations in which the offered debt securities will be issued;

 

•

the provision for any sinking fund;

 

•

any restrictive covenants;

 

•

any events of default;

 

•

whether the series of debt securities are issuable in certificated form;

 

•

any provisions for defeasance or covenant defeasance;

 

•

any special U.S. federal income tax implications, including, if applicable, U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to original issue discount;

 

•

whether and under what circumstances we will pay additional amounts in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether we will have the option to redeem the debt securities rather than pay the additional amounts (and the terms of this option);

 

•

any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt securities into or for any other securities;

 

•

whether the debt securities are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;

 

•

the listing, if any, on a securities exchange; and

 

•

any other material terms.

The debt securities may be secured or unsecured obligations. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, as a BDC, to issue debt only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200.0% after each issuance of debt. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately available funds.

General

The indenture provides that any debt securities proposed to be sold under this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement (“offered debt securities”) and any debt securities issuable upon the exercise of warrants or upon conversion or exchange of other offered securities (“underlying debt securities”), may be issued under the indenture in one or more series.

For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of principal of or premium or interest, if any, on debt securities will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the debt securities.

 

-115-

---

Table of Contents

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that may be issued thereunder from time to time. Debt securities issued under the indenture, when a single trustee is acting for all debt securities issued under the indenture, are called the “indenture securities.” The indenture also provides that there may be more than one trustee thereunder, each with respect to one or more different series of indenture securities. See “Resignation of Trustee” below. At a time when two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, each with respect to only certain series, the term “indenture securities” means the one or more series of debt securities with respect to which each respective trustee is acting. In the event that there is more than one trustee under the indenture, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee described in this prospectus will extend only to the one or more series of indenture securities for which it is trustee. If two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, then the indenture securities for which each trustee is acting would be treated as if issued under separate indentures.

The indenture does not contain any provisions that give the holder of debt securities protection in the event we issue a large amount of debt or we are acquired by another entity.

We refer you to the applicable prospectus supplement for information with respect to any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default, as defined below, or our covenants that are described below, including any addition of a covenant or other provision providing event risk or similar protection.

We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms different from those of indenture securities previously issued and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen a previous issue of a series of indenture securities and issue additional indenture securities of that series unless the reopening was restricted when that series was created.

We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book entry only form represented by global securities and will specify the method of issuance in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Conversion and Exchange

If any debt securities are convertible into or exchangeable for other securities, the applicable prospectus supplement will explain the terms and conditions of the conversion or exchange, including the conversion price or exchange ratio (or the calculation method), the conversion or exchange period (or how the period will be determined), whether conversion or exchange will be mandatory or at the option of the holder or us, provisions for adjusting the conversion price or the exchange ratio and provisions affecting conversion or exchange in the event of the redemption of the underlying debt securities. These terms may also include provisions under which the number or amount of other securities to be received by the holders of the debt securities upon conversion or exchange would be calculated according to the market price of the other securities as of a time stated in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Payment

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will pay interest to the person listed in the trustee’s records as the owner of the debt security at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on the interest due date. That day, usually about two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling the debt securities must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt securities to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest.”

Payments on Global Securities

We will make payments on a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants.

 

-116-

---

Table of Contents

Payment When Offices Are Closed

If any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made on the original due date, except as otherwise indicated in the attached prospectus supplement. Such payment will not result in a default under any debt security or the indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on their debt securities.

Events of Default

Investors will have rights if an Event of Default, as defined below, occurs with respect to the debt securities of their respective series and the Event of Default is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

The term “Event of Default” with respect to the relevant series of debt securities means any of the following (unless the applicable prospectus supplement or supplemental indenture relating to such debt securities states otherwise):

 

•

We do not pay the principal of any debt security of the series on its due date.

 

•

We do not pay interest on any debt security of the series when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days.

 

•

We remain in breach of any other covenant with respect to the debt securities of the series for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25.0% of the principal amount of debt securities of the issuer.

 

•

We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and, in the case of certain orders or decrees entered against us under any bankruptcy law, such order or decree remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days.

 

•

On the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, we have an asset coverage of less than 100.0%.

 

•

Any other Event of Default with respect to debt securities of the series described in the applicable prospectus supplement or supplemental indenture occurs.

An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default, except in the payment of principal, premium or interest, if it considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

Unless the applicable prospectus supplement specifies otherwise, if an Event of Default has occurred and has not been cured, the trustee or the holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may declare the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. In certain circumstances, a declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series.

The trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee protection reasonably satisfactory to it from expenses and liability (called an “indemnity”). If reasonable indemnity is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

 

-117-

---

Table of Contents

Before a holder of debt securities is allowed to bypass the trustee and bring a lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce the holder’s rights or protect the holder’s interests relating to the debt securities, the following must occur:

 

•

The holder must give the trustee written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured.

 

•

The holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of all outstanding debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer reasonable indemnity to the trustee against the cost and other liabilities of taking that action.

 

•

The trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity.

 

•

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60 day period.

However, the holder is entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on the holder’s debt securities on or after the due date.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may waive any past defaults other than:

 

•

the payment of principal, any premium or interest; or

 

•

in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

Each year, we will furnish to the trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the debt securities, or else specifying any default.

Merger or Consolidation

Under the terms of the indenture, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We are also permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, unless the prospectus supplement relating to certain debt securities states otherwise, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

 

•

Where we merge out of existence or sell our assets, the resulting entity must agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under the debt securities.

 

•

The merger or sale of assets must not cause a default on the debt securities and we must not already be in default (unless the merger or sale would cure the default). For purposes of this no-default test, a default would include an Event of Default that has occurred and has not been cured, as described under “Events of Default” above. A default for this purpose would also include any event that would be an Event of Default if the requirements for giving us notice of default or our default having to exist for a specified period of time were disregarded.

 

•

We must deliver certain certificates and documents to the trustee.

 

•

We must satisfy any other requirements specified in the prospectus supplement relating to a particular series of debt securities.

 

-118-

---

Table of Contents

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the debt securities issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring the Holder’s Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to the debt securities without approval from each affected holder. The following is a list of those types of changes:

 

•

change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on a debt security;

 

•

reduce any amounts due on a debt security;

 

•

reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a security following a default;

 

•

adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;

 

•

change the place (except as otherwise described in the prospectus or prospectus supplement) or currency of payment on a debt security;

 

•

impair the holder’s right to sue for payment;

 

•

adversely affect any right to convert or exchange a debt security in accordance with its terms;

 

•

modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner that is adverse to holders of the debt securities;

 

•

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;

 

•

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults; and

 

•

modify any other material aspect of the provisions of the indenture dealing with supplemental indentures, modification and waiver of past defaults, changes to the quorum or voting requirements or the waiver of certain covenants.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the outstanding debt securities in any material respect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the debt securities would require the following approval:

 

•

If the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of that series.

 

•

If the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of a series of debt securities issued under the indenture may waive our compliance with some of our covenants applicable to that series.

Further Details Concerning Voting

Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. Debt securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “Defeasance—Full Defeasance.”

 

-119-

---

Table of Contents

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding indenture securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indenture. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of one or more series, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding indenture securities of those series on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the debt securities or request a waiver.

Defeasance

The following provisions will be applicable to each series of debt securities unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement that the provisions of covenant defeasance and full defeasance will not be applicable to that series.

Covenant Defeasance

Under applicable law, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the particular series was issued. This is called “covenant defeasance.” In that event, the holder of debt securities would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay debt securities of the holders. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, the following conditions must be satisfied:

 

•

If the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their due dates.

 

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing holders to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity.

 

•

Defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or result in a default under, the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments.

 

•

No default or event of default with respect to the debt securities shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or events of default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with.

If we accomplish covenant defeasance, a holder can still look to us for repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. For example, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the debt securities became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, a holder may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Full Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the debt securities of a particular series (called “full defeasance”) if the following conditions are satisfied in order for a holder to be repaid:

 

•

If the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates.

 

-120-

---

Table of Contents

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing a holder to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from the debt securities would be treated as though we paid the holder, his or her respective share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for the holder’s debt securities and the holder would recognize gain or loss on the debt securities at the time of the deposit.

 

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with.

 

•

Defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments.

 

•

No default or event of default with respect to the debt securities shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or events of default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.

If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, a holder would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the debt securities. A holder could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent.

Resignation of Trustee

The trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of indenture securities provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to those series. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Indenture Provisions — Subordination and Senior Indebtedness

Upon any distribution of our assets upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities is to be subordinated to the extent provided in the indenture in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (as defined below), but our obligation to a holder to make payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such subordinated debt securities will not otherwise be affected. In addition, no payment on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking fund or interest, if any, may be made on such subordinated debt securities at any time unless full payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal (and premium, if any), sinking fund and interest on Senior Indebtedness, as defined below, has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by us is received by the trustee in respect of subordinated debt securities or by the holders of any of such subordinated debt securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, the payment or distribution must be paid over to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness or on their behalf for application to the payment of all the Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness upon this distribution by us, the holders of such subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to the extent of payments made to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness out of the distributive share of such subordinated debt securities.

 

-121-

---

Table of Contents

By reason of this subordination, in the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, certain of our senior creditors may recover more, ratably, than holders of any subordinated debt securities.

“Senior Indebtedness” is defined in the indenture as the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on:

 

•

our indebtedness (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by us), whenever created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed (other than indenture securities issued under the indenture and denominated as subordinated debt securities), unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding it is provided that this indebtedness is not senior or prior in right of payment to the subordinated debt securities, and

 

•

renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any of this indebtedness.

If this prospectus is being delivered in connection with the offering of a series of indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities, the accompanying prospectus supplement will set forth the approximate amount of our Senior Indebtedness outstanding as of a recent date.

Certain Considerations Relating to Foreign Currencies

Debt securities denominated or payable in foreign currencies may entail significant risks. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved and will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Book-Entry Procedures

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, will act as securities depositary for the debt securities. The debt securities will be issued as fully registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully-registered certificate will be issued for the debt securities, in the aggregate principal amount of such issue, and will be deposited with DTC.

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over 3.5 million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments from over 100 countries that DTC’s participants (“Direct Participants”) deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among Direct Participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, or DTCC.

DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”). DTC has Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services’ highest rating: AAA. The DTC Rules applicable to its participants are on file with the SEC. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com and www.dtc.org.

 

-122-

---

Table of Contents

Purchases of debt securities under the DTC system must be made by or through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the debt securities on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each security, or the “Beneficial Owner,” is in turn to be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records. Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. Beneficial Owners are, however, expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct or Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the debt securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in debt securities, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the debt securities is discontinued.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all debt securities deposited by Direct Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co. or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of debt securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not affect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of the debt securities; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the Direct Participants to whose accounts such debt securities are credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The Direct and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC. If less than all of the debt securities within an issue are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct Participant in such issue to be redeemed.

Redemption proceeds, distributions, and interest payments on the debt securities will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us or the trustee on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such Participant and not of DTC nor its nominee, the trustee, or us, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds, distributions, and interest payments to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is the responsibility of us or the trustee, but disbursement of such payments to Direct Participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the Beneficial Owners will be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect Participants.

DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the debt securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to us or to the trustee. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, certificates are required to be printed and delivered. We may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry-only transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, certificates will be printed and delivered to DTC.

The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

DESCRIPTION OF OUR WARRANTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the warrants we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any warrants we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such warrants.

We may issue warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. Such warrants may be issued independently or together with shares of common or preferred stock or a specified principal amount of debt securities and may be attached or separate from such securities. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders or beneficial owners of warrants.

 

-123-

---

Table of Contents

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any series of warrants we may issue, including the following:

 

•

the title of such warrants;

 

•

the aggregate number of such warrants;

 

•

the price or prices at which such warrants will be issued;

 

•

the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such warrants may be payable;

 

•

if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;

 

•

in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the principal amount of debt securities purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which this principal amount of debt securities may be purchased upon such exercise;

 

•

in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which these shares may be purchased upon such exercise;

 

•

the date on which the right to exercise such warrants shall commence and the date on which such right will expire;

 

•

whether such warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer form;

 

•

if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of such warrants which may be exercised at any one time;

 

•

if applicable, the date on and after which such warrants and the related securities will be separately transferable;

 

•

information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

 

•

the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the warrants;

 

•

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

 

•

any other terms of such warrants, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such warrants.

We and the warrant agent may amend or supplement the warrant agreement for a series of warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants issued thereunder to effect changes that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrants and that do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the warrants.

Prior to exercising their warrants, holders of warrants will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise, including, in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the right to receive principal, premium, if any, or interest payments, on the debt securities purchasable upon exercise or to enforce covenants in the applicable indenture or, in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the right to receive distributions, if any, or payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up or to exercise any voting rights.

 

-124-

---

Table of Contents

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (1) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years; (2) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance; (3) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in our best interests and our stockholders; and (4) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants at the time of issuance may not exceed 25.0% of our outstanding voting securities. Our stockholders voted to allow us to issue warrants at our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

-125-

---

Table of Contents

REGULATION

We and Fund I have elected to be treated as BDCs under the 1940 Act and we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisors), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

We may invest up to 100.0% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with any publicly-traded securities that may from time-to-time be held by our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot acquire more than 3.0% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5.0% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10.0% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies is fundamental and each may be changed without stockholder approval.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70.0% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are the following:

 

(a)

Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer that:

 

•

is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the U.S.;

 

•

is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly-owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

•

satisfies either of the following:

 

•

does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or has any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange subject to a $250.0 million market capitalization maximum; or

 

•

is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC, the BDC actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the eligible portfolio company, and, as a result, the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.

 

(b)

Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

 

-126-

---

Table of Contents

(c)

Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident to such a private transaction, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

(d)

Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60.0% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

(e)

Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

(f)

Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities that mature in one year or less from the date of investment.

The regulations defining qualifying assets may change over time. We may adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

A BDC must be organized and have its principal place of business in the U.S. and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (a), (b) or (c) above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70.0% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities significant managerial assistance; except that, when the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. Our investment advisor, acting as our administrator, has agreed to provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70.0% of our assets are invested in qualifying assets or temporary investments. We may from time to time invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, so long as the agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government, including securities issued by certain U.S. government agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25.0% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty (other than repurchase agreements fully collateralized by U.S. government securities), we would not satisfy the asset diversification requirements for qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, we do not intend to enter into any such repurchase agreements that would cause us to fail such asset diversification requirements. Our investment advisor monitors the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Senior Securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200.0% immediately after each such issuance (exclusive of the SBA debentures pursuant to our SEC exemptive relief). In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our

 

-127-

---

Table of Contents

stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5.0% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital which may have a negative effect on our growth.”

Codes of Ethics

We, Fund I and our investment advisor have adopted a joint code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Additionally, our investment advisor has adopted a code of ethics pursuant to rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and in accordance with Rule 17j-1(c). Personnel subject to the code of ethics may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy these codes at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0300. You may also obtain copies of the joint code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The joint code of ethics is also available on our website at www.fdus.com. We have also adopted a code of business conduct that is applicable to all officers, directors and employees of Fidus and our investment advisor that is available on our website.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

In light of the types of investments held in our portfolio, it is unlikely that we will be called upon to vote our shares very often. In the event that we receive a proxy statement related to one of our portfolio companies, however, we have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to our investment advisor. The proxy voting policies and procedures of our investment advisor are set out below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by our investment advisor and our Independent Directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change. For purposes of these proxy voting policies and procedures described below, “we,” “our” and “us” refer to our investment advisor.

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, our investment advisor has a fiduciary duty to act solely in our best interests. As part of this duty, our investment advisor recognizes that it must vote our securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests.

Our investment advisor’s policies and procedures for voting proxies for its investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

Our investment advisor will vote proxies relating to our portfolio securities in what it perceives to be the best interest of our stockholders. Our investment advisor reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a stockholder vote to determine its effect on the portfolio securities we hold. In most cases our investment advisor will vote in favor of proposals that it believes are likely to increase the value of the portfolio securities we hold. Although our investment advisor will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative effect on our portfolio securities, our investment advisor may vote for such a proposal if there exist compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Proxy voting decisions are made by our investment advisor’s senior investment professionals who are responsible for monitoring each of our portfolio investments. To ensure that our investment advisor’s vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, our investment advisor requires that (a) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to our chief compliance officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (b) employees involved in the decision-

 

-128-

---

Table of Contents

making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how our investment advisor intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties. Where conflicts of interest may be present, our investment advisor will disclose such conflicts to us, including our Independent Directors, and may request guidance from us on how to vote such proxies.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information about how our investment advisor voted proxies for us by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Fidus Investment Corporation, 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201, Attention: Investor Relations, or by calling Fidus Investment Corporation collect at (847) 859-3940.

Compliance Policies and Procedures

We, Fund I and our investment advisor have each adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of federal securities laws and are required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. Our chief compliance officer is responsible for administering these policies and procedures.

Other

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our Independent Directors and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. On March 27, 2012, the SEC granted us and Fund I exemptive relief allowing us to operate effectively as one company and to take certain actions, including engaging in certain transactions with our affiliates, and to be subject to modified consolidated asset coverage requirements for senior securities issued by a BDC, that would otherwise be prohibited by the 1940 Act. Effective September 30, 2014, our exemptive relief was amended to include Fund II. Therefore, any SBA debentures issued by Fund II are not subject to the 200.0% asset coverage requirement.

Small Business Administration Regulations

The Funds are licensed by the SBA to operate as SBICs under Section 301(c) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958. Fund I received its SBIC license on October 22, 2007 and Fund II received its SBIC license on May 28, 2013. We may issue SBA debentures to fund additional investments through the Funds.

SBICs are designed to stimulate the flow of private equity capital to eligible small businesses. Under SBA regulations, SBICs can provide financing in the form of debt and/or equity securities and provide consulting and advisory services to “eligible” small businesses. The Funds have typically invested in senior subordinated debt, acquired warrants and/or made other equity investments in qualifying small businesses.

Under current SBA regulations, eligible small businesses generally include businesses that (together with their affiliates) have a tangible net worth not exceeding $19.5 million and have average annual net income after U.S. federal income taxes not exceeding $6.5 million (average net income to be computed without benefit of any carryover loss) for the two most recent fiscal years. In addition, an SBIC must devote between 20.0% and 25.0% (depending upon when it was licensed, when it obtained leverage commitments, the amount of leverage drawn and when financings occur) of its investment activity to “smaller” concerns as defined by the SBA. A smaller concern generally includes businesses (including their affiliates) that have a tangible net worth not exceeding $6.0 million and have average annual net income after U.S. federal income taxes not exceeding $2.0 million (average net income to be computed without benefit of any net carryover loss) for the two most recent fiscal years. SBA regulations also provide alternative size standard criteria to determine eligibility for designation as an eligible small business or

 

-129-

---

Table of Contents

smaller concern, which criteria depend on the industry in which the business (including its affiliates) is engaged and are based on the number of employees and gross revenue. However, once an SBIC has invested in a portfolio company, it may continue to make follow-on investments in the portfolio company, regardless of the size of the portfolio company at the time of the follow-on investment, up to the time of the portfolio company’s initial public offering.

The SBA prohibits an SBIC from providing funds to small businesses for certain purposes, such as relending and investment outside the U.S., to businesses engaged in a few prohibited industries, and to certain “passive” (non-operating) companies. In addition, under SBA regulations, without prior SBA approval, an SBIC may not invest more than 30.0% of its regulatory capital in any one portfolio company (assuming the SBIC intends to draw leverage equal to twice its regulatory capital).

The SBA places certain limitations on the financing terms of investments by SBICs in portfolio companies (such as limiting the permissible interest rate on debt securities held by an SBIC in a portfolio company). SBA regulations allow an SBIC to exercise control over a small business for a period of seven years from the date on which the SBIC initially acquires its control position. This control period may be extended for an additional period of time with the SBA’s prior written approval.

The SBA restricts the ability of an SBIC to lend money to any of its officers, directors and employees or to invest in affiliates thereof. The SBA also prohibits, without prior SBA approval, a “change of control” of an SBIC or transfers that would result in any person (or a group of persons acting in concert) owning 10.0% or more of a class of capital stock of a licensed SBIC. A “change of control” is any event that would result in the transfer of the power, direct or indirect, to direct the management and policies of an SBIC, whether through ownership, contractual arrangements or otherwise.

An SBIC (or group of SBICs under common control) may generally have outstanding debentures guaranteed by the SBA in amounts up to two times the amount of the regulatory capital of the SBIC(s). Debentures guaranteed by the SBA have a maturity of ten years, require semi-annual payments of interest, and do not require any principal payments prior to maturity. As of December 31, 2014, the maximum statutory limit on the dollar amount of outstanding SBA-guaranteed debentures that may be issued by two or more SBICs under common control was $225.0 million.

SBICs must invest idle funds that are not being used to make loans in investments permitted under SBA regulations in the following limited types of securities: (i) direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the U.S. government, which mature within 15 months from the date of the investment; (ii) repurchase agreements with federally insured institutions with a maturity of seven days or less (and the securities underlying the repurchase obligations must be direct obligations of or guaranteed by the federal government); (iii) certificates of deposit with a maturity of one year or less, issued by a federally insured institution; (iv) a deposit account in a federally insured institution that is subject to a withdrawal restriction of one year or less; (v) a checking account in a federally insured institution; or (vi) a reasonable petty cash fund.

SBICs are periodically examined and audited by the SBA’s staff to determine their compliance with SBA regulations and are periodically required to file certain forms with the SBA.

Neither the SBA nor the U.S. government or any of its agencies or officers has approved any ownership interest to be issued by us or any obligation that we or any of our subsidiaries may incur.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:

 

•

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;

 

-130-

---

Table of Contents

•

pursuant to Item 307 under Regulation S-K, our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;

 

•

pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, which must be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

•

pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated under such act. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we comply with that act.

The NASDAQ Global Select Market Corporate Governance Regulations

The NASDAQ Global Select Market has adopted corporate governance regulations with which listed companies must comply. We are in compliance with such corporate governance listing standards applicable to BDCs.

 

-131-

---

Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may sell our securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a combination of any such methods of sale. Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of our securities will also be named in the applicable prospectus supplement.

The distribution of our securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, provided, however, that the offering price per share of our securities less any underwriting commissions or discounts must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of our securities except that we may sell shares of our securities at a price below net asset value per share if a majority of the number of beneficial holders of our stock have approved such a sale or if the following conditions are met: (i) holders of a majority of our stock and a majority of our stock not held by affiliated persons have approved issuance at less than net asset value per share during the one year period prior to such sale; (ii) a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the sale and a majority of such directors who are not interested persons of us have determined that such sale would be in our best interest and in the best interests of our stockholders; and (iii) a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the sale and a majority of such directors who are not interested persons of us, in consultation with the underwriter or underwriters of the offering if it is to be underwritten, have determined in good faith, and as of a time immediately prior to the first solicitation by or on behalf of us of firm commitments to purchase such securities or immediately prior to the issuance of such securities, that the price at which such securities are to be sold is not less than a price which closely approximates the market value of those securities, less any distributing commission or discount.

On June 4, 2014, our common stockholders voted to allow us to issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for a period of one year ending on the earlier of June 4, 2015 or the date of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The maximum number of shares issuable below net asset value pursuant to the authority granted by our stockholders that could result in such dilution is limited to 25.0% of the Company’s then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such sale. We do not intend to issue shares of our common stock below net asset value unless our board of directors determines that it would be in our stockholders’ best interests to do so.

In connection with the sale of our securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of our securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell our securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of our securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of our securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post-effective amendment).

Any of our common stock sold pursuant to a prospectus supplement will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or another exchange on which our common stock is traded.

Under agreements into which we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of our securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.

 

-132-

---

Table of Contents

If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase our securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of our securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, our securities offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in certain states, our securities may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

The maximum commission or discount to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. will not be greater than 10.0% for the sale of any securities being registered.

 

-133-

---

Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held by U.S. Bank National Association pursuant to a custody agreement. The principal business address of U.S. Bank National Association is Corporate Trust Services, One Federal Street, 3rd Floor, Boston, MA 02110, telephone: (617) 603-6538. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as our transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York, New York 10038, telephone: (800) 937-5449.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we will acquire and dispose of many of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, many of the transactions that we engage in will not require the use of brokers or the payment of brokerage commissions. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, our investment advisor will be primarily responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute transactions with respect to the publicly-traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. Our investment advisor does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer but will seek to obtain the best net results for us under the circumstances, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. Our investment advisor generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs but will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, our investment advisor may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to our investment advisor and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if our investment advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP. Morrison & Foerster LLP also represents our investment advisor.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The consolidated financial statements, the related senior securities table and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by McGladrey LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm located at One South Wacker Drive, Suite 800, Chicago, Illinois 60606, as stated in their reports appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus supplement. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the securities being offered by this prospectus supplement.

We file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. We maintain a website at http://www.fdus.com and intend to make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. Information contained on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus supplement, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus supplement. You may also obtain such information by contacting us in writing

 

-134-

---

Table of Contents

at 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201, Attention: Investor Relations. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may also be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

PRIVACY NOTICE

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and to safeguarding their nonpublic personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

From time to time, we may receive nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders. We do not disclose nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as required by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third-party administrator).

We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to employees of our investment advisor, its affiliates or authorized service providers that have a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.

 

-135-

---

Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

		Page
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-2
Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013			F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012			F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012			F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012			F-7
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013			F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-16

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Fidus Investment Corporation and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of statement of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedules of investments, of Fidus Investment Corporation and Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our procedures included confirmation of investments owned as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, by correspondence with the custodian, loan agent, or borrower. Our audits also included performing such other procedures where replies from the custodian, loan agent or borrower were not received. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Fidus Investment Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Fidus Investment Corporation and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 5, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 5, 2015

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Fidus Investment Corporation and Subsidiaries

We have audited Fidus Investment Corporation and Subsidiaries’ (collectively, the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Fidus Investment Corporation and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedules of investments, of Fidus Investment Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, and our report dated March 5, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 5, 2015

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

		December 31, 2014				December 31, 2013
ASSETS
Investments, at fair value
Control Investments (cost: $10,460 and $0, respectively)		$	4,244			$	—
Affiliate investments (cost: $81,979 and $88,983, respectively)			86,200				82,444
Non-control/non-affiliate investments (cost: $298,899 and $226,231, respectively)			305,911				224,537
Total investments, at fair value (cost: $391,338 and $315,214, respectively)			396,355				306,981
Cash and cash equivalents			29,318				53,418
Interest receivable			4,460				2,487
Deferred financing costs (net of accumulated amortization of $2,784 and $2,102, respectively)			4,567				3,152
Prepaid expenses and other assets			887				1,224
Total assets		$	435,587			$	367,262
LIABILITIES
SBA debentures		$	173,500			$	144,500
Borrowings under credit facility			10,000				—
Accrued interest and fees payable			2,853				2,198
Due to affiliates			5,395				5,582
Taxes payable			328				3,571
Accounts payable and other liabilities			248				286
Total liabilities			192,324				156,137
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
NET ASSETS
Common stock, $0.001 par value (100,000,000 shares authorized, 16,051,037 and 13,755,232 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)			16				14
Additional paid-in capital			243,008				206,123
Undistributed net investment income			12,433				3,221
Accumulated net realized (loss) gain on investments, net of taxes			(15,999	)			11,212
Accumulated net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments			3,805				(9,445	)
Total net assets			243,263				211,125
Total liabilities and net assets		$	435,587			$	367,262
Net asset value per common share		$	15.16			$	15.35

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

		Years Ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Investment income:
Interest income
Control investments		$	86			$	1,648			$	2,942
Affiliate investments			9,738				8,969				7,561
Non-control/non-affiliate investments			30,473				27,033				20,630
Total interest income			40,297				37,650				31,133
Dividend income
Affiliate investments			150				139				122
Non-control/non-affiliate investments			1,865				1,539				822
Total dividend income			2,015				1,678				944
Fee income
Control investments			—				176				—
Affiliate investments			584				337				134
Non-control/non-affiliate investments			3,193				1,801				1,508
Total fee income			3,777				2,314				1,642
Interest on idle funds and other income			27				150				130
Total investment income			46,116				41,792				33,849
Expenses:
Interest and financing expenses			7,507				7,076				6,422
Base management fee			5,899				5,261				4,237
Incentive fee			4,857				6,792				4,839
Administrative service expenses			1,772				1,155				897
Professional fees			1,182				851				834
Other general and administrative expenses			1,235				1,115				929
Total expenses			22,452				22,250				18,158
Net investment income before income taxes			23,664				19,542				15,691
Income tax provision			383				246				4
Net investment income			23,281				19,296				15,687
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments:
Realized gains on control investments			—				22,231				—
Net realized (losses) on affiliate investments			(12,121	)			—				—
Net realized (losses) gains on non-control/non-affiliate investments			(4,908	)			8,357				1,975
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments			13,250				(22,188	)			1,749
Income tax (provision) on realized gains on investments			(17	)			(493	)			—
Net (loss) gain on investments			(3,796	)			7,907				3,724
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations		$	19,485			$	27,203			$	19,411
Per common share data:
Net investment income per share-basic and diluted		$	1.62			$	1.43			$	1.54
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations per share-basic and diluted		$	1.36			$	2.01			$	1.91
Dividends paid per share		$	1.72			$	1.94			$	1.46
Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic and diluted			14,346,438				13,524,368				10,185,627

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets

(In thousands, except shares)

 

		Common Stock								Additional Paid in Capital				Undistributed Net Investment Income				Accumulated Net Realized (Loss) Gain on Investments, net of taxes				Accumulated Net Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on Investments				Total Net Assets
		Number of Shares				Par Value
Balances at December 31, 2011			9,427,021			$	9			$	138,649			$	422			$	(482	)		$	1,884			$	140,482
Public offering of common stock, net of expenses			2,472,500				3				37,949				—				—				—				37,952
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations			—				—				—				15,687				1,975				1,749				19,411
Dividends declared and paid			54,326				—				900				(15,654	)			—				—				(14,754	)
Balances at December 31, 2012			11,953,847				12				177,498				455				1,493				3,633				183,091
Public offering of common stock, net of expenses			1,725,000				2				28,855				—				—				—				28,857
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations			—				—				—				19,296				20,985				(13,078	)			27,203
Dividends paid			76,385				—				1,464				(16,603	)			(10,000	)			—				(25,139	)
Deemed distribution of long term capital gains			—				—				5,363				—				(8,250	)			—				(2,887	)
Tax reclassification of stockholders’ equity in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles			—				—				(7,057	)			73				6,984				—				—
Balances at December 31, 2013			13,755,232				14				206,123				3,221				11,212				(9,445	)			211,125
Public offerings of common stock, net of expenses			2,241,767				2				36,540				—				—				—				36,542
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations			—				—				—				23,281				(17,046	)			13,250				19,485
Dividends paid			54,038				—				935				(14,435	)			(10,389	)			—				(23,889	)
Tax reclassification of stockholders’ equity in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles			—				—				(590	)			366				224				—				—
Balances at December 31, 2014			16,051,037			$	16			$	243,008			$	12,433			$	(15,999	)		$	3,805			$	243,263

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

		Years Ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations		$	19,485			$	27,203			$	19,411
Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash (used in) operating activities:
Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments			(13,250	)			22,188				(1,749	)
Realized loss (gain) on investments			17,029				(30,588	)			(1,975	)
Interest and dividend income paid-in-kind			(5,617	)			(5,811	)			(4,735	)
Accretion of original issue discount			(643	)			(1,081	)			(1,153	)
Accretion of loan origination fees			(529	)			(407	)			(214	)
Purchase of investments			(149,814	)			(149,095	)			(85,519	)
Proceeds from sales and repayments of investments			62,643				131,199				25,204
Proceeds from loan origination fees			807				863				637
Amortization of deferred financing costs			681				512				456
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Interest receivable			(1,973	)			820				(1,620	)
Prepaid expenses and other assets			337				(387	)			(372	)
Accrued interest and fees payable			155				61				418
Due to affiliates			(187	)			1,936				1,484
Taxes payable			(356	)			684				—
Accounts payable and other liabilities			(38	)			(189	)			194
Net cash (used in) operating activities			(71,270	)			(2,092	)			(49,533	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from stock offerings, net of expenses			36,542				28,857				37,952
Proceeds received from SBA debentures			29,000				—				40,500
Proceeds received from borrowings under credit facility			10,000				—				—
Payment of deferred financing costs			(1,596	)			(250	)			(1,182	)
Dividends paid to stockholders			(23,889	)			(25,139	)			(14,754	)
Taxes paid on deemed distribution			(2,887	)			—				—
Net cash provided by financing activities			47,170				3,468				62,516
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents			(24,100	)			1,376				12,983
Cash and cash equivalents:
Beginning of period			53,418				52,042				39,059
End of period		$	29,318			$	53,418			$	52,042
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash payments for interest		$	6,670			$	6,503			$	5,549
Cash payments for taxes		$	3,471			$	55			$	4
Non-cash financing activities:
Issuance of shares of common stock under dividend reinvestment plan		$	935			$	1,464			$	900

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2014

(In thousands, except shares)

 

Portfolio Company (1) (2)		Industry		Investment Type (3)		Rate (4) Cash/PIK				Maturity				Principal Amount				Cost				Fair Value				Percent of Net Assets
Control Investments (5)
Paramount Building Solutions, LLC		Retail Cleaning		Subordinated Note			7.0%/3.0%				12/31/2017			$	1,118			$	1,118			$	1,067
				Subordinated Note			7.0%/7.0%				12/31/2017				2,842				2,842				2,687
				Warrant (1,086,035 units) (7)															—				—
				Preferred Equity (5,000,000 units) (7)															5,000				490
				Common Equity (107,143 units) (7)															1,500				—
																			10,460				4,244				2	%
Total Control Investments																			10,460				4,244				2	%
Affiliate Investments (5)
Apex Microtechnology, Inc.		Electronic		Warrant (2,293 units)															220				254
		Components Supplier		Common Equity (11,690 shares)															1,169				1,302
																			1,389				1,556				1	%
FAR Research Inc.		Specialty Chemicals		Senior Secured Loan (10)			11.8%/0.0%				3/31/2019				7,600				7,567				7,600
				Revolving Loan ($1,750 commitment) (9)			11.8%/0.0%				3/31/2019				136				129				136
				Common Equity (10 units)															1,000				938
																			8,696				8,674				4	%
Inflexxion, Inc.		Business Services		Senior Secured Loan			12.5%/0.0%				12/16/2019				4,750				4,726				4,726
				Revolving Loan ($1,000 commitment) (9)			12.5%/0.0%				12/16/2019				300				295				295
				Preferred Equity (1,400 units)															1,400				1,400
																			6,421				6,421				3	%
Malabar International		Aerospace & Defense		Subordinated Note (10)			12.5%/2.5%				5/21/2017				7,264				7,239				7,264
		Manufacturing		Preferred Equity (1,494 shares) (6)			6.0%/0.0%												1,992				3,258
																			9,231				10,522				4	%
Medsurant Holdings, LLC		Healthcare Services		Subordinated Note			9.5%/4.5%				7/12/2016				10,129				9,603				10,129
				Preferred Equity (126,662 units) (7)															1,345				1,027
				Warrant (505,176 units) (7)															4,516				3,715
																			15,464				14,871				6	%
Pfanstiehl, Inc.		Healthcare Products		Subordinated Note			12.0%/1.5%				9/29/2018				6,208				6,168				6,208
				Common Equity (8,500 units) (9)															850				3,088
																			7,018				9,296				4	%
Safety Products Group, LLC		Safety Products		Subordinated Note			12.0%/1.5%				12/30/2018				10,000				9,965				10,000
		Manufacturing		Preferred Equity (749 units) (7) (9)															749				812
				Common Equity (676 units) (7) (9)															1				—
																			10,715				10,812				4	%
Trantech Radiator Products, Inc.		Utility Equipment		Subordinated Note (9)			12.0%/1.8%				5/4/2017				9,518				9,498				9,518
		Manufacturing		Common Equity (6,875 shares) (9)															688				962
																			10,186				10,480				4	%
Westminster Cracker Company, Inc.		Specialty Cracker		Preferred Equity (95,798 units)															70				152
		Manufacturing		Common Equity (1,208,197 units)															1,208				1,804
																			1,278				1,956				1	%
World Wide Packaging, LLC		Consumer Products		Subordinated Note (9)			12.0%/1.8%				10/26/2018				10,097				10,063				10,097
				Common Equity (1,517,573 units) (7) (9)															1,518				1,515
																			11,581				11,612				5	%
Total Affiliate Investments																			81,979				86,200				35	%

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(In thousands, except shares)

 

Portfolio Company (1) (2)		Industry		Investment Type (3)		Rate (4) Cash/PIK				Maturity				Principal Amount				Cost				Fair Value				Percent of Net Assets
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments (5)
Acentia, LLC		Information		Common Units (499 units)														$	500			$	243				0	%
		Technology Services
ACFP Management, Inc.		Restaurants		Common Units (1,000,000 units) (9)															1,091				1,587				1	%
Allied 100 Group, Inc.		Healthcare Products		Subordinated Note (10)			11.5%/0.0%				5/26/2020			$	13,000				12,936				12,936
				Common Equity (1,250,000 units) (9)															1,250				1,250
																			14,186				14,186				6	%
Anatrace Products, LLC		Healthcare Products		Senior Secured Loan			11.5%/1.5%				10/11/2018				9,500				9,469				9,500
				Revolving Loan ($500 commitment) (8)			N/A				10/11/2018				—				(2	)			(2	)
				Common Equity (360,000 shares) (9)															360				520
																			9,827				10,018				4	%
Brook & Whittle Limited		Printing Services		Subordinated Note			12.0%/4.8%				12/31/2016				7,297				7,297				7,272
				Subordinated Note			12.0%/2.0%				12/31/2016				2,250				2,250				2,153
				Warrant (1,051 shares)															285				134
				Common Equity - Series A (148 shares)															110				20
				Common Equity - Series D (527 shares)															53				71
																			9,995				9,650				4	%
Caldwell & Gregory, LLC		Laundry Services		Subordinated Note			11.5%/1.0%				11/30/2018				1,524				1,502				1,524
				Subordinated Note			0.0%/12.0%				5/31/2019				3,618				3,394				3,618
				Common Equity (500,000 units) (7)															500				568
				Warrant (242,121 units) (7)															242				275
																			5,638				5,985				2	%
Carlson Systems Holdings, Inc.		Specialty Distribution		Subordinated Note (10)			11.5%/0.0%				5/20/2020				12,000				11,941				11,941
				Common Equity (7,500 units) (9)															750				750
																			12,691				12,691				5	%
Channel Technologies Group, LLC		Component		Subordinated Note			11.0%/1.3%				4/10/2019				7,000				6,952				6,619
		Manufacturing		Preferred Equity (612 units) (7) (9)															1,139				686
				Common Equity (612,432 units) (7) (9)															—				—
																			8,091				7,305				3	%
Connect-Air International, Inc.		Specialty Distribution		Subordinated Note			12.8%/0.0%				11/5/2018				11,400				11,395				11,400
				Common Equity															—				4,600
																			11,395				16,000				7	%
Continental Anesthesia Management, LLC		Healthcare Services		Senior Secured Loan			8.0%/6.0%				4/15/2015				10,259				10,252				10,130
				Warrant (263 shares)															276				—
																			10,528				10,130				4	%
EBL, LLC (EbLens)		Retail		Subordinated Note (9)			12.0%/3.0%				2/2/2018				9,610				9,584				9,706
				Common Equity (750,000 units) (7) (9)															750				981
																			10,334				10,687				4	%
FDS Avionics Corp.		Aerospace & Defense		Subordinated Note			12.3%/0.0%				4/1/2020				5,200				5,175				5,175
(dba Flight Display Systems)		Manufacturing		Common Equity (200 units) (9)															2,000				2,000
																			7,175				7,175				3	%
FTH Acquisition Corp. VII		Information		Subordinated Note			13.0%/0.0%				2/27/2015				8,395				8,395				8,350
		Technology Services		Preferred Equity (887,122 shares)															887				621
																			9,282				8,971				4	%

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(In thousands, except shares)

 

Portfolio Company (1) (2)		Industry		Investment Type (3)		Rate (4) Cash/PIK				Maturity				Principal Amount				Cost				Fair Value				Percent of Net Assets
Grindmaster Corporation		Consumer Products		Subordinated Note			11.5%/0.0%				10/31/2019			$	10,500			$	10,456			$	10,456				4	%
IOS Acquisitions, Inc.		Oil & Gas Services		Subordinated Note			12.0%/3.3%				6/26/2018				14,263				14,175				13,788
				Common Equity (2,152 shares) (9)															500				364
																			14,675				14,152				6	%
Jacob Ash Holdings, Inc.		Apparel Distribution		Subordinated Note (10)			13.0%/4.0%				6/30/2018				4,000				3,992				4,000
				Subordinated Note			13.0%/0.0%				6/30/2018				963				953				963
				Preferred Equity (66,138 shares) (6)			0.0%/15.0%				6/30/2018								798				810
				Warrant (63,492 shares)															67				—
																			5,810				5,773				2	%
K2 Industrial Services, Inc.		Industrial Cleaning		Subordinated Note			11.8%/2.8%				5/23/2017				15,213				15,162				15,213
		& Coatings		Preferred Equity - Series A (1,200 shares)															1,200				914
				Preferred Equity - Series B (74 shares)															68				83
																			16,430				16,210				7	%
Lightning Diversion Systems, LLC		Aerospace & Defense		Senior Secured Loan			10.5%/0.0%				12/20/2018				12,198				12,154				12,198
		Manufacturing		Revolving Loan ($1,000 commitment) (8)			N/A				12/20/2018				—				(2	)			(2	)
				Common Equity (600,000 units)															—				2,204
																			12,152				14,400				6	%
MedPlast, LLC		Healthcare Products		Subordinated Note (9)			11.0%/1.5%				3/31/2019				10,185				10,126				10,185
				Preferred Equity (188 shares) (6) (9)			0.0%/8.0%												206				206
				Common Equity (3,728 shares) (9)															62				65
																			10,394				10,456				4	%
National Truck Protection Co., Inc.		Financial Services		Senior Secured Loan			13.5%/2.0%				9/13/2018				12,662				12,598				12,662
				Common Units (1,109 shares)															758				1,923
																			13,356				14,585				6	%
Oaktree Medical Centre, P.C.		Healthcare Services		Senior Secured Loan (9)			6.5%/0.0%				5/6/2019				700				694				675
(dba Pain Management				Senior Secured Loan (9)			14.0%/0.0%				5/6/2019				5,300				5,254				5,000
Associates)				Revolving Loan ($500 commitment) (9)			6.5%/0.0%				5/6/2019				250				246				250
																			6,194				5,925				2	%
Pinnergy, Ltd.		Oil & Gas Services		Subordinated Note (10)			10.5%/0.8%				1/24/2020				20,000				19,931				19,812				8	%
Plymouth Rock Energy, LLC		Business Services		Senior Secured Loan			11.8%/0.0%				5/14/2017				6,000				5,973				5,973				2	%
Premium Franchise Brands, LLC		Commercial Cleaning		Preferred Equity (1,054,619 shares)															832				718				0	%
Restaurant Finance Co, LLC		Restaurants		Senior Secured Loan ($10,500 commitment) (10)			12.0%/4.0%				7/31/2020				5,145				5,133				5,145				2	%
Simplex Manufacturing Co.		Aerospace & Defense		Subordinated Note			14.0%/0.0%				11/1/2015				4,550				4,537				4,537
		Manufacturing		Warrant (24 shares)															710				813
																			5,247				5,350				2	%
Toledo Molding & Die, Inc.		Component		Subordinated Note (9)			10.5%/0.0%				12/18/2018				10,000				9,851				9,851				4	%
		Manufacturing
United Biologics, LLC		Healthcare Services		Subordinated Note			12.0%/2.0%				3/5/2017				8,688				8,393				8,688
				Preferred Equity (98,377 units) (7) (9)															1,069				1,069
				Warrant (57,469 units)															566				281
																			10,028				10,038				4	%
US GreenFiber, LLC		Building Products		Subordinated Note (10)			12.5%/0.0%				1/2/2019				14,000				13,936				13,936
		Manufacturing		Common Equity (1,667 units) (7) (9)															500				500
																			14,436				14,436				6	%

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2014

(In thousands, except shares)

 

Portfolio Company (1) (2)		Industry		Investment Type (3)		Rate (4) Cash/PIK		Maturity		Principal Amount				Cost				Fair Value				Percent of Net Assets
Virginia Tile Company, LLC		Specialty Distribution		Subordinated Note (10)		12.3%/0.0%		5/19/2020		$	12,000			$	11,940			$	11,940
				Common Equity (19.5 shares)											250				250
															12,190				12,190				5	%
Worldwide Express		Transportation Services		Subordinated Note		11.5%/1.0%		8/1/2020			12,678				12,578				12,678
Operations, LLC				Common Equity (2,500,000 units) (7) (9)											2,500				3,135
															15,078				15,813				7	%
Total Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments															298,899				305,911				126	%
Total Investments														$	391,338			$	396,355				163	%

 

(1)	See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for portfolio composition by geographic location.

(2)	Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio companies.

(3)	All debt investments are income producing. Equity investments are non-income producing unless otherwise noted.

(4)	Rate includes the cash interest or dividend rate and paid-in-kind interest or dividend rate, if any, as of December 31, 2014. Generally, payment-in-kind interest can be paid-in-kind or all in cash.

(5)	See Note 2 - Significant Accounting Policies, Investment Classification for definitions of Control and Affiliate classifications.

(6)	Income producing. Maturity date, if any, represents mandatory redemption date.

(7)	Investment is held by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

(8)	The entire commitment was unfunded at December 31, 2014. As such, no interest is being earned on this investment.

(9)	Investment pledged as collateral for the Credit Facility and, as a result, is not directly available to the creditors of the Company to satisfy any obligations of the Company other than the Company’s obligations under the Credit Facility (see Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements).

(10)

The portion of the investment not held by the Funds is pledged as collateral for the Credit Facility and, as a result, is not directly available to the creditors of the Company to satisfy any obligations of the Company other than the Company’s obligations under the Credit Facility (see Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2013

(In thousands, except shares)

 

Portfolio Company (1) (2)		Industry		Investment Type (3)		Rate (4) Cash/PIK		Maturity				Principal Amount				Cost				Fair Value				Percent of Net Assets
Affiliate Investments (5)
Apex Microtechnology, Inc.		Electronic		Subordinated Note		12.0%/2.0%			2/16/2018			$	6,200			$	5,987			$	6,448
		Components Supplier		Warrant (2,294 units)													220				255
				Common Equity (11,690 units)													1,169				1,299
																	7,376				8,002				4	%
Avrio Technology Group, LLC		Electronic		Subordinated Note		0.0%/14.0%			10/15/2015				6,291				6,291				3,200
		Components Supplier		Preferred Equity - Series B (3,704 units) (7)													3,704				—
				Preferred Equity - Series C (872 units) (7)													436				—
				Preferred Equity - Series D (1,917 units) (7)													639				—
				Common Equity (4,215 units) (7)													1,000				—
																	12,070				3,200				2	%
Malabar International		Aerospace & Defense		Subordinated Note		12.5%/2.5%			5/21/2017				5,116				5,093				5,116
		Manufacturing		Preferred Equity (1,494 shares) (6)		6.0%/0.0%											1,990				3,616
																	7,083				8,732				4	%
Medsurant Holdings, LLC		Healthcare Services		Subordinated Note		14.0%/0.0%			7/12/2016				9,750				8,845				9,541
				Preferred Equity (79,091 units) (7)													1,112				1,105
				Warrant (288,239 units) (7)													3,690				3,944
																	13,647				14,590				7	%
Paramount Building Solutions, LLC		Retail Cleaning		Subordinated Note		5.0%/13.0%			12/31/2014				7,253				7,253				7,091
				Common Equity (107,143 units) (7)													1,500				—
																	8,753				7,091				3	%
Pfanstiehl, Inc.		Healthcare Products		Subordinated Note		12.0%/4.0%			9/29/2018				6,082				6,031				6,082
				Common Equity (8,500 shares)													850				970
																	6,881				7,052				3	%
Safety Products Group, LLC		Safety Products		Subordinated Note		12.0%/1.5%			12/30/2018				10,000				9,957				9,957
		Manufacturer		Preferred Equity (749 shares) (7)													749				749
				Common Equity (676 shares) (7)													1				1
																	10,707				10,707				5	%
Trantech Radiator Products, Inc.		Utility Equipment		Subordinated Note		12.0%/1.8%			5/4/2017				9,351				9,323				9,351
		Manufacturer		Common Equity (6,875 shares)													688				1,317
																	10,011				10,668				5	%
Westminster Cracker Company, Inc.		Specialty Cracker		Preferred Equity (83,851 units)													70				75
		Manufacturer		Common Equity (1,208,197 units)													1,208				1,108
																	1,278				1,183				1	%
World Wide Packaging, LLC		Consumer Products		Subordinated Note		12.0%/1.8%			10/26/2018				9,919				9,877				9,919
				Common Equity (1,300,000 units) (7)													1,300				1,300
																	11,177				11,219				5	%
Total Affiliate Investments																	88,983				82,444				39	%

 

F-12

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(In thousands, except shares)

 

Portfolio Company (1) (2)		Industry		Investment Type (3)		Rate (4) Cash/PIK		Maturity				Principal Amount				Cost				Fair Value				Percent of Net Assets
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments (5)
Anatrace Products, LLC		Healthcare Products		Senior Secured Loan		11.5%/1.5%			10/11/2018			$	9,533			$	9,493			$	9,493
				Revolving Loan ($500 commitment) (9)		N/A			10/11/2018				—				(2	)			(2	)
				Common Equity (360,000 shares)													360				360
																	9,851				9,851				5	%
Acentia, LLC (f/k/a ITSolutions)		IT Services		Common Units (499 units)													500				267				0	%
ACFP Management, Inc.		Restaurants		Common Units (1,000,000 units)													1,091				1,140				1	%
Brook & Whittle Limited		Specialty Printing		Subordinated Note		12.0%/4.8%			12/31/2016				6,954				6,954				6,954
				Subordinated Note		12.0%/2.0%			12/31/2016				2,206				2,199				2,206
				Warrant (1,051 shares)													285				367
				Common Equity -Series A (148 shares)													110				52
				Common Equity -Series D (527 shares)													53				53
																	9,601				9,632				5	%
Brook Furniture Rental, Inc.		Furniture Rental		Subordinated Note		12.0%/1.5%			9/30/2016				7,865				7,573				7,944
				Warrants (2.5%)													485				751
																	8,058				8,695				4	%
Caldwell & Gregory, LLC		Laundry Services		Subordinated Note		11.5%/1.0%			11/30/2018				1,509				1,482				1,509
				Subordinated Note		0.0%/12.0%			5/31/2019				3,215				2,941				3,215
				Common Equity (500,000 units) (7)													500				511
				Warrant (242,121 units) (7)													242				247
																	5,165				5,482				3	%
Channel Technologies Group, LLC		Component		Subordinated Note		11.0%/1.3%			4/10/2019				7,000				6,941				6,941
		Manufacturer		Preferred Equity (538 units) (7)													1,000				1,000
				Common Equity (537,817 units) (7)													—				—
																	7,941				7,941				4	%
Connect-Air International, Inc.		Specialty Distribution		Subordinated Note		12.8%/0.0%			11/5/2018				11,400				11,394				11,394
				Common Equity													—				1,800
																	11,394				13,194				6	%
Continental Anesthesia Management, LLC		Healthcare Services		Senior Secured Loan		14.0%/0.0%			9/15/2014				9,825				9,777				9,717
				Warrant (263 shares)													276				—
																	10,053				9,717				5	%
Convergent Resources, Inc.		Debt Collection		Subordinated Note		13.0%/3.0%			12/27/2017				5,758				5,719				5,759				3	%
		Services
EBL, LLC (EbLens)		Retail		Subordinated Note		12.0%/3.0%			2/2/2018				9,323				9,288				9,323
				Common Equity (750,000 units) (7)													750				778
																	10,038				10,101				5	%
FCA, LLC		Industrial Products		Subordinated Note		12.5%/1.5%			6/18/2018				1,512				1,506				1,512
				Preferred Equity (4,500,000 units) (6)		11.5%/5.0%			6/18/2018								4,604				4,623
																	6,110				6,135				3	%
FocusVision Worldwide, Inc.		Business Services		Subordinated Note		12.0%/1.0%			1/29/2019				7,519				7,487				7,519				4	%
FTH Acquisition Corp. VII		IT Services		Subordinated Note		13.0%/0.0%			2/27/2015				8,511				8,511				7,741
				Preferred Equity (887,122 shares)													887				—
																	9,398				7,741				4	%

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(In thousands, except shares)

 

Portfolio Company (1) (2)		Industry		Investment Type (3)		Rate (4) Cash/PIK		Maturity				Principal Amount				Cost				Fair Value				Percent of Net Assets
IOS Acquisition, Inc.		Oil & Gas Services		Subordinated Note		12.0%/3.5%			6/26/2018			$	13,766			$	13,654			$	13,766
				Common Equity (2,152 shares)													500				379
																	14,154				14,145				7	%
Jacob Ash Holdings, Inc.		Apparel Distribution		Subordinated Note		13.0%/5.0%			8/11/2016				3,500				3,491				3,500
				Subordinated Note		13.0%/1.0%			8/11/2016				1,147				1,132				1,147
				Preferred Equity (500 shares)(6)		0.0%/15.0%			8/11/2016								685				314
				Warrant (129,630 shares)													67				—
																	5,375				4,961				2	%
K2 Industrial Services, Inc.		Industrial Cleaning		Subordinated Note		11.8%/2.8%			5/23/2017				14,797				14,722				14,798
		& Coatings		Preferred Equity - Series A (1,200 shares)													1,200				930
				Preferred Equity - Series B (69 shares)													68				74
																	15,990				15,802				7	%
Lightning Diversion Systems, LLC		Aerospace & Defense		Senior Secured Loan		10.5%/0.0%			12/20/2018				12,198				12,143				12,197
		Manufacturing		Revolving Loan ($1,000 commitment) (9)		N/A			12/20/2018				—				(3	)			(3	)
				Common Equity (600,000 units)													—				1,049
																	12,140				13,243				6	%
MedPlast, LLC		Healthcare Products		Subordinated Note		11.0%/1.5%			3/31/2019				10,033				9,961				9,961
		Products		Preferred Equity (188 shares) (6)		0.0%/8.0%											191				191
				Common Equity (3,728 shares)													62				62
																	10,214				10,214				5	%
National Truck Protection Co., Inc.		Financial Services		Senior Secured Loan		13.5%/2.0%			9/13/2018				13,500				13,418				13,500
				Common Units (1,109 units)													737				1,118
																	14,155				14,618				7	%
Nobles Manufacturing, Inc.		Aerospace & Defense		Subordinated Note		12.0%/2.5%			10/6/2018				4,550				4,550				4,550
		Manufacturing		Preferred Equity (1,300,000 shares)													867				2,285
				Common Equity (1,300,000 shares)													—				—
																	5,417				6,835				3	%
Premium Franchise Brands, LLC		Commercial Cleaning		Subordinated Note		12.0%/2.0%			3/18/2017				7,833				7,833				7,833
(f/k/a Jan-Pro Holdings, LLC)				Preferred Equity (1,054,619 shares)													832				465
																	8,665				8,298				4	%
Restaurant Finance Co, LLC		Restaurants		Senior Secured Loan ($6,000 commitment)		11.0%/2.0%			11/25/2019				1,664				1,652				1,652
				Royalty Rights													—				—
																	1,652				1,652				1	%
S.B. Restaurant Co. (dba Elephant Bar)		Restaurants		Subordinated Note (8)		13.0%/1.0%			1/10/2018				7,594				7,256				2,974
				Subordinated Note ($500 commitment)		0.0%/0.0%			1/10/2018				250				165				165
				Warrant (652 shares)													416				—
																	7,837				3,139				1	%
Simplex Manufacturing Co.		Aerospace & Defense		Subordinated Note		14.0%/0.0%			11/1/2015				4,550				4,522				4,550
		Manufacturing		Warrant (24 shares)													710				758
																	5,232				5,308				3	%
United Biologics, LLC		Healthcare Services		Senior Secured Loan		12.0%/2.0%			3/5/2017				6,833				6,425				6,833
				Preferred Equity (98,377 units) (7)													1,069				1,069
				Warrant (57,469 units)													566				312
																	8,060				8,214				4	%

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(In thousands, except shares)

 

Portfolio Company (1) (2)		Industry		Investment Type (3)		Rate (4) Cash/PIK		Maturity		Principal Amount				Cost				Fair Value				Percent of Net Assets
Worldwide Express Operations, LLC		Transportation Services		Subordinated Note		11.5%/1.0%		8/1/2020		$	12,552			$	12,434			$	12,434
				Common Equity (2,500,000 units) (7)											2,500				2,500
															14,934				14,934				7	%
Total Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments															226,231				224,537				106	%
Total Investments														$	315,214			$	306,981				145	%

 

(1)	See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for portfolio composition by geographic location.

(2)	Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio companies.

(3)	All debt investments are income producing. Equity investments are non-income producing unless otherwise noted.

(4)	Rate includes the cash interest or dividend rate and paid-in-kind interest or dividend rate, if any, as of December 31, 2013. Generally, payment-in-kind interest can be paid-in-kind or all in cash.

(5)	See Note 2 - Significant Accounting Policies, Investment Classification for definitions of Control and Affiliate classifications. (6) Income producing. Maturity date, if any, represents mandatory redemption date.

(7)	Investment is held by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

(8)	Investment was on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013, meaning the Company has ceased recognizing interest income on the investment.

(9)	The entire commitment was unfunded at December 31, 2013. As such, no interest is being earned on this investment.

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Note 1. Organization and Nature of Business

Fidus Investment Corporation, a Maryland corporation (“FIC,” and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), was formed on February 14, 2011 for the purposes of (i) acquiring 100% of the limited partnership interests of Fidus Mezzanine Capital, L.P. and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, “Fund I”) and 100% of the membership interests of Fund I’s general partner, Fidus Mezzanine Capital GP, LLC (“FMCGP”), (ii) raising capital in an initial public offering that was completed in June 2011 (the “IPO”) and (iii) thereafter operating as an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

On June 20, 2011, FIC acquired 100% of the limited partnership interests in Fund I and 100% of the equity interests in FMCGP, in exchange for 4,056,521 shares of common stock in FIC (the “Formation Transactions”). Fund I became FIC’s wholly-owned subsidiary, retained its license to operate as a Small Business Investment Company (“SBIC”), and continues to hold investments and make new investments. The IPO consisted of the sale of 5,370,500 shares of the Company’s common stock, including shares purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their exercise of the over-allotment option, at a price of $15.00 per share resulting in net proceeds of $73,626, after deducting underwriting fees and commissions and offering costs totaling $6,932.

The Company provides customized debt and equity financing solutions to lower middle-market companies. Fund I commenced operations on May 1, 2007, and on October 22, 2007, was granted a license to operate as a SBIC under the authority of the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”). On March 29, 2013, the Company commenced operations of a new wholly-owned subsidiary, Fidus Mezzanine Capital II, L.P. (“Fund II”) and on May 28, 2013, was granted a second license to operate Fund II as an SBIC. Collectively, Fund I and Fund II are referred to as the “Funds”. The SBIC licenses allow the Funds to obtain leverage by issuing SBA-guaranteed debentures (“SBA debentures”), subject to the issuance of leverage commitments by the SBA and other customary procedures. As SBICs, the Funds are subject to a variety of regulations and oversight by the SBA under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended (the “SBIC Act”), concerning, among other things, the size and nature of the companies in which they may invest and the structure of those investments.

Fund I has also elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. Fund II will not be registered under the 1940 Act and will rely on the exclusion from the definition of investment company contained in Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act. In addition, for federal income tax purposes, the Company elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 2011.

For all periods subsequent to the consummation of the Formation Transactions and the IPO, the Company pays a quarterly base management fee and an incentive fee to Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Advisor”) under an investment advisory agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”). The initial investment professionals of the Investment Advisor were previously employed by Fidus Capital, LLC, who was the investment adviser to Fund I prior to consummation of the Formation Transactions.

On September 11, 2012, the Company issued 2,472,500 shares in a follow-on public offering, including shares purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their exercise of the over-allotment option, at an offering price of $16.10 per share resulting in net proceeds of $37,952 after deducting underwriting fees and commissions and offering costs totaling $1,855.

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

On February 8, 2013, the Company issued 1,725,000 shares in a follow-on public offering, including shares purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their exercise of the over-allotment option, at an offering price of $17.60 per share resulting in net proceeds to the Company of $28,857, after deducting underwriting fees and commissions and offering costs totaling $1,504.

On August 21, 2014, the Company entered into an equity distribution agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated through which the Company could sell, by means of at-the-market offerings from time to time, shares of the Company’s common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $50,000 (the “ATM Program”). During the period from August 21, 2014 through December 31, 2014, 158,353 shares of the Company’s common stock were sold at an average offering price of $18.51 per share resulting in net proceeds of $2,871, after commissions to the sales agent on shares sold and offering costs of $59.

On September 30, 2014, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares in a follow-on public offering at an offering price of $17.00 per share. On October 21, 2014, the Company issued an additional 83,414 shares to the underwriters pursuant to their exercise of the over-allotment option. Such share issuances resulted in net proceeds of $33,671, after deducting underwriting fees and commissions and offering costs totaling $1,747.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had 16,051,037 and 13,755,232 shares of common stock outstanding, respectively.

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of presentation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-K, Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 946, Financial Services – Investment Companies (“ASC 946), and Articles 6 or 10 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments and reclassifications that are necessary for the fair presentation of financial results as of and for the periods presented. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Use of estimates: The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Consolidation: Pursuant to Article 6 of Regulation S-X and ASC 946, the Company will generally not consolidate its investments in a company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to the Company. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of the Company include only the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, including the Funds. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Fair value of financial instruments: The Company measures and discloses fair value with respect to substantially all of its financial instruments in accordance with ASC Topic 820 — Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC Topic 820”). ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value, and requires disclosures for fair value measurements, including the categorization of financial instruments into a three-level hierarchy based on the transparency of valuation inputs. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding the fair value measurements and hierarchy.

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Investment classification: The Company classifies its investments in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, “Control Investments” are defined as investments in those companies where the Company owns more than 25% of the voting securities of such company or has rights to maintain greater than 50% of the board representation. Under the 1940 Act, “Affiliate Investments” are defined as investments in those companies where the Company owns between 5% and 25% of the voting securities of such company. “Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments” are those that neither qualify as Control Investments nor Affiliate Investments.

Segments: In accordance with ASC Topic 280 — Segment Reporting, the Company has determined that it has a single reporting segment and operating unit structure.

Cash and cash equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition. The Company places its cash in financial institutions and, at times, such balances may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. The Company does not believe its cash balances are exposed to any significant credit risk.

Deferred financing costs: Deferred financing costs consist of fees and expenses paid in connection with the Credit Facility (as defined in Note 6) and SBA debentures. Deferred financing costs are capitalized and amortized over the term of the debt agreement using the effective interest method.

Deferred equity financing costs: Deferred equity financing costs include registration expenses related to shelf filings, including expenses related to the launch of the ATM Program. These expenses primarily consist of Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fees, legal fees and accounting fees incurred. These expenses are included in prepaid assets and are charged to additional paid in capital upon the receipt of proceeds from an equity offering or charged to expense if no offering is completed.

Realized gains or losses and unrealized appreciation or depreciation on investments: Realized gains or losses on investments are recorded upon the sale or disposition of a portfolio investment and are calculated as the difference between the net proceeds from the sale or disposition and the cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation on the consolidated statements of operations includes changes in the fair value of investments from the prior period, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) through the application of the Company’s valuation policy, as well as reclassifications of any prior period unrealized appreciation or depreciation on exited investments to realized gains or losses on investments.

Interest, fee and dividend income: Interest and dividend income is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent that the Company expects to collect such amounts. Interest and dividend income is accrued daily based on the outstanding principal amount and the contractual terms of the debt or preferred equity investment. Dividend income is recorded on the declaration date or at the point an obligation exists for the portfolio company to make a distribution. Distributions from portfolio companies are evaluated to determine if the distribution is a distribution of earnings or a return of capital.

Certain of the Company’s investments contain a payment-in-kind (“PIK”) income provision. The PIK income, computed at the contractual rate specified in the applicable investment agreement, is added to the principal balance of the investment, rather than being paid in cash, and recorded as interest or dividend income, as applicable, on the consolidated statements of operations. PIK income is included in the Company’s taxable income and, therefore, affects the amount the Company is required to pay to shareholders in the form of dividends in order to maintain the Company’s status as a RIC and to avoid corporate federal income tax, even though the Company has not yet collected the cash.

 

F-18

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Loans or preferred equity investments are placed on non-accrual status and the Company will generally cease recognizing interest or dividend income when principal, interest or dividend payments become materially past due, or when there is reasonable doubt that principal, interest or dividends will be collected. Interest and dividend payments received on non-accrual investments may be recognized as interest or dividend income or may be applied to the investment principal balance based on management’s judgment. Non-accrual investments are restored to accrual status when past due principal, interest or dividends are paid and, in management’s judgment, payments are likely to remain current.

In connection with the Company’s debt investments, the Company will sometimes receive warrants or other equity-related securities from the borrower (“Warrants”). The Company determines the cost basis of Warrants based upon their respective fair values on the date of receipt in proportion to the total fair value of the debt and Warrants received. Any resulting difference between the face amount of the debt and its recorded fair value resulting from the assignment of value to the Warrants is treated as original issue discount (“OID”), and accreted into interest income using the effective interest method over the term of the debt investment.

Transaction fees earned in connection with the Company’s investments are recognized as fee income. Such fees typically include fees for services, including structuring and advisory services, provided to portfolio companies. The Company recognizes income from fees for providing such structuring and advisory services when the services are rendered or the transactions are completed. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment penalties are recorded as fee income when earned.

The Company also typically receives upfront loan origination or closing fees in connection with investments. Such upfront loan origination and closing fees are capitalized as unearned income and offset against investment cost basis on the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities and accreted into income over the life of the investment. Upfront loan origination and closing fees received for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled $807, $863, and $637, respectively.

Partial loan sales: The Company follows the guidance in ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, when accounting for loan participations and other partial loan sales. Such guidance requires a participation or other partial loan sale to meet the definition of a “participating interest”, as defined in the guidance, in order for sale treatment to be allowed. Participations or other partial loan sales which do not meet the definition of a participating interest should remain on the Company’s consolidated statement of assets and liabilities and the proceeds recorded as a secured borrowing until the definition is met. Management has determined that all participations and other partial loan sale transactions entered into by the Company have met the definition of a participating interest. Accordingly, the Company uses sale treatment in accounting for such transactions.

Income taxes: The Company has elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, which will generally relieve the Company from U.S. federal income taxes with respect to all income distributed to stockholders. In order to qualify as a RIC, the Company is required to timely distribute to its stockholders at least 90.0% of “investment company taxable income,” as defined by Subchapter M of the Code, each year. Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, the Company may choose to carry forward taxable income in excess of current year distributions into the next tax year; however, the Company will pay a 4.0% excise tax if it does not distribute at least 98.0% of the current year’s ordinary taxable income. Any such carryover taxable income must be distributed through a dividend declared prior to the later of the filing the final tax return related to the year in which the Company generated such taxable income or the 15^th day of the 9^th month following the close of such taxable year. In addition, the Company will be subject to federal excise tax if it does not distribute at least 98.2% of the net capital gains realized, computed for any one year period ending October 31.

 

F-19

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

In the future, the Funds may be limited by provisions of the SBIC Act and SBA regulations governing SBICs from making certain distributions to FIC that may be necessary to enable FIC to make the minimum distributions required to qualify as a RIC.

The Company has certain indirect wholly-owned taxable subsidiaries (the “Taxable Subsidiaries”), each of which generally holds one or more of the Company’s portfolio investments listed on the consolidated schedules of investments. The Taxable Subsidiaries are consolidated for financial reporting purposes, such that the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect the Company’s investment in the portfolio companies owned by the Taxable Subsidiaries. The purpose of the Taxable Subsidiaries is to permit the Company to hold equity investments in portfolio companies that are taxed as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (such as entities organized as limited liability companies (“LLCs”) or other forms of pass through entities) while complying with the “source-of-income” requirements contained in the RIC tax provisions. The Taxable Subsidiaries are not consolidated with the Company for U.S. federal corporate income tax purposes, and each Taxable Subsidiary will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on its taxable income. Any such income or expense is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

U.S. federal income tax regulations differ from GAAP, and as a result, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized under GAAP. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences may arise as a result of, among other items, a difference in the book and tax basis of certain assets and nondeductible federal income taxes. Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future.

ASC Topic 740 — Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“ASC Topic 740”) provides guidance for how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, presented and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements. ASC Topic 740 requires the evaluation of tax positions taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be respected by the applicable tax authorities. Tax benefits of positions not deemed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold would be recorded as a tax expense in the current year. It is the Company’s policy to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax benefits in income tax provision, if any. There were no material uncertain income tax positions at December 31, 2014 and 2013. The 2011 through 2013 tax years remain subject to examination by U.S. federal and most state tax authorities.

Distributions to stockholders: Distributions to stockholders are recorded on the record date with respect to such distributions. The amount, if any, to be distributed to stockholders, is determined by the Board each quarter and is generally based upon the earnings estimated by management. Net realized capital gains, if any, may be distributed at least annually, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

The determination of the tax attributes for the Company’s distributions is made annually, and is based upon the Company’s taxable income and distributions paid to its stockholders for the full year. Ordinary dividend distributions from a RIC do not qualify for the preferential tax rate on qualified dividend income from domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations, except to the extent that the RIC received the income in the form of qualifying dividends from domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations. The tax characterization of the Company’s distributions generally includes both ordinary income and capital gains but may also include qualified dividends or return of capital.

The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan (“DRIP”) that provides for the reinvestment of dividends on behalf of its stockholders, unless a stockholder has elected to receive dividends in cash. As a result, if the Company declares a cash dividend, the Company’s stockholders who have not “opted out” of the DRIP at

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

least three days prior to the dividend payment date will have their cash dividend automatically reinvested into additional shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company has the option to satisfy the share requirements of the DRIP through the issuance of new shares of common stock or through open market purchases of common stock by the DRIP plan administrator. Newly issued shares are valued based upon the final closing price of the Company’s common stock on a date determined by the Board. Shares purchased in the open market to satisfy the DRIP requirements will be valued based upon the average price of the applicable shares purchased by the DRIP plan administrator, before any associated brokerage or other costs. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements regarding dividend declarations and distributions.

Earnings and net asset value per share: The earnings per share calculations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, are computed utilizing the weighted average shares outstanding for the period. Net asset value per share is calculated using the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Recent accounting pronouncements: In June 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-08, Financial Services — Investment Companies (Topic 946) Amendments to the Scope, Measurement and Disclosure Requirements (“ASU 2013-08”), containing new guidance on assessing whether an entity is an investment company, requiring non-controlling ownership interest in investment companies to be measured at fair value and requiring certain additional disclosures. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2013-08 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition (Topic 605). Under the new guidance, an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on the Company’s consolidated financial position or disclosures.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation: Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, which amends the criteria for determining which entities are considered variable interest entities (“VIEs”), amends the criteria for determining if a service provider possesses a variable interest in a VIE and ends the deferral granted to investment companies for application of the VIE consolidation model. This guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods of public entities beginning after December 15, 2015 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on the Company’s consolidated financial position or disclosures.

Note 3. Portfolio Company Investments

The Company’s portfolio investments principally consist of secured and unsecured debt, equity warrants and direct equity investments in privately held companies. The debt investments may or may not be secured by either a first or second lien on the assets of the portfolio company. The debt investments generally bear interest at fixed rates, and generally mature between five and seven years from the original investment. In connection with a debt investment, the Company also may receive nominally priced equity warrants and/or makes a direct equity investment in the portfolio company. The Company’s warrants or equity investments may be investments in a holding company related to the portfolio company. In addition, the Company periodically makes equity investments in its portfolio companies through Taxable Subsidiaries. In both situations, the investment is reported under the name of the operating company on the consolidated schedules of investments.

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had investments in 42 portfolio companies with an aggregate fair value of $396,355 and a weighted average effective yield on its debt investments of 13.4%. As of December 31, 2014, the Company held equity investments in 85.7% of its portfolio companies and the average fully diluted equity ownership in those portfolio companies was 8.7%. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had investments in 37 portfolio companies with an aggregate fair value of $306,981 and a weighted average effective yield on its debt investments of 14.5%. As of December 31, 2013, the Company held equity investments in 91.9% of its portfolio companies and the average fully diluted equity ownership in those portfolio companies was 7.3%. The weighted average yields were computed using the effective interest rates for debt investments at cost as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, including accretion of original issue discount and loan origination fees, but excluding investments on non-accrual status, if any.

Purchases of debt and equity investments for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled $149,814, $149,095 and $85,519, respectively. Proceeds from sales and repayments, including principal, return of capital distributions and realized gains, of portfolio investments for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled $62,643, $131,199 and $25,204, respectively.

Investments by type with corresponding percentage of total portfolio investments consisted of the following:

 

		Fair Value																Cost
		December 31, 2014								December 31, 2013								December 31, 2014								December 31, 2013
Subordinated notes		$	273,711				69.1	%		$	214,400				69.8	%		$	273,347				69.8	%		$	220,372				69.9	%
Senior secured loans			74,286				18.7	%			53,387				17.4			$	74,486				19.0	%			52,903				16.8
Equity			42,886				10.8				32,560				10.6				36,623				9.4				34,982				11.1
Warrants			5,472				1.4				6,634				2.2				6,882				1.8				6,957				2.2
Royalty rights			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Total		$	396,355				100.0	%		$	306,981				100.0	%		$	391,338				100.0	%		$	315,214				100.0	%

All investments made by the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were made in portfolio companies located in the U.S. The following table shows portfolio composition by geographic region at fair value and cost and as a percentage of total investments. The geographic composition is determined by the location of the corporate headquarters of the portfolio company, which may not be indicative of the primary source of the portfolio company’s business.

 

		Fair Value																Cost
		December 31, 2014								December 31, 2013								December 31, 2014								December 31, 2013
Southeast		$	113,516				28.6	%		$	54,885				17.9	%		$	113,725				29.0	%		$	55,855				17.7	%
Midwest			94,572				23.9				67,287				21.9				92,721				23.7				74,430				23.6
West			78,904				19.9				76,361				24.9				71,975				18.4				75,488				24.0
Northeast			66,900				16.9				59,500				19.4				65,248				16.7				59,611				18.9
Southwest			42,463				10.7				48,948				15.9				47,669				12.2				49,830				15.8
Total		$	396,355				100.0	%		$	306,981				100.0	%		$	391,338				100.0	%		$	315,214				100.0	%

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no portfolio company investments that represented more than 10% of the total investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2014, there were no investments on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had debt investments in one portfolio company on non-accrual status, which had a cost and fair value of $7,256 and $2,974, respectively.

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Note 4. Fair Value Measurements

Investments

The Board has established and documented processes and methodologies for determining the fair values of portfolio company investments on a recurring basis in accordance with ASC Topic 820 and consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act. Fair value is the price, determined at the measurement date, that would be received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters, or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available or reliable, valuation techniques described below are applied. Under ASC Topic 820, portfolio investments recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are classified within the fair value hierarchy based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value, as defined below:

Level 1 — Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets as of the measurement date.

Level 2 — Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, or that are quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active and inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term, if applicable, of the investment.

Level 3 — Inputs include those that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

An investment’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s investment portfolio is comprised entirely of debt and equity securities of privately held companies for which quoted prices falling within the categories of Level 1 and Level 2 inputs are not available. Therefore, the Company values all of its portfolio investments at fair value, as determined in good faith by the Board, using Level 3 inputs. The degree of judgment exercised by the Board in determining fair value is greatest for investments classified as Level 3 inputs. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair values of investments that do not have readily available market values, the Board’s estimate of fair values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market for the securities existed, and those differences may be material. In addition, changes in the market environment, portfolio company performance and other events that may occur over the lives of the investments may cause the amounts ultimately realized on these investments to be materially different than the valuations currently assigned.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Board undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

•

the quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially evaluated and rated by the investment professionals of the Investment Advisor responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

•

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with the investment committee of the Investment Advisor;

 

•

the Board also engages one or more independent valuation firm(s) to conduct independent appraisals of a selection of our investments for which market quotations are not readily available. The Company will consult with independent valuation firm(s) relative to each portfolio company at least once in every calendar year, and for new portfolio companies, at least once in the twelve-month period subsequent to

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

the initial investment. In certain instances, the Company may determine that it is not cost-effective, and as a result it is not in the Company’s stockholders’ best interest, to request the valuation firm(s) to perform independent valuations on one or more portfolio companies. Such instances include, but are not limited to, situations where the fair value of the investment in the portfolio company is determined to be insignificant relative to the total investment portfolio. The Board consulted with the independent valuation firm in arriving at the Company’s determination of fair value on 9 and 13 of its portfolio company investments representing 20.7% and 47.1% of the total portfolio investments at fair value (exclusive of new portfolio company investments made during the three months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

•

the audit committee of the Board reviews the preliminary valuations of the Investment Advisor and of the independent valuation firm(s) and responds and supplements the valuation recommendations to reflect any comments; and

 

•

the Board discusses these valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of the Investment Advisor, the independent valuation firm(s) and the audit committee.

In making the good faith determination of the value of portfolio investments, the Board starts with the cost basis of the security. The transaction price is typically the best estimate of fair value at inception. When evidence supports a subsequent change to the carrying value from the original transaction price, adjustments are made to reflect the expected exit values.

Consistent with the policies and methodologies adopted by the Board, the Company performs detailed valuations of its debt and equity investments, using both the market and income approaches as appropriate. Under the market approach, the Company typically uses the enterprise value methodology to determine the fair value of an investment. There is no one methodology to estimate enterprise value and, in fact, for any one portfolio company, enterprise value is generally best expressed as a range of values, from which the Company derives a single estimate of enterprise value. Under the income approach, the Company typically prepares and analyzes discounted cash flow models to estimate the present value of future cash flows of either an individual debt investment or of the underlying portfolio company itself.

The Company evaluates investments in portfolio companies using the most recent portfolio company financial statements and forecasts. The Company also consults with the portfolio company’s senior management to obtain further updates on the portfolio company’s performance, including information such as industry trends, new product development and other operational issues.

For the Company’s debt investments, including senior secured loans and subordinated notes, the primary valuation technique used to estimate the fair value is the discounted cash flow method. However, if there is deterioration in credit quality or a debt investment is in workout status, the Company may consider other methods in determining the fair value, including the value attributable to the debt investment from the enterprise value of the portfolio company or the proceeds that would be received in a liquidation analysis. The Company’s discounted cash flow models estimate a range of fair values by applying an appropriate discount rate to the future cash flow streams of its debt investments, based on future interest and principal payments as set forth in the associated loan agreements. The Company prepares a weighted average cost of capital for use in the discounted cash flow model for each investment, based on factors including, but not limited to: current pricing and credit metrics for similar proposed or executed investment transactions of private companies; the portfolio company’s historical financial results and outlook; and the portfolio company’s current leverage and credit quality as compared to leverage and credit quality as of the date the investment was made. The Company may also consider

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

the following factors when determining the fair value of debt investments: the portfolio company’s ability to make future scheduled payments; prepayment penalties; estimated remaining life; the nature and realizable value of any collateral securing such debt investment; and changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that generally may affect the price at which similar investments may be made. The Company estimates the remaining life of its debt investments to generally be the legal maturity date of the instrument, as the Company generally intends to hold its loans to maturity. However, if the Company has information available to it that the loan is expected to be repaid in the near term, it would use an estimated remaining life based on the expected repayment date.

For the Company’s equity investments, including equity and warrants, the Company generally uses a market approach, including valuation methodologies consistent with industry practice, to estimate the enterprise value of portfolio companies. Typically, the enterprise value of a private company is based on multiples of EBITDA, net income, revenues, or in limited cases, book value. In estimating the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the Company analyzes various factors consistent with industry practice, including but not limited to original transaction multiples, the portfolio company’s historical and projected financial results, applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and leverage levels, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, and comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public. Where applicable, the Company considers the Company’s ability to influence the capital structure of the portfolio company, as well as the timing of a potential exit.

The Company may also utilize an income approach when estimating the fair value of its equity securities, either as a primary methodology if consistent with industry practice or if the market approach is otherwise not applicable, or as a supporting methodology to corroborate the fair value ranges determined by the market approach. The Company typically prepares and analyzes discounted cash flow models based on projections of the future free cash flows (or earnings) of the portfolio company. The Company considers various factors, including but not limited to the portfolio company’s projected financial results, applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and leverage levels, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, and comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public.

The fair value of the Company’s royalty rights are calculated based on projected future cash flows and the specific provisions contained in the pertinent agreements. The determination of the fair value of such royalty rights is not a significant component of the Company’s valuation process.

The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Reclassifications impacting Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are reported as transfers in or out of the Level 3 category as of the beginning of the quarter in which the reclassifications occur. There were no transfers among Levels 1, 2, and 3 during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

The following tables present a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for fair valued investments measured using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

		Subordinated Notes				Senior Secured Loans				Equity				Warrants				Royalty Rights				Total
Balance, December 31, 2012		$	193,691			$	32,736			$	26,430			$	21,392			$	—			$	274,249
Realized gain on investments			393				—				4,926				25,269				—				30,588
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments			(7,305	)			(110	)			(716	)			(14,057	)			—				(22,188	)
Purchase of investments			111,473				22,668				14,712				242				—				149,095
Proceeds from sales and repayments of investments			(89,387	)			(2,166	)			(13,434	)			(26,212	)			—				(131,199	)
Interest and dividend income paid-in-kind			4,984				174				653				—				—				5,811
Proceeds from loan origination fees			(709	)			(131	)			(23	)			—				—				(863	)
Accretion of loan origination fees			352				50				5				—				—				407
Accretion of original issue discount			908				166				7				—				—				1,081
Balance, December 31, 2013		$	214,400			$	53,387			$	32,560			$	6,634			$	—			$	306,981
Net realized (losses) gains on investments			(13,742	)			—				(3,973	)			686				—				(17,029	)
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments			5,928				(276	)			8,685				(1,087	)			—				13,250
Non-cash conversion of security types			1,833				(6,833	)			5,000				—				—				—
Purchase of investments			103,663				33,086				12,238				827				—				149,814
Proceeds from sales and repayments of investments			(43,356	)			(5,592	)			(12,107	)			(1,588	)			—				(62,643	)
Interest and dividend income paid-in-kind			4,577				586				454				—				—				5,617
Proceeds from loan origination fees			(589	)			(195	)			(23	)			—				—				(807	)
Accretion of loan origination fees			402				82				45				—				—				529
Accretion of original issue discount			595				41				7				—				—				643
Balance, December 31, 2014		$	273,711			$	74,286			$	42,886			$	5,472			$	—			$	396,355

Net change in unrealized appreciation of $2,294 and $(7,588) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were attributable to Level 3 investments held at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

The following tables summarize the significant unobservable inputs by valuation technique used to determine the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 debt and equity investments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The tables are not intended to be all-inclusive, but instead capture the significant unobservable inputs relevant to the Company’s determination of fair values.

 

		Fair Value at December 31, 2014				Valuation Techniques		Unobservable Inputs		Range (weighted average)
Debt investments:
Subordinated notes		$	273,711			Discounted cash flow		Weighted average cost of capital		11.4% - 18.1% (13.6%)
Senior secured loans			74,286			Discounted cash flow		Weighted average cost of capital		6.7% - 17.0% (14.0%)
Equity investments:
Equity			42,886			Enterprise value		EBITDA multiples		4.5x - 10.4x (6.8x)
Warrants			5,472			Enterprise value		EBITDA multiples		5.0x - 9.5x (7.0x)
		Fair Value at December 31, 2013				Valuation Techniques		Unobservable Inputs		Range (weighted average)
Debt investments:
Subordinated notes		$	208,226			Discounted cash flow		Weighted average cost of capital		10.9% - 24.0% (15.5 %)
			6,174			Enterprise value		EBITDA multiples		4.5x - 5.5x (4.9x)
								Revenue multiples		0.3x – 0.5x (0.5x)
Senior secured loans			53,387			Discounted cash flow		Weighted average cost of capital		10.9% - 16.6% (14.4%)
Equity investments:
Equity			32,560			Enterprise value		EBITDA multiples		4.5x - 10.4x (6.6x)
Warrants			6,634			Enterprise value		EBITDA multiples		4.7x - 9.5x (6.3x)

The significant unobservable input used in determining the fair value under the discounted cash flow technique is the weighted average cost of capital of each security. Significant increases (or decreases) in this input would likely result in a significantly lower (or higher) fair value estimate.

The significant unobservable inputs used in determining fair value under the enterprise value technique are revenue and EBITDA multiples. Significant increases (or decreases) in this input could result in a significantly higher (or lower) fair value estimate.

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities

ASC Topic 820 requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments for which it is practical to estimate such value. The Company believes that the carrying amounts of its other financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, receivables and payables approximate the fair value of such items due to the short maturity of such instruments. The fair value of borrowings under the Credit Facility (as defined in Note 6) are based on a market yield approach and current interest rates, which are level 3 inputs to the market yield model, and is estimated to be $10,000 and $0 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which is the same as the Company’s carrying value of the borrowings. SBA debentures are carried at cost and with their longer maturity dates, fair value is estimated by discounting remaining payments using current market rates for similar instruments and considering such factors as the legal maturity date and the ability of market participants to prepay the debentures. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of the Company’s SBA debentures using Level 3 inputs is estimated at $173,500 and $144,500, respectively, which is the same as the Company’s carrying value of the debentures.

 

F-27

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Note 5. Related Party Transactions

Investment Advisory Agreement: Concurrent with the Formation Transactions, the Company entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Investment Advisor. On June 4, 2014, the Board approved the renewal of the Investment Advisory Agreement through June 20, 2015. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement and subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Investment Advisor provides investment advisory services to the Company. For providing these services, the Investment Advisor receives a fee, consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% based on the average value of total assets (other than cash or cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts) at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. The base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Investment Advisor waived $13 of the base management fee attributable to a portfolio investment that funded into escrow on September 30, 2014 but did not close until after the end of the quarter. The base management fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled $5,899, $5,261 and $4,237 respectively.

The incentive fee consists of two parts. The first part is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for the quarter. Pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, any expenses payable under the Administration Agreement (defined below) and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any organizing and offering costs). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as market discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind income, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero-coupon securities), accrued income the Company has not yet received in cash. The Investment Advisor is not under any obligation to reimburse the Company for any part of the incentive fee it receives that was based on accrued interest that the Company never collects.

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, taxes associated with such realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that the Company may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where the Company incurs a loss. For example, if the Company generates pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a quarter, the Company will pay the applicable incentive fee even if the Company has incurred a loss in that quarter due to a net loss on investments.

Pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 2.0% per quarter. If market interest rates rise, the Company may be able to invest funds in debt instruments that provide for a higher return, which would increase the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income and make it easier for the Investment Advisor to surpass the fixed hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on such net investment income. The Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the total assets (other than cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts) used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee.

 

F-28

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

The Company pays the Investment Advisor an incentive fee with respect to pre-incentive fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

•

no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which the pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate of 2.0%;

 

•

100.0% of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% in any calendar quarter. This portion of the pre-incentive fee net investment income (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%) is referred to as the “catch-up” provision. The catch-up is meant to provide the Investment Advisor with 20.0% of the pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter; and

 

•

20.0% of the amount of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter.

The sum of the calculations above equals the income incentive fee. The income incentive fee is appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the calendar quarter. The income incentive fee for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled $5,588, $5,211 and $4,094, respectively.

The second part of the incentive fee is a capital gains incentive fee that is determined and paid in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), and equals 20.0% of the net capital gains as of the end of the fiscal year. In determining the capital gains incentive fee to be paid to the Investment Advisor, the Company calculates the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains and cumulative aggregate realized capital losses since the Formation Transactions, and the aggregate unrealized capital depreciation as of the date of the calculation, as applicable, with respect to each of the investments in the Company’s portfolio. At the end of the applicable year, the amount of capital gains that serves as the basis for the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee to be paid equals the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, less aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, with respect to the Company’s portfolio of investments. If this number is positive at the end of such year, then the capital gains incentive fee to be paid for such year equals 20.0% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of any capital gains incentive fees paid in all prior years. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the capital gains incentive fee payable was $0 and $348, respectively. The aggregate amount of capital gains incentive fees paid from the IPO through December 31, 2014 is $348.

In addition, the Company accrues, but does not pay, a capital gains incentive fee in connection with any unrealized capital appreciation, as appropriate. If, on a cumulative basis, the sum of net realized gains/(losses) plus net unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) decreases during a period, the Company will reverse any excess capital gains incentive fee previously accrued such that the amount of capital gains incentive fee accrued is no more than 20.0% of the sum of net realized gains/(losses) plus net unrealized appreciation/(depreciation). During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company reversed previously accrued capital gains incentive fees of $731. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company accrued capital gains incentive fees of $1,581 and $745, respectively.

The sum of the income incentive fee and the capital gains incentive fee is the incentive fee and is reported in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued management fees, income incentive fees and capital gains incentive fees are reported in the due to affiliates line in the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities.

Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year if approved annually by the Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of the Independent

 

F-29

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Directors. The Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by the Investment Advisor and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities may also terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement without penalty.

Administration Agreement: Concurrent with the Formation Transactions, the Company also entered into an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with the Investment Advisor. On June 4, 2014, the Board approved the renewal of the Administrative Agreement through June 20, 2015. Under the Administration Agreement, the Investment Advisor furnishes the Company with office facilities and equipment, provides it clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and provides the Company with other administrative services necessary to conduct its day-to-day operations. The Company reimburses the Investment Advisor for the allocable portion of overhead expenses incurred in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the Company’s allocable portion of the cost of its chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. Under the Administration Agreement, the Investment Advisor also provides managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance and the Company reimburses the Investment Advisor for fees and expenses incurred with providing such services. In addition, the Company reimburses the Investment Advisor for fees and expenses incurred while performing due diligence on the Company’s prospective portfolio companies. Under the Administration Agreement, administrative expenses for services provided for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled $1,772, $1,155 and $897, respectively. Accrued administrative expenses are reported in the due to affiliates line in the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities.

Note 6. Debt

Revolving Credit Facility: On June 16, 2014, FIC entered into a senior secured revolving credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with ING Capital LLC (“ING”), as the administrative agent, collateral agent, and lender. The Credit Facility had an initial commitment of $30,000 with an accordion feature that allows for an increase in the total commitments up to $75,000, subject to certain conditions and the satisfaction of specified financial covenants. The Credit Facility is secured by certain portfolio investments held by the Company, but portfolio investments held by the Funds are not collateral for the Credit Facility. The stated maturity date for the Credit Facility is June 16, 2018, which may be extended by mutual agreement.

On December 19, 2014, FIC amended the Credit Facility to (i) increase the commitment from $30,000 to $50,000 until certain financial conditions are met and (ii) allow FIC to buy-back up to $10,000 of the Company’s common stock subject to the satisfaction of specified financial covenants and conditions. The Credit Facility continues to have an accordion feature which allows for an increase in the total commitment up to $75,000.

Amounts available to borrow under the Credit Facility are subject to a minimum borrowing/collateral base that applies an advance rate to certain investments held by the Company. The Company is subject to limitations with respect to the investments securing the Credit Facility, including, but not limited to, restrictions on sector concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status and collateral interests, as well as restrictions on portfolio company leverage, which may also affect the borrowing base and therefore amounts available to borrow.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, subject to the Company’s election, on a per annum basis equal to (i) the alternate base rate plus 2.5% or (ii) the applicable LIBOR rate plus 3.5%. The alternate base rate is equal to the greater of (i) prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or (iii) the three-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%. The Company pays a commitment fee between 0.5% and 1.0% per annum based on the size of the unused portion of the Credit Facility.

The Company has made customary representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. These covenants

 

F-30

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

are subject to important limitations and exceptions that are described in the documents governing the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance in all material respect with the terms of the Credit Facility.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility of $10,000 and $0, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, interest and financing expenses related to the Credit Facility amounted to $325 and $0 and $0, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, accrued interest and fees payable related to the Credit Facility totaled $97 and $0, respectively.

SBA debentures: The Company uses debenture leverage provided through the SBA to fund a portion of its investment purchases.

Under the SBA debenture program, the SBA commits to purchase debentures issued by SBICs and such debentures are guaranteed by the SBA. The SBA has made commitments to purchase $225,000 of SBA debentures from the Company on or before September 30, 2019. Unused commitments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $51,500 and $30,500, respectively. The SBA may limit the amount that may be drawn each year under these commitments, and each issuance of leverage is conditioned on the Company’s full compliance, as determined by the SBA, with the terms and conditions set forth in the SBIC Act.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s issued and outstanding SBA debentures mature as follows:

 

Pooling Date(1)		Maturity Date				Fixed Interest Rate				December 31, 2014				December 31, 2013
3/26/2008			3/1/2018				6.188	%		$	24,750			$	24,750
9/24/2008			9/1/2018				6.442				11,950				11,950
3/25/2009			3/1/2019				5.337				19,750				19,750
9/23/2009			9/1/2019				4.950				10,000				10,000
3/24/2010			3/1/2020				4.825				13,000				13,000
9/22/2010			9/1/2020				3.932				12,500				12,500
3/29/2011			3/1/2021				4.801				1,550				1,550
9/21/2011			9/1/2021				3.594				3,250				3,250
3/21/2012			3/1/2022				3.483				3,250				3,250
3/21/2012			3/1/2022				3.051				19,000				19,000
9/19/2012			9/1/2022				2.530				11,000				11,000
9/19/2012			9/1/2022				3.049				11,500				11,500
3/27/2013			3/1/2023				3.155				3,000				3,000
9/24/2014			9/1/2024				3.775				1,000				—
(2)			(2	)			(2	)			1,000				—
(2)			(2	)			(2	)			1,000				—
(2)			(2	)			(2	)			1,000				—
(2)			(2	)			(2	)			1,500				—
(2)			(2	)			(2	)			1,000				—
(2)			(2	)			(2	)			6,000				—
(2)			(2	)			(2	)			7,500				—
(2)			(2	)			(2	)			2,500				—
(2)			(2	)			(2	)			1,500				—
(2)			(2	)			(2	)			5,000				—
										$	173,500			$	144,500

 

(1)	The SBA has two scheduled pooling dates for debentures (in March and in September). Certain debentures funded during the reporting periods may not be pooled until the subsequent pooling date.

(2)	The Company issued $28,000 in SBA debentures which pool in March 2015, at which time the Company expects the current short-term interest rate will reset to a higher long-term fixed rate.

 

F-31

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Interest on SBA debentures is payable semi-annually on March 1 and September 1. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, interest and financing expenses on outstanding SBA debentures amounted to $7,182 and $7,076 and $6,422, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, accrued interest and fees payable related to the SBA debentures totaled $2,756 and $2,198, respectively.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are amortized into interest and financing expenses on the consolidated statement of operations using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, over the term of the respective financing instrument. Deferred financing cost amortization for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $682 and $512, respectively. Deferred financing costs related to the Credit Facility and SBA debentures as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, were as follows:

 

		December 31, 2014				December 31, 2013
SBA debenture commitment fees		$	2,250			$	1,750
SBA debenture leverage fees			4,207				3,504
Credit Facility upfront fees			894				—
Subtotal			7,351				5,254
Accumulated amortization			(2,784	)			(2,102	)
Net deferred financing costs		$	4,567			$	3,152

The weighted average interest rate for all SBA debentures and borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility, if applicable, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 4.0% and 4.6%, respectively.

Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments: As of December 31, 2014, the Company had five unfunded revolving loan commitments totaling $4,064 to portfolio companies and two unfunded loan commitments totaling $5,426 to a portfolio company. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had two unfunded revolving loan commitments totaling $1,500, two unfunded loan commitments totaling $4,589 to portfolio companies and one unfunded capital commitment of $308 related to a portfolio company. The commitments are generally subject to the borrowers meeting certain criteria such as compliance with financial and nonfinancial covenants. Since commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Indemnifications: In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties that provide indemnifications under certain circumstances. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not yet occurred. The Company expects the risk of future obligation under these indemnifications to be remote.

Legal proceedings: In the normal course of business, the Company may be subject to legal and regulatory proceedings that are generally incidental to its ongoing operations. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company does not believe these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Note 8. Financial Highlights

The following is a schedule of financial highlights for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2014				2013				2012				2011				2010 (1)
Per share data:
Net asset value at beginning of period(2)		$	15.35			$	15.32			$	14.90			$	13.33				N/A
Net investment income(3)			1.62				1.43				1.54				1.22				N/A
Net realized gain (loss) on investments (net of taxes)(3)			(1.18	)			2.22				0.19				(1.31	)			N/A
Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments(3)			0.92				(1.64	)			0.18				1.72				N/A
Total increase from investment operations(3)			1.36				2.01				1.91				1.63				N/A
Capital contributions from partners			—				—				—				0.74				N/A
Capital distributions to partners			—				—				—				(0.16	)			N/A
Accretive effect of share issuance above NAV			0.19				0.18				0.03				—				N/A
Dividends to stockholders			(1.72	)			(1.94	)			(1.46	)			(0.64	)			N/A
Taxes paid on deemed distribution			—				(0.21	)			—				—				N/A
Other(4)			(0.02	)			(0.01	)			(0.06	)			—				N/A
Net asset value at end of period		$	15.16			$	15.35			$	15.32			$	14.90				N/A
Market value at end of period		$	14.85			$	21.74			$	16.45			$	12.97				N/A
Shares outstanding at end of period			16,051,037				13,755,232				11,953,847				9,427,021				N/A
Weighted average shares outstanding during the period(2)			14,346,438				13,524,368				10,185,627				9,427,021				N/A
Ratios to average net assets:
Expenses other than incentive fee			7.9	%			7.4	%			8.4	%			7.5	%			20.1	%
Incentive fee(5)			2.2	%			3.2	%			3.1	%			1.2	%			N/A
Total expenses			10.1	%			10.6	%			11.5	%			8.7	%			20.1	%
Net investment income			10.5	%			9.2	%			10.0	%			8.5	%			18.5	%
Total return(6)			(23.8	)%			44.0	%			38.1	%			(9.3	)%			10.1	%
Net assets at end of period		$	243,263			$	211,125			$	183,091			$	140,482			$	52,005
Average debt outstanding		$	152,700			$	144,500			$	126,050			$	97,050			$	89,760
Average debt per share(2) (3)		$	10.64			$	10.68			$	12.38			$	10.29				N/A
Portfolio turnover ratio			18.9	%			44.9	%			10.7	%			14.0	%			11.2	%

 

(1)	Per share data and shares outstanding at end of period for the year ended December 31, 2010 is not presented as there were no shares of the Company outstanding during the period. The ratios to average net assets and total return represent the amounts for the limited partners only.

 

F-33

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

(2)

Net asset value per share as of January 1, 2011, weighted average shares outstanding and average debt per share for the year ended December 31, 2011 are presented as if the IPO (including the over-allotment) and Formation Transactions had occurred on January 1, 2011. See Note 2 for a further description of the basis of presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

(3)	Weighted average per share data.

(4)	Represents the impact of different share amounts used in calculating per share data as a result of calculating certain per share data based on weighted average shares outstanding during the period and certain per share data based on the shares outstanding as of a period end or transaction date.

(5)	The Investment Advisor voluntarily waived $83 of incentive fees for the period June 21, 2011 through June 30, 2011. Incentive fee for the period July 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011 is not annualized.

(6)

The total return for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 equals the change in the market value of the Company’s common stock per share during the period plus dividends paid per share during the period, divided by the market value per share at the beginning of the period. The total return for the year ended December 31, 2011 equals the change in the market value at the end of the period of the Company’s common stock from the IPO price of $15.00 per share plus dividends paid per share during the period, divided by the IPO price and is not annualized. Total return for the year ended December 31, 2010 equals the net increase (decrease) in net asset resulting from operations during the period divided by average net assets.

Note 9. Dividends and Distributions

The Company’s dividends and distributions are recorded on the record date. The following table summarizes the dividends paid during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

Date Declared		Record Date		Payment Date		Amount Per Share				Cash Distribution				DRIP Shares Issued				DRIP Shares Value
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012:
2/10/2012		3/14/2012		3/28/2012		$	0.34			$	3,205				—			$	—
4/30/2012		6/13/2012		6/27/2012			0.36				3,394				—				—
7/31/2012		9/11/2012		9/25/2012			0.38				4,010				30,563				512
10/29/2012		12/7/2012		12/21/2012			0.38				4,145				23,763				388
						$	1.46			$	14,754				54,326			$	900
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013:
2/22/2013		3/14/2013		3/28/2013		$	0.38			$	4,822				20,501			$	376
5/1/2013		6/12/2013		6/26/2013			0.38				4,893				17,415				313
7/31/2013		9/12/2013		9/26/2013			0.38				4,902				15,899				310
7/31/2013(1)		9/12/2013		9/26/2013			0.04				516				1,674				33
11/4/2013		12/6/2013		12/20/2013			0.38				5,003				10,448				216
11/4/2013(2)		12/6/2013		12/20/2013			0.38				5,003				10,448				216
						$	1.94			$	25,139				76,385			$	1,464

 

F-34

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Date Declared		Record Date				Payment Date				Amount Per Share				Cash Distribution				DRIP Shares Issued				DRIP Shares Value
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014:
2/18/2014			3/21/2014				3/31/2014			$	0.38			$	5,028				10,410			$	199
5/5/2014			6/13/2014				6/27/2014				0.38				5,037				9,459				194
5/5/2014(3)			7/25/2014				7/31/2014				0.05				664				1,368				25
5/5/2014(4)			8/25/2014				8/29/2014				0.05				660				1,567				29
8/5/2014			9/12/2014				9/26/2014				0.38				5,095				11,562				198
11/4/2014			12/5/2014				12/19/2014				0.38				5,862				15,574				230
11/4/2014(5)			12/5/2014				12/19/2014				0.10				1,543				4,098				60
										$	1.72			$	23,889				54,038			$	935

 

(1)	Special dividend of $0.04 per share.

(2)	Special dividend of $0.38 per share.

(3)	Special dividend of $0.05 per share.

(4)	Special dividend of $0.05 per share.

(5)	Special dividend of $0.10 per share.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, $935 of the total $24,824 paid to stockholders represented DRIP participation. During this period, the Company satisfied the DRIP participation requirements with the issuance of 54,038 shares at an average value of $17.30 per share at the date of issuance. For the year ended December 31, 2013, $1,464 of the total $26,603 paid to stockholders represented DRIP participation. During this period, the Company satisfied the DRIP participation requirements with the issuance of 76,385 shares at an average value of $19.18 per share at the date of issuance. For the year ended December 31, 2012, $2,091 of the total $15,654 paid to stockholders represented DRIP participation. During this period, the Company satisfied the DRIP participation requirements with the purchase of 83,225 shares of common stock in the open market at an average price of $14.31 per share and the issuance of 54,326 shares at an average value of $16.58 per share at the date of issuance.

Since the Company’s IPO, dividends and distributions to stockholders total $73,114 or $5.76 per share.

In addition, during 2013 the Company designated $8,250, or approximately $0.60 per share, of the net long-term capital gains as a “deemed distribution” to stockholders of record as of December 31, 2013. The Company incurred $2,887, or $0.21 per share, of U.S. federal income taxes on behalf of stockholders related to this deemed distribution. See Note 10 for further discussion regarding deemed distributions. There were no deemed distributions during the years 2012 or 2014.

Note 10. Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a RIC, whereby the Company generally will not pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that the Company distributes to its stockholders as dividends. The Company must generally distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income to maintain its RIC status. As part of maintaining RIC status, undistributed taxable income pertaining to a given fiscal year may be distributed up to 12 months subsequent to the end of that fiscal year, provided such dividends are declared prior to the later of the filing of the federal income tax return for the prior year or the 15th day of the 9th month following the prior tax year. Such taxable income carried forward to the next tax year will be subject to excise tax equal to 4% of the amount by which (i) 98% of the Company’s ordinary income recognized during a calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of the Company’s long term

 

F-35

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

capital gains, as defined by Subchapter M of the Code, recognized for the one year period ending October 31^st of a calendar year exceeds the respective distributions for the year. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the excise tax provision (benefit) was $340, $348 and $(15), respectively. Excise tax is included as a component of income tax provision and income tax (provision) on realized gains on investments, depending on the character of the underlying taxable income, on the consolidated statements of operations.

The Taxable Subsidiaries hold certain portfolio investments for the Company. The Taxable Subsidiaries are consolidated for financial reporting purposes, and the portfolio investments held by the Taxable Subsidiaries are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The principal purpose of the Taxable Subsidiaries are to permit the Company to hold equity investments in portfolio companies which are “pass through” entities for federal income tax purposes in order to comply with the “source-of-income” requirements contained in the RIC tax provisions of Subchapter M of the Code. The Taxable Subsidiaries are not consolidated for federal income tax purposes and may generate income tax expense or income tax benefit as a result of their ownership of various portfolio investments. The Company classifies interest and penalties, if any, as a component of income tax provision on the consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, income tax expense at the taxable subsidiaries was $28, $391, and $19, respectively. Income tax expense is included as a component of the income tax provisions on the consolidated statements of operations.

Listed below is a reconciliation of net increase in net assets resulting from operations on the consolidated statements of operations to taxable income and to total distributions declared to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

		2014 (1)				2013				2012
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations		$	19,485			$	27,203			$	19,411
Net change in unrealized depreciation (appreciation) on investments			(13,250	)			22,188				(1,749	)
Permanent book income and tax income difference			355				2,062				15
Temporary book income and tax income differences			11,504				636				172
Capital loss carry forward (utilization)			4,780				(2,408	)			(1,975	)
Taxable income			22,874				49,681				15,844
Taxable income earned in prior year and carried forward for distribution in current year			15,386				558				368
Taxable income earned in current period and carried forward for distribution in following year			(13,436	)			(15,386	)			(558	)
Deemed distribution			—				(8,250	)			—
Total distributions to common stockholders		$	24,824			$	26,603			$	15,654

 

(1)

The Company’s taxable income for 2014 is an estimate and will not be finally determined until the Company files its 2014 federal income tax return in 2015. Therefore, the Company’s actual taxable income, and the Company’s actual taxable income that was earned in 2014 and carried forward for distribution in 2015, may be different than this estimate.

 

F-36

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

For tax purposes, distributions paid to stockholders are reported as ordinary income, long term capital gains, qualified dividends, return of capital or a combination thereof. The tax character of distributions paid for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 

		2014				2013				2012
Ordinary income		$	14,242			$	15,282			$	15,654
Long term capital gains			10,389				10,000				—
Qualified dividends			193				1,321				—
Total distributions		$	24,824			$	26,603			$	15,654

The Company estimates that it generated undistributed ordinary taxable income of approximately $13,436, or $0.84 per share during 2014 that will be carried forward and distributed in 2015. Ordinary dividend distributions from a RIC do not qualify for the preferential federal income tax rate on dividend income from certain domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations, except to the extent that the RIC received the income in the form of qualifying dividends from domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations.

The Company may distribute a portion of its realized net long term capital gains in excess of realized net short term capital losses to its stockholders, but may also decide to retain a portion, or all, of its net capital gains and elect to make a “deemed distribution” to its stockholders For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company elected to designate retained net capital gains of $8,250, or approximately $0.60 per share, as a deemed distribution, which was allocated to stockholders of record as of December 31, 2013. The Company incurred U.S. federal income taxes of $2,887, or approximately $0.21 per share, on behalf of stockholders related to this deemed distribution. Such U.S. federal income taxes were paid in January 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2012, the Company did not elect to designate retained net capital gains as a deemed distribution.

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the tax basis components of distributable earnings were as follows:

 

		2014 (1)				2013				2012
Undistributed ordinary income		$	13,326			$	4,865			$	210
Undistributed qualified income			110				132				347
Undistributed long term capital gains			—				10,389				—
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) (2)			3,805				(9,445	)			7,534
Permanent book/tax differences			—				—				(10	)
Temporary book/tax differences			(12,222	)			(1,073	)			(92	)
Capital loss carry forward			(4,780	)			—				(2,408	)
Total distributable earnings		$	239			$	4,868			$	5,581

 

(1)	The Company’s undistributed earnings for 2014 is an estimate and will not be finally determined until the Company files its 2014 federal income tax return in 2015. Therefore, the Company’s actual distributable earnings may be different than this estimate.

(2)	In addition, there is net unrealized appreciation of $1,211, $1,211 and $6,421 included in additional paid in capital as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, that was recognized prior to the Formation Transactions.

For federal income tax purposes, the cost of investments owned at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $397,698 and $315,668, respectively.

 

F-37

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Distributions from net investment income and net realized capital gains are determined in accordance with U.S. federal tax regulations, which may differ from amounts determined in accordance with GAAP and those differences could be material. These permanent book-to-tax differences are reclassified on the consolidated statements of changes in net assets to reflect their tax character but have no impact on total net assets. The following permanent book-to-tax differences were reclassified on the consolidated statements of changes in net assets for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

		2014				2013				2012
Additional paid in capital		$	(590	)		$	(7,057	)		$	—
Undistributed net investment income			366				73				—
Accumulated net realized (loss) gain on investments, net of taxes			224				6,984				—

Note 11. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

		March 31, 2014				June 30, 2014				September 30, 2014				December 31, 2014
Total investment income		$	10,559			$	10,581			$	11,324			$	13,652
Net investment income			5,444				5,509				5,627				6,701
Net increase in net assets from operations			3,378				3,428				5,301				7,378
Net investment income per share			0.40				0.40				0.41				0.42
Net increase in net assets from operations per share			0.25				0.25				0.38				0.46
Net asset value per share at end of period			15.22				15.09				15.18				15.16

 

		March 31, 2013				June 30, 2013				September 30, 2013				December 31, 2013
Total investment income		$	9,813			$	10,476			$	10,263			$	11,240
Net investment income			4,923				3,164				5,274				5,935
Net increase in net assets from operations			4,637				13,420				4,537				4,609
Net investment income per share			0.38				0.23				0.38				0.43
Net increase in net assets from operations per share			0.36				0.98				0.33				0.34
Net asset value per share at end of period			15.46				16.06				15.98				15.35

 

F-38

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Note 12. Consolidated Schedule of Investments In and Advances To Affiliates

 

Portfolio Company/Type of Investments (1)		Interest, Fees and Dividends Credited to Income (2)				December 31, 2013 Fair Value				Gross Additions(3)				Gross Reductions(4)				December 31, 2014 Fair Value
Control Investments
Paramount Building Solutions, LLC
Subordinated Note		$	19			$	—			$	1,118			$	51			$	1,067
Subordinated Note			67				—				2,842				155				2,687
Warrant			—				—				—				—				—
Preferred Equity			—				—				5,000				4,510				490
Common Equity			—				—				—				—				—
Sub Total			86				—				8,960				4,716				4,244
Total Control Investments		$	86			$	—			$	8,960			$	4,716			$	4,244
Affiliate Investments
Apex Microtechnology, Inc.
Subordinated Note		$	297			$	6,448			$	47			$	6,495			$	—
Warrant			—				255				—				1				254
Common Equity			—				1,299				3				—				1,302
Sub Total			297				8,002				50				6,496				1,556
Avrio Technology Group, LLC
Subordinated Note			217				3,200				3,308				6,508				—
Preferred Equity – Series B			—				—				3,704				3,704				—
Preferred Equity – Series C			—				—				436				436				—
Preferred Equity – Series D			—				—				639				639				—
Common Units			—				—				1,000				1,000				—
Sub Total			217				3,200				9,087				12,287				—
Far Research, Inc.
Senior Secured Loan			804				—				7,600				—				7,600
Revolving Loan			39				—				136				—				136
Common Equity			—				—				1,000				62				938
Sub Total			843				—				8,736				62				8,674
Inflexxion, Inc.
Senior Secured Loan			98				—				4,726				—				4,726
Revolving Loan			17				—				295				—				295
Preferred Equity			—				—				1,400				—				1,400
Sub Total			115				—				6,421				—				6,421
Malabar International
Subordinated Note			907				5,116				2,155				7				7,264
Preferred Equity			122				3,616				2				360				3,258
Sub Total			1,029				8,732				2,157				367				10,522

 

F-39

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

Portfolio Company/Type of Investments (1)		Interest, Fees and Dividends Credited to Income (2)				December 31, 2013 Fair Value				Gross Additions  (3)				Gross Reductions  (4)				December 31, 2014 Fair Value
Medsurant Holdings, LLC
Subordinated Note			1,883				9,541				758				170				10,129
Preferred Equity			—				1,105				233				311				1,027
Warrant			—				3,944				827				1,056				3,715
Sub Total			1,883				14,590				1,818				1,537				14,871
Paramount Building Solutions, LLC
Subordinated Note			1,046				7,091				—				7,091				—
Participation			16				—				1,200				1,200				—
Sub Total			1,062				7,091				5,891				1,200				—
Pfanstiehl, Inc.
Subordinated Note			900				6,082				136				10				6,208
Common Equity			—				970				2,118				—				3,088
Sub Total			900				7,052				2,254				10				9,296
Safety Products Group, LLC
Subordinated Note			1,377				9,957				44				1				10,000
Preferred Equity			—				749				63				—				812
Common Equity			—				1				—				1				—
Sub Total			1,377				10,707				107				2				10,812
Trantech Radiator Products, Inc.
Subordinated Note			1,321				9,351				175				8				9,518
Common Equity			—				1,317				—				355				962
Sub Total			1,321				10,668				175				363				10,480
Westminster Cracker Company, Inc.
Preferred Equity			—				75				77				—				152
Common Equity			—				1,108				696				—				1,804
Sub Total			—				1,183				773				—				1,956
World Wide Packaging, LLC
Subordinated Note			1,428				9,919				186				8				10,097
Common Equity			—				1,300				218				3				1,515
Sub Total			1,428				11,219				404				11				11,612
Total Affiliate Investments		$	10,472			$	82,444			$	33,182			$	29,426			$	86,200

 

(1)	The principal amount, the ownership detail for equity investments, and if the investment is income producing is shown in the consolidated schedule of investments.

(2)	Represents the total amount of interest, fees or dividends included in 2014 income for the portion of the year ended December 31, 2014 that an investment was included in Control or Affiliate categories, respectively.

(3)

Gross additions include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from a new portfolio investment, follow on investments, accrued PIK interest or dividends, and accretion of OID and loan origination fees. Gross additions also include net increases in unrealized appreciation or net decreases in unrealized depreciation, as well as the movement of an existing portfolio company into this category and out of a different category.

 

F-40

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

(4)

Gross reductions include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal repayments, if any. Gross reductions also include net increases in unrealized depreciation or net decreases in unrealized appreciation as well as the movement of an existing portfolio company out of this category and into a different category.

Note 13. Subsequent Events

On January 15, 2015, the Company invested $5,000 in the subordinated notes and warrants of Ice House America, LLC, a leading manufacturer and franchisor of ice vending machines in the United States.

On January 16, 2015, the Company received $9,706 as payment in full on the subordinated note of EBL, LLC (EbLens), including prepayment fees.

On February 6, 2015, the Company invested $8,000 in the subordinated notes of Six Month Smiles Holdings, Inc., a provider of cosmetic orthodontic solutions as a turnkey program for general practitioner dentists, enabling them to treat patients with aligner products for correcting crooked teeth in four to nine months.

On February 12, 2015, the Company invested $6,361 in the senior secured notes of Stagnito Partners, LLC, doing business as Stagnito Business Information, a leading provider of business information services to the convenience store, food retail and pharmacy markets in the U.S. and Canada.

On February 17, 2015, the Board declared a regular quarterly dividend of $0.38 per share payable on March 26, 2015 to stockholders of record as of March 12, 2015.

 

 

F-41

---

Table of Contents

 

 

Fidus Investment Corporation

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

PART C

Other Information

 

Item 25.

Financial Statements and Exhibits

(1) Financial Statements

The following financial statements of the Company are provided in Part A of this registration sstatement:

Audited Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Exhibits

 

 

C-1

---

Table of Contents

 

(1)	To be filed by subsequent amendment.

(2)	Filed herewith.

(3)	Previously filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.

(4)	Included on the signature page.

 

Item 26.

Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” on this registration statement is incorporated herein by reference and any information concerning any underwriters will be contained in the accompanying prospectus supplement, if any.

 

C-2

---

Table of Contents

Item 27.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee		$	34,860
FINRA filing fee			45,500
Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fees			195,000	(1)
Printing expenses			150,000	(1)
Legal fees and expenses			300,000	(1)
Accounting fees and expenses			100,000	(1)
Miscellaneous			10,000	(1)
Total		$	835,360	(1)

 

(1)	These amounts are estimates.

All of the expenses set forth above shall be borne by the Company.

 

Item 28.

Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

The following is a list of our wholly-owned subsidiaries and the jurisdiction in which each subsidiary was organized:

 

Name		Jurisdiction
FCAT Equity Corp.			Delaware
FCCG Equity Corp.			Delaware
FCMH Equity Corp.			Delaware
FCPBS Equity Corp.			Delaware
Fidus Investment GP, LLC			Delaware
Fidus Mezzanine Capital, L.P.			Delaware
Fidus Mezzanine Capital II, L.P.			Delaware
Fidus Investment Holdings, Inc.			Delaware
FCIHA, Inc.			Delaware

 

Item 29.

Number of Holders of Securities

The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of our common stock as of April 13, 2015.

 

Title of Class		Number of Record Holders
Common Stock, $0.001 par value		21

 

Item 30.

Indemnification

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

Our charter authorize us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity.

 

C-3

---

Table of Contents

Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in any such capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity. Our bylaws also provide that, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, with the approval of our board of directors and provided that certain conditions described in our bylaws are met, we may pay certain expenses incurred by any such indemnified person in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such indemnified person to repay amounts we have so paid if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under our bylaws.

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provide otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

We have obtained primary and excess insurance policies insuring our directors and officers against some liabilities they may incur in their capacity as directors and officers. Under such policies, the insurer, on our behalf, may also pay amounts for which we have granted indemnification to our directors or officers.

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC and its and its affiliates’ officers, directors, members, managers, stockholders and employees are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC and its and its affiliates’ officers, directors, members, managers, stockholders and employees are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as our administrator.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of ours in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

C-4

---

Table of Contents

Item 31.

Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisor.

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC, and each managing director, director or executive officer of Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this registration statement in the section entitled “Management.” Additional information regarding the Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the SEC (File No. 801-72285), and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 32.

Location of Accounts and Records.

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

 

(1)	Fidus Investment Corporation, 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201;

 

(2)	the Transfer Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York, New York 10038;

 

(3)	the Custodian, U.S. Bank National Association, Corporate Trust Services, One Federal Street, 3rd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110; and

 

(4)	Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC, 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201.

 

Item 33.

Management Services

Not Applicable.

 

Item 34.

Undertakings

 

(1)

We undertake to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10.0% from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement; or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than the net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

(2)	Not applicable.

 

(3)

In the event that the securities being registered are to be offered to existing shareholders pursuant to warrants or rights, and any securities not taken by shareholders are to be reoffered to the public, we undertake to supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the subscription period, to set forth the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities to be purchased by underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof; and further, if any public offering by the underwriters of the securities being registered is to be made on terms differing materially from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, we undertake to file a post-effective amendment to set forth the terms of such offering.

 

C-5

---

Table of Contents

(4)	We hereby undertake:

 

(a)

to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

a.

to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

b.

to reflect in the prospectus or prospectus supplement any facts or events after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement; and

 

c.

to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement.

 

(b)

for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, that each such post-effective amendment to this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(c)

to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(d)

for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, that if we are subject to Rule 430C under the Securities Act, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act as part of this registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus or prospectus supplement that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(e)

for the purpose of determining liability of the Company under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell such securities to the purchaser, that if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, we will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

 

a.

any preliminary prospectus or prospectus or prospectus supplement of us relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act;

 

b.

the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about us or our securities provided by or on behalf of us; and

 

c.

any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by us to the purchaser.

 

(5)	Not applicable.

 

(6)	Not applicable.

 

C-6

---

Table of Contents

(7)

We hereby undertake to file a post-effective amendment containing a prospectus pursuant to Section 8(c) of the Securities Act prior to any offering of shares of our common stock below net asset value (“NAV”) if the cumulative dilution to our NAV per share, together with the cumulative dilution to our NAV per share of any prior offerings made pursuant to this registration statement (the “current registration statement”), exceeds fifteen percent (15%). If we file a new post-effective amendment to the current registration statement pursuant to Section 8(c) of the Securities Act, the threshold would reset.

 

(8)

We undertake to file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement pursuant to Section 8(c) of the Securities Act, and to suspend any offers or sales pursuant to this registration statement until such post-effective amendment has been declared effective, in the event that our common stock is trading below NAV and either: (i) we receive or have been advised by our independent registered accountants that we will receive an audit report reflecting substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern; or (ii) we have concluded that a material adverse change has occurred in our financial position or results of operations that has caused the financial statements and other disclosures on the basis of which the offering would be made to be materially misleading.

 

C-7

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Evanston, Illinois, on the 16^th day of April, 2015.

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Edward H. Ross as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments, or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) and otherwise), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents the full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the foregoing, as to all intents and purposes as either of them might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature		Title		Date
/s/ EDWARD H. ROSS Edward H. Ross		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)		April 16, 2015
/s/ SHELBY E. SHERARD Shelby E. Sherard		Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)		April 16, 2015
/s/ THOMAS C. LAUER Thomas C. Lauer		Director		April 16, 2015
/s/ RAYMOND L. ANSTISS, JR. Raymond L. Anstiss		Director		April 16, 2015
/s/ CHARLES D. HYMAN Charles D. Hyman		Director		April 16, 2015
/s/ JOHN A. MAZZARINO John A. Mazzarino		Director		April 16, 2015

Exhibit (L)

 

		2000 PENNSYLVANIA AVE., NW WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-1888   TELEPHONE: 202.887.1500 FACSIMILE: 202.887.0763   WWW.MOFO.COM		MORRISON & FOERSTER LLP   NEW YORK, SAN FRANCISCO, LOS ANGELES, PALO ALTO, SACRAMENTO, SAN DIEGO, DENVER, NORTHERN VIRGINIA, WASHINGTON, D.C.   TOKYO, LONDON, BERLIN, BRUSSELS,         BEIJING, SHANGHAI, HONG KONG, SINGAPORE

April 16, 2015

Fidus Investment Corporation

Suite 1005

1620 Orrington Avenue

Evanston, Illinois 60201

 

Re:	Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-202531)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Fidus Investment Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), in connection with its preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of a registration statement on Form N-2 (as amended from time to time, the “Registration Statement”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) relating to the offering from time to time, together or separately and in one or more series (if applicable), of an indeterminate amount of the following securities having an aggregate initial offering price of up to $300,000,000 (collectively, the “Securities”): (a) shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”); (b) shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”); (c) subscription rights to purchase Common Stock (the “Rights”); (d) debt securities (the “Debt Securities”); and (e) warrants representing rights to purchase Common Stock, Preferred Stock or Debt Securities (the “Warrants”).

The Securities being registered under the Registration Statement will be offered by the Company on a continuous or delayed basis pursuant to the provisions of Rule 415 under the Securities Act in amounts, at prices, and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to the final prospectus (the “Prospectus”) included in the Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective.

The Rights are to be issued from time to time pursuant to one or more rights agreements (each, a “Rights Agreement”) to be entered into by the Company and the purchasers thereof or a rights agent to be identified in the applicable Rights Agreement.

The Debt Securities are to be issued from time to time pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”), to be entered into by the Company and a trustee to be identified in the Indenture.

The Warrants are to be issued from time to time pursuant to one or more warrant agreements (each, a “Warrant Agreement”) to be entered into by the Company and the purchasers thereof or a warrant agent to be identified in the applicable Warrant Agreement.

---

Fidus Investment Corporation

April 16, 2015

Page 2

 

In connection with this opinion, we have examined such corporate records, documents, instruments, certificates of public officials and of the Company and such questions of law as we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering the opinions set forth herein. We also have examined the Registration Statement, substantially in the form in which it was transmitted to the Commission.

In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures and the authenticity of all items submitted to us as originals and the conformity with originals of all items submitted to us as copies.

We have also assumed the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act before any Securities are sold pursuant thereto.

The opinions hereinafter expressed are subject to the following qualifications and exceptions:

 

(i)

the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, including, without limitation, laws relating to fraudulent transfers or conveyances, preferences and equitable subordination;

 

(ii)

limitations imposed by general principles of equity upon the availability of equitable remedies or the enforcement of provisions of any Securities, and the effect of judicial decisions which have held that certain provisions are unenforceable where their enforcement would violate the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, or would be commercially unreasonable, or where their breach is not material; and

 

(iii)

our opinion is based upon current statutes, rules, regulations, cases and official interpretive opinions, and it covers certain items that are not directly or definitively addressed by such authorities.

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the further assumptions and qualifications set forth below, it is our opinion that:

(1) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland.

(2) With respect to any shares of Common Stock to be offered pursuant to the Registration Statement, when (i) the Common Stock has been authorized, offered and sold in accordance with the Registration Statement, including the prospectus supplement related thereto, and, if in an underwritten offering, a valid and binding purchase, underwriting or agency agreement, and (ii) the Common Stock has been duly delivered to the purchasers thereof upon payment of the agreed-upon consideration therefor, the Common Stock (including any Common Stock duly issued upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Preferred Stock or Warrants) will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

---

Fidus Investment Corporation

April 16, 2015

Page 3

 

(3) With respect to any shares of Preferred Stock to be offered pursuant to the Registration Statement, when (i) the applicable certificate of designation has been duly authorized and executed by the Company and filed with and accepted for recording by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland, (ii) the Preferred Stock has been authorized, offered and sold in accordance with the Registration Statement, including the prospectus supplement related thereto, and, if in an underwritten offering, a valid and binding purchase, underwriting or agency agreement, and (iii) the Preferred Stock has been duly delivered to the purchasers thereof upon payment of the agreed-upon consideration therefor, the Preferred Stock (including any Preferred Stock duly issued upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Preferred Stock or Warrants) will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(4) When (i) the Rights Agreement has been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Company and each party thereto, (ii) the terms of the Rights to be issued under the applicable Rights Agreement and of their issuance and sale have been established in accordance with the Rights Agreement, and (iii) the Rights have been issued and sold as contemplated in the Registration Statement and executed and authenticated and delivered in accordance with the applicable Rights Agreement, the Rights will constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company. The Rights covered by the opinion in this paragraph include any Rights that may be issued as part of a unit or upon exercise or otherwise pursuant to the terms of any other Securities.

(5) When the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Company and the trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, and when (i) the Debt Securities to be issued under the Indenture have been duly authorized, (ii) the terms of the Debt Securities to be issued under the Indenture and of their issuance and sale have been duly established in conformity with the Indenture, (iii) the Debt Securities have been duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture and (iv) the Debt Securities have been issued and sold as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Debt Securities will be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

(6) When (i) the Warrant Agreement has been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Company and each party thereto, (ii) the terms of the Warrants to be issued under the applicable Warrant Agreement and of their issuance and sale have been established in accordance with the Warrant Agreement, and (iii) the Warrants have been issued and sold as contemplated in the Registration Statement and executed and authenticated and delivered in accordance with the applicable Warrant Agreement, the Warrants will constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company. The Warrants covered by the opinion in this paragraph include any Warrants that may be issued as part of a unit or upon exercise or otherwise pursuant to the terms of any other Securities.

---

Fidus Investment Corporation

April 16, 2015

Page 4

 

This opinion letter is limited to the effect of the Maryland General Corporation Law, and as to the Debt Securities, the Warrants and the Rights constituting valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, the laws of the State of New York, in each case, as in effect on the date hereof, and we express no opinion as to the applicability or effect of any other laws of the State of Maryland or the laws of any other jurisdictions.

We hereby consent to the use of our name under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement to be filed by the Company with the Commission. We further consent to your filing a copy of this opinion as Exhibit L to the Registration Statement. In giving such permission, we do not admit hereby that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. We disclaim any undertaking to advise you of any subsequent changes of the facts stated or assumed herein or any subsequent changes in applicable law.

 

Exhibit n(1)

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-202531) on Form N-2 of Fidus Investment Corporation and Subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) of our reports dated March 5, 2015, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements, internal control over financial reporting and senior securities table, appearing in this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”, “Senior Securities” and “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

Chicago, Illinois

April 16, 2015

Exhibit 99.1

The information in this preliminary prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. [A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.] This preliminary prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Filed pursuant to Rule 497

Registration No.                

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus Supplement dated [—], 20[—]

[FORM OF PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH

FUTURE NOTES OFFERINGS]¹

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated [—], 20[—] )

$[—]

FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

[—]% [Senior]² Notes due

 

 

We are offering $[—] in aggregate principal amount of [—]% [senior] notes due [—], which we refer to as the Notes. The Notes will mature on [—]. We will pay interest on the Notes on [—] and [—]of each year, beginning [—]. We may redeem the Notes in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the redemption price discussed under the caption “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption” in this prospectus supplement. In addition, holders of the Notes can require us to repurchase the Notes at [—]% of their principal amount upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event (as defined herein). The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $[—] and integral multiples of $[—] in excess thereof.

The Notes will be our direct senior unsecured obligations and rank pari passu, or equally, with all outstanding and future unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness issued by the Company.

We intend to list the Notes on the [NASDAQ] and we expect trading to commence thereon within days of the original issue date under the trading symbol “—.” The Notes are expected to trade “flat.” This means that purchasers will not pay, and sellers will not receive, any accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes that is not included in the trading price. Currently, there is no public market for the Notes.

 

1

In addition to the information provided in this form of prospectus supplement, each prospectus supplement actually used in connection with an offering conducted pursuant to the registration statement to which this form of prospectus supplement is attached will be updated to include such other information as may then be required to be disclosed therein pursuant to applicable law or regulation as in effect as of the date of each such prospectus supplement, including, without limitation, additional information particular to the terms of each security offered thereby and any additional related risk factors or tax considerations pertaining thereto. The terms of the Notes or the provisions of the indenture governing the Notes may differ from the information provided in this form of prospectus supplement. This form of prospectus supplement is intended only to provide a rough approximation of the nature and type of disclosure that may appear in any actual prospectus supplement used for the purposes of offering securities pursuant to the registration statement to which this form of prospectus supplement is attached and, accordingly, the terms and description of the institutional notes for which this form of prospectus supplement is to be used may differ from the information provided in this form of prospectus supplement. This form of prospectus supplement is not intended to and does not contain all of the information that would appear is any such actual prospectus supplement, and should not be used or relied upon in connection with any offer or sale of securities.

2	Notes will be denominated as “senior notes” if we have subordinated debt outstanding at issuance.

---

We provide customized debt and equity financing solutions to lower middle-market companies located throughout the United States. We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Our investment objective is to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns by generating both current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity related investments. Our strategy includes partnering with business owners, management teams and financial sponsors by providing customized financing for ownership transactions, recapitalizations, strategic acquisition, business expansion and other growth initiatives.

We are externally managed by our investment adviser, Fidus Investment Advisors, LLC.

Investing in the Notes is speculative and involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page S-[—] of this prospectus supplement and page [•] of the accompanying prospectus, including the risk of leverage.

 

 

This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in the Notes. Please read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before you invest and keep it for future reference. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information is available free of charge by contacting us at 1603 Orrington Avenue, Suite 1005, Evanston, Illinois 60201, Attention: Investor Relations, by accessing our website at www.fdus.com, or by calling us collect at 847.859.3940. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains such information. The information on the websites referred to herein is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.

 

 

 

		Per Note				Total
Public offering price				%		$
Underwriting discount (sales load)				%		$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Company(1)				%		$

 

(1)	Before deducting expenses payable by us related to this offering, estimated at $[—] .

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional $[—] total aggregate principal amount of Notes offered hereby, to cover over-allotments, if any, within days of the date of this prospectus supplement. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total public offering price will be $[—], the total underwriting discount (sales load) paid by us will be $[—], and total proceeds, before expenses, will be $[—].

THE NOTES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

---

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the Notes in book-entry form only through The Depository Trust Company will be made on or about [—], 20[—].

 

 

[Underwriters]

The date of this prospectus supplement is [—], 20[—].

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, as applicable. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

---

Prospectus Supplement

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

		Page
Forward-Looking Statements
Prospectus Supplement Summary
Specific Terms of the Notes and the Offering
Risk Factors
Selected Condensed Consolidated Financial Data
Use of Proceeds
Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
Capitalization
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Description of Notes
Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
Underwriting
Legal Matters
Financial Statements

Prospectus

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

		Page
[Insert table of contents from base prospectus.]

---

ABOUT THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

This document is in two parts. The first part is this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of the Notes and certain other matters relating to us. The second part, the accompanying prospectus, gives more general information about the securities that we may offer from time to time, some of which may not apply to the Notes offered by this prospectus supplement.

If information varies between this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, you should rely only on such information in this prospectus supplement. The information contained in this prospectus supplement supersedes any inconsistent information included in the accompanying prospectus. In various places in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, we refer you to other sections of such documents for additional information by indicating the caption heading of such other sections. The page on which each principal caption included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus can be found is listed in the table of contents above. All such cross references in this prospectus supplement are to captions contained in this prospectus supplement and not in the accompanying prospectus, unless otherwise stated.

Unless we have indicated otherwise, all information in this prospectus supplement assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase an additional principal amount of Notes from us to cover any over-allotments. Unless we have indicated otherwise, or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus supplement to “$” or “dollar” are to the lawful currency of the United States.

YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS. WE HAVE NOT, AND THE UNDERWRITERS HAVE NOT, AUTHORIZED ANY OTHER PERSON TO PROVIDE YOU WITH DIFFERENT OR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. IF ANYONE PROVIDES YOU WITH DIFFERENT OR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, YOU SHOULD NOT RELY ON IT. WE ARE NOT, AND THE UNDERWRITERS ARE NOT, MAKING AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED. YOU SHOULD ASSUME THAT THE INFORMATION APPEARING IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS AND ANY DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IS ACCURATE ONLY AS OF THE RESPECTIVE DATES OF SUCH INFORMATION, REGARDLESS OF THE TIME OF DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS OR ANY SALES OF THE SECURITIES. OUR BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND PROSPECTS MAY HAVE CHANGED SINCE THOSE DATES.

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

SPECIFIC TERMS OF THE NOTES AND THE OFFERING

This prospectus supplement sets forth certain terms of the Notes that we are offering pursuant to this prospectus supplement and supplements the accompanying prospectus. This section outlines the specific legal and financial terms of the Notes. You should read this section together with the more general description of the Notes under the heading “Description of the Notes” in this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying prospectus under the heading “Description of Our Debt Securities” before investing in the Notes. Capitalized terms used in this prospectus supplement and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the accompanying prospectus or in the indenture governing the Notes.

 

Issuer

Fidus Investment Corporation

 

Title of the Securities

% [Senior] Notes due [—]

 

Initial Aggregate Principal Amount Being Offered

$ [—]

 

Over-allotment option

The underwriters may also purchase from us up to an additional $[—] aggregate principal amount of Notes to cover over-allotments, if any, within days of the date of this prospectus supplement.

 

Listing

We intend to list the Notes on the [NASDAQ], within [—] days of the original issue date under the trading symbol “—.”

 

Initial Public Offering Price

[—]% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes

 

Interest Rate

[—]%

 

Yield to Maturity

[—]%

 

Trade Date

[—], 20[—]

 

Maturity Date

[—], 20[—]

 

Interest Payment Dates

[—] and [—], commencing [—], 20[—].

 

Interest periods

The initial interest period will be the period from and including [—], 20[—], to, but excluding, the initial interest payment date, and the subsequent interest periods will be the periods from and including an interest payment date to, but excluding, the next interest payment date or the stated maturity date, as the case may be.

 

Ranking of Notes

The Notes will be our general unsecured obligations that rank senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated, or junior, in right of payment to the Notes. The Notes will rank pari passu, or equally, in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior liabilities that are not so subordinated, or junior, effectively subordinated, or junior, to any of our secured indebtedness (including unsecured indebtedness that we later secure) to the extent of the value of the assets

---

securing such indebtedness, and structurally subordinated, or junior, to all existing and future indebtedness (including trade payables) incurred by our subsidiaries (including, without limitation, our subsidiaries that are small business investment companies (“SBICs”), financing vehicles or similar facilities.

 

As of [—], 20[—], our total consolidated indebtedness was approximately $[—] principal amount. After giving effect to the issuance of the Notes and assuming the proceeds therefrom are used to repay outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), our total consolidated indebtedness would have been approximately $[—] principal amount as of [—], 20[—]. See “Capitalization.”

 

Denominations

We will issue the Notes in denominations of $[—] and integral multiples of $[—] in excess thereof.

 

Optional Redemption

We may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time, or from time to time, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) [—]% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed or (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption) on the Notes to be redeemed, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using the applicable Treasury Rate plus basis points, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event

If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs prior to maturity, holders will have the right, at their option, to require us to repurchase for cash some or all of the Notes at a repurchase price equal to [—]% of the principal amount of the Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the repurchase date.

 

Legal Defeasance

The Notes are subject to legal defeasance by us, which means that, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including depositing in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the Notes.

 

Covenant Defeasance

The Notes are subject to covenant defeasance by us, which means that, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including depositing in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates, we will be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture.

 

Form of Notes

The Notes will be represented by global securities that will be deposited and registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee. This means that, except in limited circumstances, you will not receive certificates for the Notes. Beneficial interests in the Notes will be represented through book-entry accounts of financial institutions acting on behalf of beneficial owners as direct and indirect participants in DTC. Investors may elect to hold interests in the Notes through either DTC, if they are a participant, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in DTC.

 

Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent

U.S. Bank National Association

 

Events of Default

If an event of default (as described herein under “Description of Notes”) on the Notes occurs, the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, may be declared immediately due and payable, subject to conditions set forth in the indenture. These amounts automatically become due and payable in the case of certain types of bankruptcy or insolvency events involving us.

---

Other Covenants

In addition to the covenants described in the accompanying prospectus, the following covenants shall apply to the Notes:

 

•

We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not violate, whether or not we are subject to, Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act or any successor provisions.

 

•

If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the Notes and the trustee, for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

 

No Established Trading Market

The Notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. The Notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or quoted on any automated dealer quotation system. Although the underwriters have informed us that they intend to make a market in the Notes, they are not obligated to do so, and may discontinue any such market making at any time without notice. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid market for the Notes will develop or be maintained.

 

Global Clearance and Settlement Procedures

Interests in the Notes will trade in DTC’s Same Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. None of the Company, the trustee or the paying agent will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

 

Events of Default

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs with respect to the Notes and is not cured. The term “Event of Default” in respect of the Notes means any of the following:

 

- We do not pay the principal of any Note on its due date.

 

- We do not pay interest on any Note when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days.

 

- We remain in breach of any other covenant with respect to the Notes for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the Trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the Notes.

 

- We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and in the case of certain orders or decrees entered against us under any bankruptcy law, such order or decree remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days.

 

- On the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, the Notes have an asset coverage of less than 100%.

---

Further issuances

We have the ability to issue additional debt securities under the indenture with terms different from the Notes and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen the Notes and issue additional Notes.

 

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of the $[—] million aggregate principal amount of Notes in this offering will be approximately $[—] million (or approximately $[—] million if the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option), in each case assuming a public offering price of [—]% of par, after deducting the underwriting discount of $[—] million (or approximately $[—] million if the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option) payable by us and estimated offering expenses of approximately $[—] payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to invest in lower middle market companies in accordance with our investment objective and strategies and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

---

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors described below and under the caption “Risk Factors” in the accompanying prospectus, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The Notes will be unsecured and therefore will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we have currently incurred or may incur in the future.

The Notes will not be secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of our subsidiaries. As a result, the Notes are effectively subordinated, or junior, to any secured indebtedness we or our subsidiaries have currently incurred and may incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes. As of [—], 20[—], we had $[—] aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility.

The Notes will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

The Notes are obligations exclusively of the Company and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries is a guarantor of the Notes and the Notes are not required to be guaranteed by any subsidiaries we may acquire or create in the future. A significant portion of the indebtedness required to be consolidated on our balance sheet is held though our SBIC subsidiaries. For example, as of [—], 20[—], the Funds have issued $[—] of SBA-guaranteed debentures and has the current capacity to issue up to the statutory maximum of $225.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures. The assets of such subsidiaries are not be directly available to satisfy the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources— Financing Transactions” in this prospectus supplement for more detail on the SBA-guaranteed debentures.

Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors of our subsidiaries would have priority over our equity interests in such subsidiaries (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes) with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such subsidiary senior to our claims. Consequently, the Notes will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness, including SBA-guaranteed debentures, and other liabilities of any of our subsidiaries and any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish as financing vehicles or otherwise. In addition, our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, all of which would be structurally senior to the Notes.

The indenture under which the Notes will be issued will contain limited protection for holders of the Notes.

The indenture under which the Notes will be issued offers limited protection to holders of the Notes. The terms of the indenture and the Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have an adverse impact on your investment in the Notes. In particular, the terms of the indenture and the Notes will not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

•

issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Notes, (2) any indebtedness

---

or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) indebtedness of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore is structurally senior to the Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries that would be senior to our equity interests in our subsidiaries and therefore rank structurally senior to the Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligation that would cause a violation of Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act or any successor provisions;

 

•

pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes;

 

•

sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);

 

•

create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

•

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

•

make investments; or

 

•

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.

Furthermore, the terms of the indenture and the Notes do not protect holders of the Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow, or liquidity.

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Notes.

Certain of our current debt instruments include more protections for their holders than the indenture and the Notes. See in the accompanying prospectus “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—In addition to regulatory requirements that restrict our ability to raise capital, the Facilities, the Unsecured Notes (as defined below) and the Convertible Unsecured Notes (as defined below) contain various covenants, or agreements, that, if not complied with, could accelerate repayment under the Facilities, the Unsecured Notes and the Convertible Unsecured Notes, thereby materially and adversely affecting our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.” In addition, other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the indenture and the Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for and trading levels and prices of the Notes.

An active trading market for the Notes may not develop, which coule limit the market price of the Notes or your ability to sell them.

The Notes are a new issue of debt securities for which there currently is no trading market. We intend to list the Notes on the [NASDAQ] within [—] days of the original issue date under the symbol [“—”]. Although we expect the Notes to be listed on the [NASDAQ], we cannot provide and assurance that an active trading market will develop or be maintained for the Notes or that you will be to sell your Notes. If the Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they may trade at a discount from their initial offering price depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our credit ratings, general economic conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects and other factors. The underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market in the Notes, but they are not obligated to do so. The underwriters may discontinue any market-making in the Notes at any time at their sole discretion. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market will develop for the Notes, that

---

you will be able to sell your Notes at a particular time or that the price you receive when you sell will be favorable. To the extent an active trading market does not develop, the liquidity and trading price for the Notes may be harmed. Accordingly, you may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Notes for an indefinite period of time.

We may choose to redeem the Notes when prevailing interest rates are relatively low.

On or after [—], 20[—] , we may choose to redeem the Notes from time to time, especially when prevailing interest rates are lower than the rate borne by the Notes. If prevailing rates are lower at the time of redemption, you would not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the interest rate on the Notes being redeemed. Our redemption right also may adversely impact your ability to sell the Notes as the optional redemption date or period approaches.

Our amount of debt outstanding will increase as a result of this offering, and if we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Notes.

As of [—], 20 , we had approximately $[—] of indebtedness, including $[—] outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility and $[—] outstanding from SBA-guaranteed debentures. Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under the Revolving Credit Facility or other indebtedness to which we may be a party that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including the Revolving Credit Facility), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility or other debt we may incur in the future could elect to terminate their commitments, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow in the future is, to some extent, subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors as well as other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under the Revolving Credit Facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our payment obligations under the Notes and our other debt and to fund other liquidity needs.

If our operating performance declines and we are not able to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations, we may in the future need to refinance or restructure our debt, including any Notes sold, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, seek to raise additional capital or seek to obtain waivers from the required lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility or other debt that we may incur in the future to avoid being in default. If we are unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may not be able to meet our payment obligations under the Notes and our other debt. If we breach our covenants under the Revolving Credit Facility or other debt and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under the Revolving Credit Facility or other debt, the lenders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. Because the Revolving Credit Facility has, and any future credit facilities will likely have, customary cross-default provisions, if the indebtedness under the Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility or under any future credit facility is accelerated, we may be unable to repay or finance the amounts due.

[Update for any other risk factors applicable to the Notes and any additional relevant risk factors not included in the base prospectus to the extent required to be disclosed by applicable law or regulation.]

---

SELECTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA OF FIDUS INVESTMENT CORPORATION

The following selected financial and other data as of and for the years ended December 31, 20[—], 20[—], 20[—], 20[—] and 20[—] are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by McGladrey LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm whose report thereon is included elsewhere in the accompanying prospectus. The selected financial and other data as of and for the [—] ended [—], 20[—] and other quarterly financial information is derived from our unaudited financial statements, but in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary to present fairly the results of such interim periods. Interim results as of and for the [—] ended[—], 20[—] are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 20[—]. The data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Senior Securities,” which are included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.

[Insert Selected Condensed Consolidated Financial Data of Fidus Investment Corporation reflecting most recently filed financials prior to the offering.]

---

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of the $[—] million aggregate principal amount of Notes in this offering will be approximately $[—] million, in each case assuming a public offering price of [—]% of par, after deducting the underwriting discount of $[—] million payable by us and estimated offering expenses of approximately $[—] million payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to invest in lower middle market companies in accordance with our investment objective and strategies and for working capital and general corporate purposes. Pending such use, we will invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in short-term securities consistent with our BDC election and our election to be taxed as a regulated investment company, or RIC.

---

RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

For the [—] ended [—], 20[—] and the years ended December 31, 20[—], 20[—], 20[—], 20[—] and 20[—], the ratios of earnings to fixed charges of the Company, computed as set forth below, were as follows:

 

For the [—] Ended  [—], 20[—]

For the Year Ended December 31, 20[—]

For the Year Ended December 31, 20[—]

For the Year Ended December 31, 20[—]

For the Year Ended December 31, 20[—]

For the Year Ended December 31, 20[—]

Earnings to Fixed Charges(1)

For purposes of computing the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represent net increase in stockholders’ equity resulting from operations plus (or minus) income tax expense (benefit) including excise tax expense plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest and credit facility fees expense and amortization of debt issuance costs.

 

(1)

Earnings include net realized and unrealized gains or losses and the capital gains incentive fee expense accrued in accordance with GAAP. Net realized and unrealized gains or losses and the capital gains incentive fee expense accrued in accordance with GAAP can vary substantially from period to period.

---

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our actual capitalization at [—], 20[—]. You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our most recent balance sheet included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.

 

		As of [—], 20[—] (unaudited, dollar amounts in thousands)
		Actual				Pro Forma
Cash and cash equivalents		$				$
Debt
[List Debt outstanding as of period reported]
Total Debt
Stockholders’ Equity
Common stock, par value $.001 per share, common shares authorized, and common shares issued and outstanding, respectively		$				$
Capital in excess of par value
Accumulated over distributed net investment income
Accumulated net realized gain on investments, foreign currency transactions, extinguishment of debt and acquisitions
Net unrealized loss on investments and foreign currency transactions
Total stockholders’ equity		$				$
Total capitalization		$				$

---

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information contained in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this prospectus supplement and “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in the accompanying prospectus for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the “Selected Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and our financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.

The following discussion is designed to provide a better understanding of our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the months ended [—], 20[—], including a brief discussion of our business, key factors that impacted our performance and a summary of our operating results. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the unaudited financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement, and the audited financial statements and notes thereto and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 20[—] contained in the accompanying prospectus. Historical results and percentage relationships among any amounts in the financial statements are not necessarily indicative of trends in operating results for any future periods.

[Insert Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations from most recently filed Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K, as applicable, prior to the offering.]

---

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

The following description of the particular terms of the [—]% [Senior] Notes due [—] supplements and, to the extent inconsistent with, replaces the description of the general terms and provisions of the debt securities set forth in the accompanying prospectus.

We will issue the Notes under a base indenture dated as of [—], between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “trustee”), as supplemented by a separate supplemental indenture to be dated as of the settlement date for the Notes. As used in this section, all references to the indenture mean the base indenture as supplemented by the supplemental indenture. The terms of the Notes include those expressly set forth in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or the TIA.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Notes and the indenture and does not purport to be complete. This summary is subject to and is qualified by reference to all the provisions of the Notes and the indenture, including the definitions of certain terms used in the indenture. We urge you to read these documents because they, and not this description, define your rights as a holder of the Notes.

For purposes of this description, references to “we,” “our” and “us” refer only to Fidus and not to any of its current or future subsidiaries and references to “subsidiaries” refer only to our consolidated subsidiaries and exclude any investments held by the Company in the ordinary course of business which are not, under GAAP, consolidated on the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries.

General

The Notes:

 

•

will be our general unsecured, senior obligations;

 

•

will initially be issued in an aggregate principal amount of $ ;

 

•

will mature on [—], 20[—], unless earlier redeemed or repurchased, as discussed below;

 

•

will bear cash interest from [—], 20[—] at an annual rate of [—]% payable on and of each year, beginning on [—], 20[—];

 

•

will be subject to redemption at our option as described under “—Optional Redemption;”

 

•

will be issued in denominations of $[—] and integral multiples of $[—] thereof; and

 

•

will be represented by one or more registered Notes in global form, but in certain limited circumstances may be represented by Notes in definitive form. See “—Book-Entry, Settlement and Clearance.”

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt that may be issued by us or our subsidiaries under the indenture or otherwise. The indenture does not contain any financial covenants and does not restrict us from paying dividends or issuing or repurchasing our other securities. Other than restrictions described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” below, the indenture does not contain any covenants or other provisions designed to afford holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction involving us or in the event of a decline in our credit rating as the result of a takeover, recapitalization, highly leveraged transaction or similar restructuring involving us that could adversely affect such holders.

We may, without the consent of the holders, issue additional Notes under the indenture with the same terms and with the same CUSIP numbers as the Notes offered hereby in an unlimited aggregate principal amount; provided that such additional Notes must be part of the same issue as the Notes offered hereby for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

---

We do not intend to list the Notes on any securities exchange or any automated dealer quotation system.

Payments on the Notes; Paying Agent and Registrar; Transfer and Exchange

We will pay the principal of, and interest on, Notes in global form registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee in immediately available funds to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of such Global Note (as defined below).

Payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and any such interest on the Notes will be made at the corporate trust office of the trustee in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at our option payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the security register.

A holder of Notes may transfer or exchange Notes at the office of the registrar in accordance with the indenture. The registrar and the trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. No service charge will be imposed by us, the trustee or the registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but we may require a holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge required by law or permitted by the indenture.

The registered holder of a Note will be treated as its owner for all purposes.

Interest

The Notes will bear cash interest at a rate of [—]% per year until maturity. Interest on the Notes will accrue from [—], 20[—] or from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for. Interest will be payable in arrears on and of each year, beginning on [—], 20[—].

Interest will be paid to the person in whose name a Note is registered at 5:00 p.m. New York City time (the “close of business”) on or , as the case may be, immediately preceding the relevant interest payment date (each, a “regular record date”). Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

If any interest payment date, the maturity date or any earlier required repurchase date upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event (defined below) of a Note falls on a day that is not a business day, the required payment will be made on the next succeeding business day and no interest on such payment will accrue in respect of the delay. The term “business day” means, with respect to any Note, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Ranking

The Notes will be our general unsecured obligations that rank senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated, or junior, in right of payment to the Notes. The Notes will rank pari passu, or equally, in right of payment with all of our existing and future liabilities that are not so subordinated, or junior. The Notes will effectively rank subordinated, or junior, to any of our secured indebtedness (including unsecured indebtedness that we later secure) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The Notes will rank structurally subordinated, or junior, to all existing and future indebtedness (including trade payables) incurred by our subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities. In the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up, our assets that secure secured debt will be available to pay obligations on the Notes only after all indebtedness under such secured debt has been repaid in full from such assets. We advise you that there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all the Notes then outstanding.

As of [—], 20[—], our total consolidated indebtedness was approximately $[—] aggregate principal amount outstanding. After giving effect to the issuance of the Notes and assuming the proceeds therefrom are used to repay outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, our total consolidated indebtedness would have been approximately $[—] aggregate principal amount outstanding as of [—], 20[—]. See “Capitalization.”

---

Optional Redemption

We may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time, or from time to time. If we choose to redeem any Notes prior to maturity, we will pay a redemption price equal to the greater of the following amounts, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date:

 

•

[—]% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, or

 

•

the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption) on the Notes to be redeemed, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using the applicable Treasury Rate plus basis points.

If we choose to redeem any Notes, we will deliver a notice of redemption to holders of Notes not less than nor more than days before the redemption date. If we are redeeming less than all of the Notes, the particular Notes to be redeemed will be selected in accordance with the applicable procedures of the trustee and, so long as the Notes are registered to DTC or its nominee, DTC; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to less than $[—]. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions of the Notes called for redemption.

For purposes of calculating the redemption price in connection with the redemption of the Notes, on any redemption date, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield-to-maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding the redemption), assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The redemption price and the Treasury Rate will be determined by us.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Reference Treasury Dealer as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financing practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes being redeemed.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means (1) the average of the remaining Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Quotation Agent obtains fewer than four such reference treasury dealer quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Quotation Agent” means a Reference Treasury Dealer selected by us.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means each of (1) , (2) and (3) , or their respective affiliates which are primary U.S. government securities dealers and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing or their affiliates shall cease to be a primary U.S. government securities dealer in the United States (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), we shall select another Primary Treasury Dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. New York time on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

---

All determinations made by any Reference Treasury Dealer, including the Quotation Agent, with respect to determining the redemption price will be final and binding absent manifest error.

Covenants

In addition to the covenants described in the base indenture, the following covenants shall apply to the Notes. To the extent of any conflict or inconsistency between the base indenture and the following covenants, the following covenants shall govern:

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

The indenture will provide that we will not merge or consolidate with or into any other person (other than a merger of a wholly owned subsidiary into us), or sell, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all our property (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a pledge of assets pursuant to any secured debt instrument of Fidus or its subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be any such sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition) in any one transaction or series of related transactions unless:

 

•

we are the surviving person (the “Surviving Person”) or the Surviving Person (if other than us) formed by such merger or consolidation or to which such sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition is made shall be a corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof;

 

•

the Surviving Person (if other than us) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the trustee, executed and delivered to the trustee by such Surviving Person, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, all the Notes outstanding, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of the indenture to be performed by us;

 

•

immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

•

we shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the trustee, an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereto, comply with this covenant and that all conditions precedent in the indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

For the purposes of this covenant, the sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all the property of one or more of our subsidiaries, which property, if held by us instead of such subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of our property on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of our property.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all”, there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of a person. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether the merger, consolidation or sale of assets covenant would apply to a particular transaction as described above absent a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction. Although these types of transactions are permitted under the indenture, certain of the foregoing transactions could constitute a Change of Control that results in a Change of Control Repurchase Event permitting each holder to require us to repurchase the Notes of such holder as described above.

An assumption by any person of obligations under the Notes and the indenture might be deemed for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be an exchange of the Notes for new Notes by the holders thereof, resulting in recognition of gain or loss for such purposes and possibly other adverse tax consequences to the holders. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of such an assumption.

---

Other Covenants

 

•

We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not violate, whether or not we are subject to, Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act or any successor provisions.

 

•

If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the Notes and the trustee, for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, as applicable.

Events of Default

Each of the following is an event of default:

 

(1)

default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when due and payable and the default continues for a period of days;

 

(2)

default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when it becomes due and payable at its maturity including upon any redemption date or required repurchase date;

 

(3)

default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of any Note and continuance of such default for a period of five days;

 

(4)

our failure for consecutive days after written notice from the trustee or the holders of at least % in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding has been received to comply with any of our other agreements contained in the Notes or indenture;

 

(5)

Pursuant to Section 18(a)(1)(c)(ii) and Section 61 of the Investment Company Act, on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months, any class of securities shall have an asset coverage (as such term is used in the Investment Company Act) of less than 100%; or

 

(6)

certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization involving us occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of days.

If an event of default occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case (other than an event of default specified in item (6) above) the trustee or the holders of at least [—]% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the entire principal amount of Notes to be due and immediately payable, by a notice in writing to us (and to the trustee if given by the holders), and upon any such declaration such principal or specified portion thereof shall become immediately due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of the events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in item (6) above, 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes will automatically become due and payable.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the trustee, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to us and the trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if (i) we have paid or deposited with the trustee a sum sufficient to pay all overdue installments of interest, if any, on all outstanding Notes, the principal of (and premium, if any, on) all outstanding Notes that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Notes, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Notes, and all sums paid or advanced by the trustee and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the trustee, its

---

agents and counsel, and (ii) all events of default with respect to the Notes, other than the nonpayment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on such Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission will affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

No holder of Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the indenture, unless

 

(i)

such holder has previously given written notice to the trustee of a continuing event of default with respect to the Notes,

 

(ii)

the holders of not less than [—]% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such event of default;

 

(iii)

such holder or holders have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(iv)

the trustee for days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(v)

no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the trustee during such 60-day period by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding any other provision in the indenture, the holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on such Note on the stated maturity or maturity expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on the redemption date or, in the case of repayment at the option of the holders, on the repayment date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such holder.

The trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless such holders shall have offered to the trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. Subject to the foregoing, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to the Notes, provided that (i) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this indenture, (ii) the trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction and (iii) the trustee need not take any action that it determines in good faith may involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the holders of Notes not consenting.

The holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the holders of all of the Notes waive any past default under the indenture with respect to the Notes and its consequences, except a default (i) in the payment of (or premium, if any, on) or interest, if any, on any Note, or (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision of the indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected. Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any event of default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or event of default or impair any right consequent thereto.

We are required to deliver to the trustee, within [—] days after the end of each fiscal year, an officers’ certificate stating that to the knowledge of the signers whether we are in default in the performance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of the indenture.

Within [—] days after the occurrence of any default under the indenture with respect to the Notes, the trustee shall transmit notice of such default known to the trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or

---

interest, if any, on any Note, the trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors of the trustee in good faith determines that withholding of such notice is in the interest of the holders of the Notes.

Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance

We may satisfy and discharge our obligations under the indenture by delivering to the securities registrar for cancellation all outstanding Notes or by depositing with the trustee or delivering to the holders, as applicable, after the Notes have become due and payable, or otherwise, moneys sufficient to pay all of the outstanding Notes and paying all other sums payable under the indenture by us. Such discharge is subject to terms contained in the indenture.

In addition, the Notes are subject to defeasance and covenant defeasance, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the indenture. Defeasance means that, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including depositing in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the Notes. Covenant defeasance means that, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including depositing in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates, we will be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture.

Trustee

U.S. Bank National Association is the trustee, security registrar and paying agent. U.S. Bank National Association, in each of its capacities, including without limitation as trustee, security registrar and paying agent, assumes no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information concerning us or our affiliates or any other party contained in this document or the related documents or for any failure by us or any other party to disclose events that may have occurred and may affect the significance or accuracy of such information, or for any information provided to it by us, including but not limited to settlement amounts and any other information.

We may maintain banking relationships in the ordinary course of business with the trustee and its affiliates.

Governing Law

The indenture provides that it and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would cause the application of laws of another jurisdiction.

Book-Entry, Settlement and Clearance

Global Notes

The Notes will be initially issued in the form of one or more registered Notes in global form, without interest coupons (the “Global Notes”). Upon issuance, each of the Global Notes will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC (“DTC participants”) or persons who hold interests through DTC participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

 

•

upon deposit of a Global Note with DTC’s custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the Global Note to the accounts of the DTC participants designated by the underwriters; and

---

•

ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note).

Beneficial interests in Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.

Book-Entry Procedures for Global Notes

All interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC. We provide the following summary of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of DTC are controlled by that settlement system and may be changed at any time. Neither we nor the underwriters are responsible for those operations or procedures.

DTC has advised us that it is:

 

•

a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

 

•

a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;

 

•

a member of the Federal Reserve System;

 

•

a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

 

•

a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the underwriters; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.

So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of a Global Note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Notes represented by that Global Note for all purposes under the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note:

 

•

will not be entitled to have Notes represented by the Global Note registered in their names;

 

•

will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated Notes; and

 

•

will not be considered the owners or holders of the Notes under the indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee under the indenture.

As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a Global Note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of Notes under the indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).

Payments of principal and interest with respect to the Notes represented by a Global Note will be made by the trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of the Global Note. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

---

Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC’s procedures and will be settled in same-day funds.

Certificated Notes

Notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related Notes only if:

 

•

DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

 

•

DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days; or

 

•

an event of default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing and such beneficial owner requests that its Notes be issued in physical, certificated form.

---

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax consequences. The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Treasury (the “Treasury Regulations”), rulings and pronouncements issued by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and judicial decisions, each as of the date of this prospectus supplement and all of which are subject to change at any time. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of the Notes. We have not sough any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following discussion, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

•

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

 

•

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

•

holders subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

•

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

•

traders in securities;

 

•

partnerships, S corporations or other pass-through entities;

 

•

U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

•

controlled foreign corporations;

 

•

tax-exempt organizations;

 

•

passive foreign investment companies;

 

•

persons holding the Notes as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction; and

 

•

persons deemed to sell the Notes under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, this discussion is limited to persons purchasing the Notes for cash at original issue and at their original “issue price” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code (i.e., the first price at which a substantial amount of the Notes are sold to the public for cash). Moreover, the effects of other U.S. federal tax laws (such as estate and gift tax laws) and any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws are not discussed. The discussion deals only with notes held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

If a partnership or other entity taxable as a partnership holds the Notes, the tax treatment of the partners in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the particular partner in question and the activities of the partnership. Such partners should consult their tax advisors as to the specific tax consequences to them of holding the Notes indirectly through ownership of their partnership interests.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES ARISING UNDER THE FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to you if you are a “U.S. holder” of the Notes. As used herein, “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of the Notes who is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;

 

•

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

---

•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

•

a trust, if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more “United States persons” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code can control all substantial trust decisions, or, if the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, and it has elected to continue to be treated as a United States person.

Payments of Interest

Stated interest on the Notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary income at the time that such interest is received or accrued, in accordance with such U.S. holder’s method of tax accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Notes

A U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition (less a portion allocable to any accrued and unpaid interest, which will be taxable as interest) and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in a note generally will be equal to the amount that the U.S. holder paid for the note less any principal payments received by the U.S. holder. Any gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the note for more than one year at the time of disposition. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be a short-term capital gain or loss. Long-term capital gains recognized by certain non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, generally will be subject to a reduced tax rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

A U.S. holder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding when such holder receives interest payments on the Notes held or upon the proceeds received upon the sale or other disposition of such notes (including a redemption or retirement of the Notes). Certain holders generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding. A U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding if such holder is not otherwise exempt and such holder:

 

•

fails to furnish the holder’s taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), which, for an individual, ordinarily is his or her social security number;

 

•

furnishes an incorrect TIN;

 

•

is notified by the IRS that the holder has failed properly to report payments of interest or dividends; or

 

•

fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that the holder has furnished a correct TIN and that the IRS has not notified the holder that the holder is subject to backup withholding.

U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund if they timely provide certain information to the IRS.

Unearned Income Medicare Contribution

A tax of 3.8% will be imposed on the amount of “net investment income,” in the case of an individual, or undistributed “net investment income,” in the case of an estate or trust (other than a charitable trust), which exceeds certain threshold amounts. “Net investment income” as defined for United States federal Medicare contribution purposes generally includes interest payments and gain recognized from the sale or other disposition of the Notes. Qualified pension trusts, which are not subject to income taxes generally, and foreign individuals will not be subject to this tax. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership and disposition of the Notes.

Non-U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to you if you are a “Non-U.S. holder” of the Notes. A “Non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of the Notes who is not a U.S. holder or a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Special rules may apply to Non-U.S. holders that are subject

---

to special treatment under the Code, including controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, U.S. expatriates, and foreign persons eligible for benefits under an applicable income tax treaty with the U.S. Such Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them including any reporting requirements.

Payments of Interest

Generally, interest income paid to a Non-U.S. holder that is not effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business is subject to withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate). Nevertheless, interest paid on a note to a Non-U.S. holder that is not effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business generally will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax provided that:

 

•

such holder does not directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock;

 

•

such holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us through actual or constructive stock ownership and is not a bank that received such note on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business; and

 

•

either (1) the Non-U.S. holder certifies in a statement provided to us or the paying agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a “United States person” within the meaning of the Code and provides its name and address, (2) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the note on behalf of the Non-U.S. holder certifies to us or the paying agent under penalties of perjury that it, or the financial institution between it and the Non-U.S. holder, has received from the Non-U.S. holder a statement, under penalties of perjury, that such holder is not a United States person and provides us or the paying agent with a copy of such statement or (3) the Non-U.S. holder holds its note directly through a “qualified intermediary” and certain conditions are satisfied.

Even if the above conditions are not met, a Non-U.S. holder generally will be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding tax on interest if the Non-U.S. holder provides us or our agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN claiming an exemption from or reduction of the withholding tax under the benefit of a tax treaty between the United States and the Non-U.S. holder’s country of residence or a substantially similar substitute form. A Non-U.S. holder is required to inform the recipient of any change in the information on such statement within 30 days of such change. Special certification rules apply to Non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

If interest paid to a Non-U.S. holder is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. holder maintains a U.S. permanent establishment to which such interest is attributable), then, the Non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax, so long as the Non-U.S. holder has provided an IRS Form W-8ECI or substantially similar substitute form stating that the interest that the Non-U.S. holder receives on the Notes is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. In such a case, a Non-U.S. holder will be subject to tax on the interest it receives on a net income basis in the same manner as if such Non-U.S. holder were a U.S. holder. In addition, if the Non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, such interest may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or lower applicable treaty rate.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Notes

Any gain realized by a Non-U.S. holder on the sale, exchange, retirement, redemption or other disposition of a note generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

 

•

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. holder maintains a U.S. permanent establishment to which such gain is attributable); or

 

•

the Non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale, exchange or other disposition, certain conditions are met and the Non-U.S. holder is not eligible for relief under an applicable income tax treaty.

---

A Non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on the net gain derived from the sale generally in the same manner as if such Non-U.S. holder were a U.S. holder, and if such Non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be required to pay an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or a lower rate if so specified by an applicable income tax treaty). A Non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate) on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses, even though the Non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

A Non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting with respect to payments that we make to the Non-U.S. holder, provided that we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a “United States person,” within the meaning of the Code, and the holder has given us the statement described above under “Non-U.S. holders — Payments of Interest.” In addition, a Non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting with respect to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of a note (including a retirement or redemption of a note) within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers, if the payor receives the statement described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. However, the amount of interest that we pay to any Non-U.S. holder on the Notes will be reported to the Non-U.S. holder and to the IRS annually on an IRS Form 1042-S, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. holder resides.

A Non-U.S. holder generally will be entitled to credit any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Legislation enacted in 2010 imposes a withholding tax of 30% on payments of interest or gross proceeds from the disposition of a debt instrument paid after December 31, 2012 to certain non-U.S. entities, including certain foreign financial institutions and investment funds, unless such non-U.S. entity complies with certain reporting requirements regarding its United States account holders and its United States owners. The date for implementation of these rules generally was extended by the IRS to January 1, 2014 for payments of fixed or determinable annual or periodic (FDAP) income, including interest, and to January 1, 2015 for other “withholdable payments,” including payments of gross proceeds. After these dates, payments of interest on, or gross proceeds from the sale of, the notes made to a non-United States entity generally will be subject to the new information reporting regime; however, the new withholding obligations will only apply to obligations issued after March 18, 2012, and proposed Treasury regulations would extend this grandfathering provision to obligations that are outstanding on January 1, 2013. Congress delegated broad authority to the United States Treasury Department to promulgate regulations to implement the new withholding and reporting regime. It cannot be predicted whether or how any regulations promulgated by the United States Treasury Department pursuant to this broad delegation of regulatory authority will affect holders of the notes. Prospective purchasers of the notes should consult their own tax advisors regarding the new withholding and reporting provisions.

---

UNDERWRITING

[—] are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter		Principal Amount
Total		$

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the Notes sold under the purchase agreement if any of these Notes are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the Notes, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the Notes, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

We expect that delivery of the Notes will be made against payment therefor on or about [—], 20[—], which will be the third business day following the date of the pricing of the Notes. Under Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in three business days, unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise.

Commissions and Discounts

An underwriting discount of [—]% per Note will be paid by us. This underwriting discount will also apply to any Notes purchased pursuant to the over-allotment option.

The following table shows the total underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

Per Note

Without Option

With Option

Public offering price

%

$

$

Underwriting discount

%

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

%

---

[The underwriters propose to offer some of the Notes to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement and may offer the Notes to certain other Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) members at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of % of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of % of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes. After the initial offering of the Notes to the public, the public offering price and such concessions may be changed. No such change shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement.]

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $[•] and are payable by us.

Over-allotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to an additional $[•] aggregate principal amount of the Notes offered hereby at the public offering price within days from the date of this prospectus supplement solely to cover any over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional Notes proportionate to that underwriter’s initial principal amount reflected in the table above.

[No Sales of Similar Securities

Subject to certain exceptions, we have agreed not to directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing for a period of [—] days after the date of this prospectus supplement without first obtaining the written consent of [—] other than certain private sales of debt securities to a limited number of institutional investors. This consent may be given at any time without public notice.]

Listing

The Notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We intend to list the Notes on the [NASDA]. We expect trading in the Notes on the [NASDA] to begin within days after the original issue date under the trading symbol “[—].” Currently there is no public market for the Notes.

We have been advised by the underwriters that they presently intend to make a market in the Notes after completion of the offering as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. The underwriters are not obligated, however, to make a market in the Notes and any such market-making may be discontinued at any time in the sole discretion of the underwriters without any notice. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or development of a public trading market for, the Notes. If an active public trading market for the Notes does not develop, the market price and liquidity of the Notes may be adversely affected.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell Notes in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment, covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Over-allotment involves sales of securities in excess of the aggregate principal amount of securities to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a short position for the underwriters. Covering transactions involve purchases of the securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases of securities made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities while the offering is in progress.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased Notes sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

---

Any of these activities may cause the price of the Notes to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of such transactions. These transactions may be effected in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time without any notice relating thereto.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Notes

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a limited principal amount of the Notes for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been endorsed by us and should not be relied on by investors in deciding whether to purchase any Notes.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. The underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided in the past and may provide from time to time in the future in the ordinary course of their business certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services to the Advisor and its affiliates and the Company or our portfolio companies for which they have received or will be entitled to receive separate fees. In particular, the underwriters or their affiliates may execute transactions with the Company or on behalf of the Company, the Advisor or any of our or their portfolio companies or affiliates. In addition, the underwriters or their affiliates may act as arrangers, underwriters or placement agents for companies whose securities are sold to or whose loans are syndicated to the Advisor, the Company and their affiliates.

The underwriters or their affiliates may also trade in our securities, securities of our portfolio companies or other financial instruments related thereto for their own accounts or for the account of others and may extend loans or financing directly or through derivative transactions to the Advisor, the Company or any of our portfolio companies.

We may purchase securities of third parties from the underwriters or their affiliates after the offering. However, we have not entered into any agreement or arrangement regarding the acquisition of any such securities, and we may not purchase any such securities. We would only purchase any such securities if—among other things—we identified securities that satisfied our investment needs and completed our due diligence review of such securities.

After the date of this prospectus supplement, the underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time obtain information regarding specific portfolio companies or us that may not be available to the general public. Any such information is obtained by the underwriters and their affiliates in the ordinary course of their business and not in connection with the offering of the Notes. In addition, after the offering period for the sale of the Notes, the underwriters or their affiliates may develop analyses or opinions related to the Company or our portfolio companies and buy or sell interests in one or more of our portfolio companies on behalf of their proprietary or client accounts and may engage in competitive activities. There is no obligation on behalf of these parties to disclose their respective analyses, opinions or purchase and sale activities regarding any portfolio company or regarding the Company to our noteholders or any other persons.

---

In the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates that have a lending relationship with us routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. Typically, such underwriters and their affiliates would hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities, including potentially the Notes. Any such credit default swaps or short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the Notes. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

[Describe any other specific transactions and compensation related thereto to the extent required to be disclosed by applicable law or regulation.]

[Describe if underwriters receiving proceeds of offering, if required by FINRA.]

[Insert principal business addresses of underwriters.]

[Insert applicable legends for jurisdictions in which offers and sales may be made.]

---

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP, Washington DC. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by [—].

PRIVACY NOTICE

We are committed to protecting your privacy. This privacy notice explains the privacy policies of the Company. This notice supersedes any other privacy notice you may have received from the Company. We will safeguard, according to strict standards of security and confidentiality, all information we receive about you. The only information we collect from you is your name, address, and number of shares you hold. This information is used only so that we can send you annual reports and other information about us, and send you proxy statements or other information required by law.

We do not share this information with any non-affiliated third party except as described below.

 

•

The People and Companies that Make Up Fidus. It is our policy that only our authorized employees who need to know your personal information will have access to it. Our personnel who violate our privacy policy are subject to disciplinary action.

 

•

Service Providers. We may disclose your personal information to companies that provide services on our behalf, such as record keeping, processing your trades, and mailing you information. These companies are required to protect your information and use it solely for the purpose for which they received it.

 

•

Courts and Government Officials. If required by law, we may disclose your personal information in accordance with a court order or at the request of government regulators. Only that information required by law, subpoena, or court order will be disclosed.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the securities being offered by this prospectus supplement.

We file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements, code of ethics and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

---

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

[Insert financial statements and notes thereto from most recently filed Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K, as applicable, prior to the offering.]

 

F-1

---

Fidus Investment Corporation

% [Senior] Notes due

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

[Underwriters]

[—], 20[—]